Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Advertising Agencies / Ascential / FY2020 Annual Report

Ascential
Annual Report 2020

ASCL.L · LSE Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker ASCL.L
Exchange LSE
Sector Communication Services
Industry Advertising Agencies
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Ascential
Loading PDF…
Accelerating 
our strategy, 
navigating 
through change

Annual Report 2020

Act today,
win tomorrow.

Ascential delivers specialist information,  
analytics and eCommerce optimisation  
platforms to the world’s leading consumer  
brands and their ecosystems

Strategic report
Ascential at a glance 
Chief Executive’s statement 
Our investment case 
Our stakeholders 
Market review 
Business model 
Our strategy 
Key performance indicators 
Segmental review 
  – Digital Commerce 
  – Product Design 
  – Marketing 
  – Retail & Financial Services 
  –  Built Environment  

& Policy 
Financial review 
Alternative performance  
measures 
Risk management 
Principal risks 
Our people 
Corporate and social  
responsibility report 

Governance report
Governance report 
Board of Directors 
Governance framework 
Audit Committee report 
Nomination Committee report 
Directors’ Remuneration report 
Directors’ Remuneration Policy 
Annual Report on Remuneration 
Directors’ Report 
Independent Auditor’s Report 

Financial statements
Consolidated statement  
of profit or loss 
Consolidated statement of  
other comprehensive income 
Consolidated statement  
of financial position 
Consolidated statement  
of changes in equity 
Consolidated statement  
of cash flows 
Notes to the financial  
statements 
Parent Company balance sheet 
Parent Company statement  
of changes in equity 
Notes to the Company  
financial statements 

02
04
08
10
16
18
20
22
24
26
29
30
33

34
36

44
48
50
56

60

74
76
78
83
88
90
92
100
107
110

120

121

122

123

124

125
160

161

162

Financial highlights

Revenue1

Reported revenue reduction1

£263.7m

(31%)

Adjusted EBITDA1, 2

Adjusted EBITDA Margin1, 2

£28.5m

10.8%

Adjusted Diluted  
Earnings Per Share

1.9p

Net Debt 

£229.3m

1 Reflects results from Continuing Operations  
2 Refer to glossary of Alternative Performance Measures on page 47 

Operational highlights

 — Strong delivery against  

 — Sale of non-core Built 

long-term strategic priorities  
in a transitional year

Environment & Policy business, 
for £257.9m

 — Segemental performance 
demonstrates resilience in 
a challenging backdrop 

 — Paul Harrison, our former Audit 

Chair and CFO of Just Eat plc and 
The Sage Group plc, appointed 
as Chief Operating Officer. New 
Audit Chair, and two other NEDs 
appointed to an experienced 
and diverse Board

 — Further investment in digital 
products and capabilities 

 — Acquisitions of X Target (China) 
and Intellibrand (Brazil) further 
extend capabiliites and 
geographic reach for Digital 
Commerce; ongoing investment 
in Hudson MX’s pioneering 
media-buying platform 

More information online:
Our website gives you fast, direct access to a wide 
range of Company information. ascential.com

 
 
“

Our people and their dedication to 
ensuring we serve our customers, and their 
flexibility to ensure the Company has not 
missed a beat, has been remarkable.”

 “The last year has underlined the importance  
of our strategic focus: serving brands that 
operate in digital marketplaces. We were 
already operating in a highly digital world, and 
the fundamental shift towards online channels 
has only accelerated since the pandemic.  
This further drives demand for our data-driven 
insights in the three ways we support customers: 
creating the right products, maximising their 
marketing impact, and optimising their trading 
performance on eCommerce platforms.” 

Duncan Painter
Chief Executive Officer

Ascential at a glance

Company overview

Who we are

Ascential delivers specialist information, analytics 
and eCommerce optimisation platforms to the world’s 
leading consumer brands and their ecosystems. 

Our world-class businesses improve performance 
and solve problems for our customers by delivering 
immediately actionable information combined with 
visionary longer-term thinking across Digital Commerce, 
Product Design and Marketing. We also serve customers 
across Retail & Financial Services.

Our purpose
Our world-class businesses across the group 
solve problems and improve performance 
for our customers today, informing their 
strategies for future success.

Our values
Our values guide how we work with each 
other and with our customers, every day. 

 — All-in
 — Facts
 — Focus
 — Empathy

 — Trust, transparency 

& openness 
 — Be creative 
 — No silos

The Ascential Solution
Digital Commerce
Measurement, optimisation and execution 
to drive digital commerce growth.

Product Design
Consumer product trend forecasting,  
data and insight to create world-class 
products and experiences.

Marketing
Services and tools to measure and  
optimise marketing creativity, media and 
platform effectiveness and efficiency.

Retail & Financial 
Services
Industry-specifc information  
to drive performance.

 Segmental review 

Page 24

Revenue by  
geography

United Kingdom
13%

Other Europe
15%

United States  
and Canada
54%

Asia Pacific
13%

Middle East  
and Africa
2%

Latin America
3%

2 

Key

  Ascential Offices

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020Product Design
We deliver trend forecasting and 
insights, enabling customers  
to design the right products for 
tomorrow’s consumers.

Marketing
We enable customers to create, 
execute and measure the 
effectiveness of marketing 
campaigns, leveraging creativity 
to create a world-class brand 
experience.

Retail & Financial Services
The world’s premier payments 
and FinTech congress and events, 
data and tools for retailers.

Digital Commerce
We deliver data, analytics and 
industry-specific intelligence  
to maximise our customers’ 
digital commerce, optimising 
distribution strategy, product 
portfolio, and search. 

Revenue

£103m

Flywheel
Offers customers marketplace-
specific software, tools and 
expertise to drive sales and 
brand performance across 
marketplace platforms by 
directly actioning solutions 
for clients.

EDGE
Delivers some of the industry’s 
most accurate and actionable 
sales-driving data, insights and 
advisory solutions for global 
brands looking to win in today’s 
eCommerce-driven world.

Revenue

£88m

WGSN
Combines high-end technology 
and data science with human 
ingenuity, identifying the future 
consumers, the influencers and 
communities and optimal 
product and packaging  
design trends essential to 
brands’ success.

Use Fashion
Online platform that empowers 
small fashion businesses by 
delivering essential fashion 
information that informs 
and inspires. 

Yimian
Helps its customers, 
predominantly multi-national 
CPGs, optimise their sales on 
eCommerce platforms.

Coloro 
Intuitive and intelligent tools 
for every colour requirement. 

Revenue

£54m

Revenue

£18m

LIONS
The global benchmark for 
creativity. Our awards celebrate 
the industry’s best ideas, whilst 
our digital offerings enable 
inspiration and measurement 
around campaign effectiveness.

Money20/20
Money20/20 offers global 
events enabling payments and 
financial services innovation 
for connected commerce at the 
intersection of mobile, retail, 
marketing services, data 
and technology.

WARC
A leading advisory firm, sitting  
at the intersection of media, 
marketing, advertising, 
entertainment, technology, and 
finance. Enables businesses to 
drive vigorous and sustainable 
growth, while optimising 
media strategy. 

MediaLink
The global authority on 
advertising and media 
effectiveness, offering 
advertising best practice, 
evidence and insights from  
the world’s leading brands.

Retail Week
Retail Week provides news & 
analysis, commercial content 
and events & awards to help 
retailers understand how to act 
now to optimise their operations 
and connect with the right 
partners to win in the global, 
digital age.

World Retail Congress
Builds bespoke sponsorship 
packages for customers 
including expo stands, branding, 
commercial content, networking 
and thought leadership.

Our customers rely on our specialist information, analytics 
and eCommerce optimisation platforms to make smart 
strategic decisions that improve performance now and  
in the future. Our competitive edge comes from:

Countries we operate in

115

We serve customers in 115 countries, 
leveraging local knowledge and 
connections for our global audience.

Employees across  
five continents

>2,000 

We have an experienced and dedicated 
global workforce which we recognise  
as a key asset of our business.

Access to more data for more clients 
Our platforms capture real-time data on 
what brands are selling, where and in what 
volumes, so we can offer unrivalled insight 
into how customers can optimise their 
performance And our big picture overview 
of Digital Commerce, Product Design and 
Marketing means we see opportunities that 
others miss.

Short and long-term visibility 
Customers can make smart strategic moves 
based on our short-term immediately 
actionable insights and our visionary  
longer-term thinking.

Global scale and local sensibility 
We have expert teams across five 
continents. we understand global shifts 
and local context, offering our clients 
a comprehensive world view. 

Best in class products
Our specialist teams are the best at  
what they do. Their deep-rooted expertise 
helps our customers maximise their sales, 
design better products, and optimise  
their marketing.

3

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020  
Chief Executive’s Statement

Strategic focus 
delivering

For almost all businesses and 
individuals 2020 was a year unlike 
any other, presenting extreme 
challenges in how we live our lives, 
work together and, particularly 
in the case of live events, how we 
engage with our customers. 

Duncan Painter 
Chief Executive Officer

4 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020Channel shift supports 
strategic positioning
The early phase of the pandemic restrictions 
served both to highlight and to accelerate 
the migration of consumer purchase 
behaviour globally onto digital platforms. 
The acceleration of this underlying trend 
unquestionably provided some tailwinds 
to our Digital Commerce business in 2020, 
particularly those products based on 
execution. More fundamentally though, it 
represents a likely permanent shift that will 
underpin our strategic position in years to 
come. Indeed, all indications suggest that 
the addressable market for eCommerce 
optimisation is substantial and will continue 
to expand rapidly. We believe we are in an 
excellent position to continue to capitalise 
on the competitive advantage that we have 
established to date and we operate within 
a total addressable market estimated to be 
$15.7 billion growing at 14% per annum over 
the period from 2020 to 2023.

2020 in perspective
In certain respects, many of the changes 
we have had to make, both culturally and 
practically, will become part of our lives for the 
foreseeable future. However, there is also now 
clear reason to have confidence that vaccine 
deployment will allow the face-to-face 
interaction that we value so much to return 
gradually in the current and future years.

It is against this backdrop that I am pleased 
to say we have not only shown notable 
resilience as a business, displaying great 
examples of innovation in the development 
of our products, but have pushed further 
ahead in realising our strategic objectives 
and reinforcing our competitive position in 
several key areas.

Our responsibility
In a year of considerable turmoil for our 
society it has been more important than 
ever that we continue to be as supportive 
as possible of our own people, and of the 
communities in which we operate. Early in 
the year, we swiftly implemented temporary 
Executive and Non-Executive pay reductions 
and made limited use of the UK furlough 
scheme, with the goal of minimising the 
prospect of job losses and financial hardship 
for our people. On a pastoral level, a priority 
throughout the year has been to provide 
continued support to ensure our colleagues 
come through this pandemic secure in their 
physical and mental health: signposting 

“ In a year of considerable turmoil for our society it has 
been more important than ever that we continue to be 
as supportive as possible of our own people, and of the 
communities in which we operate.”

extra support, creating bespoke Learning 
& Development content to address new 
ways of working, and increasing our level 
of leadership communication. Outside 
Ascential we made a significant degree 
of content available free of charge to the 
business communities that we serve during 
this period of widespread uncertainty.

Looking ahead, we are excited to have 
launched a company-wide Diversity and 
Inclusion report that demonstrates the 
diversity of our workforce, alongside a 
set of commitments that will guide us in 
sustaining a strong and diverse culture. 
One key objective is to create a workforce 
that fully reflects, at all levels, the racial 
and ethnic mix of our major markets within 
the next ten years. We are encouraged to 
see that our employee groups including 
Ascential Pride and Black In Business have 
flourished throughout the year and we are 
proud that WGSN and LIONS in particular, 
continue to lead the way in addressing 
pressing social and environmental issues 
with their global audience. 

Capital allocation and deployment 
of resources
We are pleased to have found new owners 
for each of the Built Environment & Policy 
businesses that will continue to nurture their 
strong teams and potential. The sales of 
these businesses represent a significant 
moment in the realisation of our strategic 
goals, meaning we are now wholly focused 
on our core business areas that serve 
customers across digital marketplaces. 

Throughout 2020 decisive cost actions, 
particularly in light of the uncertainty over 
live events revenues, enabled us to continue 
to invest in our core strategic areas while 
also protecting the integrity and long-term 
value of our world-class brands. These 
actions, combined with the successful sale 
of the Built Environment & Policy businesses 
have further reinforced our balance sheet 
and allow additional scope to selectively 
add to our capabilities, particularly in the 
burgeoning Digital Commerce market. 

This was illustrated by the recent additions 
of X Target and Intellibrand, and our 
continued investment in exciting 
opportunities such as Hudson MX.

Execution against our 2020 objectives
Although much has changed around us 
since we set these objectives twelve months 
ago, we have managed to deliver significant 
results in each area:

1. 
Increase the rate of Organic revenue 
growth in the Sales Segment by accelerating 
Money20/20 and by driving strong billings 
growth in Edge in the second half of the 
year: 2020 saw Digital Commerce (formerly 
a sub-segment of Sales) become our largest 
and fastest growing segment, with proforma 
revenue growth of 25%. Edge Digital Shelf 
billings showed double-digit growth in the 
year, accelerating in the second half.

2.  Focus on our service offering to further 
reduce customer churn: Our businesses 
achieved record levels of engagement with 
their customer bases, particularly through 
their digital product offerings.

3.  Deliver product superiority across the 
Company allowing for further premium 
pricing for our highest quality product: 
We increased our product investment and 
achieved double-digit growth in our digital 
subscriptions and platforms products. 

4.  Deliver greater simplicity and efficiency 
throughout the business, including new 
systems and processes in our Finance, 
Marketing and Sales functions: We have 
executed the sale of all three Built 
Environment & Policy businesses, identified 
previously as non-core, which simplifies our 
operating and strategic profile. We have 
also made progress on the transition to 
a new global streamlined back-office 
capability, commencing the rollout globally 
later this year. 

5

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Chief Executive’s statement Continued

Financial Results
The impact of the pandemic-related 
restrictions in 2020, on both our events and 
strategic advisory business drove an overall 
revenue decline of 31%, while Adjusted EBITDA 
dropped by 73%. We recorded an operating 
loss of £166.5m in 2020 in part as a result 
of significant exceptional items from the 
revaluation of our deferred consideration 
obligations and the impairment of goodwill 
and intangibles in our Retail & Financial 
Services segment. On an underlying basis that 
excludes the impact of deferred and cancelled 
events, our revenues were up modestly 
overall, at 3%. This reflects the very strong 
performance from our Digital Commerce 
segment, where revenue grew 25% (on a 
proforma basis), or, looking at our revenue 
by type, growth of 11% from our digital 
subscriptions and platforms business, which 
represented 79% of our revenue in 2020. 

Through Digital Commerce, more so than any 
other area of our business, we have seen the 
restrictions brought by the pandemic influence 
a fundamental shift in how our largest 
customers go to market. In the key US region, 
for example, we saw eCommerce penetration 
advance further in the second quarter of 2020 
than in the previous ten years. This dynamic 
has driven particularly strong continued growth 
from our platform execution business while 
subscription-based measurement analytics 
products have also begun to benefit from the 
increased need of customers to reach their 
markets across multiple platforms. Key to 
meeting this demand was the successful 
integration of the Edge businesses early in the 
year which provides a single robust platform 
and interface for brands to manage their 
services. For Flywheel Digital, expansion onto 
burgeoning platforms such as Walmart, Kroger 
and Instacart has been a significant factor in 
their ability to track their own customers’ growth 
in the period.

Product Design performed with great 
resilience in the year, led by a solid revenue 
performance from its majority subscriptions 
business tempered by tougher conditions in 
advisory. While the fashion vertical continued 
to decline, we saw the successful launch of 
Food & Drink as the business continues to 
expand into adjacent design verticals 
that also complement our expertise within 
other segments such as Digital Commerce. 
Highlights in 2020 also included the 
succession of record net promoter scores 
achieved by WGSN, testifying to the strength 
of this business’s customer appeal. 

6 

Revenue

£263.7m

Adjusted EBITDA

£28.5m

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020The pandemic has thrown considerable 
challenges at our business both in terms of 
the underlying trading conditions in some 
of our end markets and disrupting the 
environment in which we engage with the 
audience of our two major events brands. 
However, it is also clear that a number of 
our brands, particularly in our key Digital 
Commerce and Product Design business 
units, remain well positioned, even more so 
than twelve months ago, to benefit from the 
accelerated shift towards eCommerce that 
we have seen the past year. In terms of our 
balance sheet, we continue to maintain 
substantial liquidity. Additionally, following 
the sale of the Built Environment & Policy 
businesses, which further refines our strategic 
focus, we have flexibility to continue to invest 
in the development of the high growth areas 
of our business, whether organically or 
through targeted acquisition opportunities.

2021 has started well with strong growth in 
revenue and profits in the first two months 
of the year. While the speed of vaccine 
deployment and easing of government 
restrictions will heavily influence the 
near-term financial success of our event 
products, we have high levels of confidence 
in our digital subscriptions and platforms 
products and, after double-digit growth 
in 2020, expect these revenue streams to 
continue to grow well in the coming year.

The actions we have taken, and the priorities 
we are executing against, position us well to 
return to continued strong growth over the 
coming years.

Duncan Painter 
Chief Executive Officer 
12 March 2021

The Marketing segment was significantly 
impacted by the pandemic related 
government restrictions in 2020, with the 
cancellation of the Lions festival and 
economic shock on the customer ecosystem 
felt keenly in our strategic advisory business. 
Despite this adversity, subscription revenues 
performed strongly, and while currently at 
a relatively small scale, we have a roadmap 
to growing their contribution through our 
continuing investment in Hudson MX’s media 
buying solution. Following cancellation of 
the festival in June we launched Lions Live, 
a platform for the creative community, 
which attracted over 80,000 participants. 
Despite this success we remain convinced 
that face to face engagement has a unique 
appeal, particularly for leading global 
events such as Cannes Lions. We greatly 
look forward to welcoming the creative 
community back to the platform this June, 
where we are planning to deliver a next-
generation hybrid event combining a broad 
and global virtual reach, including fully 
digital awards, with in-person physical 
participation if possible.

Retail & Financial Services was another 
segment significantly affected by the 
pandemic restrictions prevalent last year, 
with Money20/20 shows in Europe and the 
US cancelled, together with the smaller 
World Retail Congress and Retail Week Live. 
Looking to this year we are excited about 
the potential for all four events, set to take 
place in the second half of the year, with 
Money20/20, in particular, representing the 
most significant focal point for a payment 
technology industry that continues to be a 
thriving and dynamic end market.

Our discontinued business, Built Environment 
& Policy returned to strong levels of growth 
overall in the second half of the year, led 
by the largest business, Groundsure, where 
we saw record levels of activity following 
the revival of the UK property market in 
May. Glenigan and DeHavilland both 
demonstrated more even progression in 
the year underpinned by solid subscription 
renewals, despite new business being 
impacted by lower activity in the UK 
construction industry and broader 
government policy, respectively.

Management and Board
In January of this year, we were pleased 
to welcome Paul Harrison, formerly a 
Non-Executive Director and our Audit 
Committee Chair, into a new executive role  
as Chief Operating Officer. This brings further 
depth to our senior management team as well 
as Paul’s highly relevant experience of driving 
growth in innovative digital businesses. 
Chip DiPaula and Patrick Miller, co-founders 
of Flywheel Digital, have assumed joint 
leadership of our Digital Commerce business, 
a segment that in the last year has become 
our largest and fastest growing and remains 
at the centre of our ambition to drive the 
company forward. Within Digital Commerce 
Deren Baker, formerly CEO of Jumpshot, has 
been appointed to lead Edge. For Product 
Design we have appointed Carla Buzasi, 
formerly Managing Director of WGSN, to lead 
the business unit.

In terms of our non-executive Board 
members we have made three appointments 
in the past twelve months: Charles Song, 
Suzanne Baxter and Funke Ighodaro. Their 
addition to the Board widens the diverse 
experience and skills at our disposal and 
we look forward to their contributions.

2021 Priorities and Outlook 
As we begin to emerge from the pandemic, 
we will continue to pursue the strategic 
priorities that we outlined last Summer:

1.  Accelerating investments to drive strong 
organic growth in our Digital Commerce 
businesses and continued bolt-on 
investments.

2.  Continuing the new customer segment 
expansion for our Product Design business unit.

3.  Making the necessary changes to 
ensure our marquee events of Cannes Lions 
and Money20/20 are set up to bounce 
back strongly, subject to the easing of local 
restrictions and pandemic recovery.

4.  Continue to streamline our operations, 
enabling accelerated investment and further 
strengthening our balance sheet.

5.  Continue to build on our innovative 
culture, record level of employee 
engagement and to empower success 
for our diverse workforce at all levels of 
our organisation.

7

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Our investment case

The Investment Case 

Clear long-term vision

Market leaders

Delivering specialist information, 
analytics and eCommerce optimisation 
to the world’s leading consumer brands 
and their ecosystems.  

Retail is on the cusp of entering the fifth generation 
and the next era of its evolution: Retail 5.0.  
By 2025, online sales are expected to account for 
around 40% of Consumer Product companies’ 
total sales and eCommerce will be dominated by a 
handful of major ecosystems. These platforms will 
increasingly own consumers’ loyalty, and brands 
will require specific strategies, and agility and 
integration of distribution and product creation 
models, to compete.

Trusted by leading businesses Ascential has:

–  best in class capabilities for the major platforms 

of Amazon, Alibaba and JD.com

–  the widest and most comprehensive platforms 
for trading, measurement and share across the 
new entrants

Trusted by leading businesses

Leading provider of Digital Commerce retail and media driven 
by proprietary, wholly-owned, and built from the ground up 
software stack.

Is the world’s leading ecommerce performance measurement 
platform. Monitoring +3.3bn websites per month, we produce 
data-driven insights for 400 of the largest CPG retailers  
and manufacturers.

We help 8 of the top 10 global FMCG brands to win in China’s 
digital commerce space. 

60% of the “Best Global Brands” (Interbrand 2020) are 
powered by our consumer insight and product design trends.

9/10 of the top 10 agencies of the decade have access to  
our digital intelligence and learning platform – The Work.

80% of the global top 10 brands (Forbes’ 2020) and 70%  
of the world’s top 10 most valuable brands (BrandZ 2020)  
drive marketing effectiveness with our insights and data.

Day 6-21
Fabric is cut. 8,000 
new pieces are sewn 
together at nearby 
factory, and prepared 
for shipment.

Day 1
Designer in Spain 
sketches new pieces 
of clothing, with input 
from store managers 
on the latest trends.

Day 2-5
A pattern 
maker creates 
prototype

8 

Day 25
New items arrive in 
NYC and put on 
display in stores.

Day 21-24
Apparel is driven to 
distribution center before 
heading to Barcelona to 
be flown to Zara stores 
around the world.

The top 50 companies in Financial Services attend our  
global events series each year to hear from over 1,300  
fintech visionaries.

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020Structural Growth
We operate in markets of substantial 
scale, with clear growth prospects1.

Total 
Addressable market  
by segment (2020)

Forecast CAGR  
(2020-2023)

$15.7bn
14%

Robust business 
model
Digital information company

Digital Commerce largest and fastest growing 
business segment

2021*

Digital Commerce
$4.7bn 
Analytics & Advisory 

Retail Managed Services 

Media Managed Services 

Managed Services, China 

Content Syndication 

Product Design
$6.0bn 
Trend Intelligence 

Product Design Consultancy 

Consumer Sentiment Analytics 

Market Research 

Marketing
$5.1bn 
Events & Benchmarks 

Advisory 

Media Management Systems 

Measurement 

+29%
+10-20%

+20-30%

+40-50%

+30-40%

+10-20%

+5%
+6-10%

+2-6%

+7-13%

+2-6%

+6%
+110-130%

+4-10%

+3-7%

+2-6%

* Analyst estimate range (March 2021)

   Digital Commerce

  Product Design

   Marketing

  Retail & Financial Services

35%

25%

26%

14%

Growing proportion of digital based products 
provide resilient base

2021*

1  Review of Ascential’s Markets by PwC, December 2020. The PwC market data quote in 
this document is sourced from a publicly available market report that can be found on 
www.ascential.com. PwC owes no duty of care to anyone other than Ascential in relation 
to this report.

  Events

   Advisory

* Analyst estimate range (March 2021)

   Digital Subscriptions & Platforms

63%

19%

18%

9

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020  
Our stakeholders

Stakeholder Engagement  
and S172

Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 requires Directors to 
act in a way that promotes the success of the company for the 
benefit of shareholders as a whole, whilst having regard to the 
interests of its other stakeholders.

This section of the report serves as our 
Section 172 (1) Statement, setting out how 
Directors have taken into consideration the 
interests of material stakeholders in their 
decision-making. 

Effective stakeholder engagement helps us 
gain a better understanding of the impact 
of our decisions on stakeholder interests 
as well as understanding their needs 
and concerns. By understanding our 
stakeholders, we can factor into Board 
discussions the potential impact of our 
decisions on each stakeholder group and 
consider how best to act fairly between 
members as a whole. 

We consider our key stakeholders to be 
our customers, our people, our suppliers 
and business partners, our investors and 
wider society.

Our methods and outcomes 
The methods we use to engage with each of these stakeholder groups 
and the outcomes from that engagement are set out in the following 
pages. In addition to this information on stakeholder engagement, 
other sections of this Annual Report are relevant to this statement and 
should be read in conjunction: 

Business model – this identifies and explains 
the key relationships that our business 
depends upon (page 18)

Principal risk disclosure – this identifies threats  
to the relationships which could disrupt the  
long-term success of the Company (page 50)

Strategy – this summarises our long-term 
strategy, and the progress we have made 
in implementing that strategy (page 20)

Business model

When you can see the future, 
it’s easier to get there first

What we 
draw upon
Colleagues and culture
 — Our experienced and dedicated  
global workforce of over 2,000 
colleagues cross five continents

 — Our strong and diverse culture 
underpinned by the Ascential 
Behaviours and Beliefs

Our Brands
 — World-class specialist businesses  

that combine immediately  
actionable insight with visionary 
longer-term thinking

Relationships  
and partners
 — We partner with 65% of the top 100 

most valuable global brands

Technology
 — Robust and scalable  
technology platforms

 — Proprietary technology  
stack and algorithms

Financial
 — Access to substantial committed  

bank facilities

 — Clear capital allocation policy

 — Good operating cash generation

To provide specialist information,
analytics and eCommerce
optimisation

The Ascential Solution
The businesses that make up Ascential bring together 
different specialisms to enable our customers to succeed 
in three critical areas:

1. Creating the right products –  

know what products the consumer wants tomorrow.

2. Maximising the market impact –  

getting to maximum creativity with optimised media.

3. Optimising digital commerce –  

executing with excellence on the winning platforms.

Our brands support our customer to create the 
right products, maximse the brand’s marketing 
impact and optimise digital commerce execution

Through four segments that cover
the customer journey from product
design to sales

Our businesses improve performance and solve 
problems for our customers by delivering immediately 
actionable information combined with visionary  
longer-term thinking across:

Digital Commerce

Product Design

Page 26

Page 30

Marketing

Retail & Financial 
Services

Our advantage: the network effect

Page 30

Page 33

Ascential’s reach
Partnering in over 100 countries with major eCommerce ecosystems

The Ascential network effect

1. Increase sales in  
Digital Commerce

4. Optimises  
our clients’ 
performance 
(Propriety Tech  
Stack + algorithms)

Growth

3. Expands products, 
segments and 
marketplace 
(our direct APIs  
and partnerships)

5. Increase investment  
in marketplace  
selection and media

2. Ascential  
wins, grows and  
retains clients

6. Strengthens  
the marketplace  
propositions  
and profits

7. Drives accelerated  
consumer eyballs  
and spend

That delivers 
benefits
For our People
 — We aim to be a destination employer 
in every one of our key operating 
territories and markets.

 — Overall engagement score in 2020 
engagement survey of 81 (vs target  
of 80 out of 100).

For our customers
 — We aim to help our customers improve 

their performance across Product 
Design, Marketing and Sales.

 — We measure our performance through 

a range of customer engagement 
statistics including net promotor 
scores, retention rates, and growth 
from existing customers.

For our partners  
and suppliers
 — We work with our partners and 

suppliers to develop productive and 
fair working relationships, with fair 
business and payment terms.

For our Communities
 — We support our communities though 

charitable donations, working  
towards operating sustainable  
events, and operating responsibly  
with our suppliers, partners and  
other stakeholders. 

For our Shareholders
 — We aim to deliver long-term 

sustainable returns, measured  
by Total Shareholder Return. 

18 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020 

19

Principal risks

Principal risks  
and uncertainties

We assess our principal risks in terms of 
their potential impact on our ability to 
deliver our strategic objectives.
The Board has made a robust assessment of the principal risks 
facing the business including those related to its business model, 
future performance, solvency or liquidity, and considered them 
in the formulation of the Long-Term Viability Statement set out 
on the previous page.

The following pages summarise our principal risks and uncertainties 
with mitigating actions, as identified by the Board for the year 
ended 31 December 2020. The list is not exhaustive and may change 
during 2021 as the risk landscape evolves. 

The Covid-19 pandemic has impacted several of our principal risks 
and these impacts are discussed in more detail below. In accordance 
with our crisis management plan, our response to Covid-19 was 
coordinated across the business at three levels:

Gold – strategic direction by Executive Directors:  
“This is what we will do”

The Board also considered an updated impact analysis of the risks 
associated with Britain exiting the European Union. The assessment 
was updated to reflect changes in our business model and 
operations as well as any clarifying new information that had been 
made public. The conclusion of the updated analysis remained that 
the most significant threat to Ascential is the increased broader 
economic uncertainty including risk of recession, exacerbated by 
the existing Covid-19 related recession. The impact of this threat 
continues to be mitigated by the diversification of Ascential’s 
business, both geographically and across sectors and industries 
(see the business model and market review sections for more detail). 
Additionally, recession planning forms part of Ascential’s risk 
management process and the influence of Brexit on recession 
risk has been considered and monitored as part of this process. 
A range of reasonably possible outcomes was also considered when 
performing sensitivity analysis on long-range financial projections 
(see the long-term viability statement for more detail). 

The Board considers the following to be the Company’s 
principal risks: 

Silver – operational coordination by the Covid-19 Response Team: 
“This is how we will do it”

Risk

Bronze – tactical delivery by Senior Leaders: “Do it”

Change since December 2019

Unmitigated

Mitigated

A dedicated Silver project team was activated from the early stages 
of the pandemic, when it first emerged in China in January 2020. 
Their primary objective was to keep our colleagues safe and to 
minimise the impact on our business operations. 

Some of the key actions taken in response to the pandemic were: 

• Provided guidance and support to staff who were working remotely;

• Monitored and followed guidance from government agencies and 

1. Customer end-market development Unchanged 

Unchanged 

2. Economic and geopolitical conditions Increased 

Increased 

3. Competition/substitution

Increased 

Unchanged 

4. Execution of new product and 
capability development

Increased 

Increased 

5. Acquisition and disposals

Unchanged 

Unchanged 

other health organisations

6. People risk

Increased 

Increased 

• Focused on continuing to support our customers and deliver 

7. Reliance on data providers

Unchanged 

Unchanged 

continued excellent service and product 

• Reduced management pay on a temporary basis

• Suspended the 2019 final dividend

• Suspended the share buy-back programme

• Obtained debt covenant waivers and amendments for December 

2020 and June 2021

• Extensive scenario planning around the impact of no live events 

in 2020. 

8. Cyber threat and information security Increased 

Unchanged 

9. Venue availability, security and access Increased 

Increased 

10. Business resilience

Increased 

Unchanged 

11. Finance risk

Increased 

Increased 

12. Regulation and compliance

Unchanged 

Unchanged 

Business and strategic

1. Customer end-market development

Description of risk
Our customers operate in a 
variety of end markets, each 
with their own competitive 
pressures affecting customer 
preferences and spend. Growth 
for our customers is anchored 
in understanding in great detail 
the many paths to purchase 
consumers will take as they 
watch, buy and communicate 
online. Achieving an integrated 
consumer to product view is 
becoming increasingly critical. 

Examples of risks
• Failure to develop an appropriate pipeline of successful products 

to meet and anticipate the needs of our customers

• Change in how consumers watch, buy and communicate online 

may necessitate further product development

• Largest consumer brands may in-house ecommerce analytics 

capabilities

Actions taken to manage risk
• Continued investment in technology, decision science and methodologies 

to make Ascential brands indispensable partners for our customers

• Extension of the Ascential proposition through product development 

and bolt-on acquisitions

• Strong account management strategy and direct engagement 

with customers

Link to strategy
Our strategic objective to be 
a world-class business that 
improves performance and 
solves propbles forour 
customers relies heavily on 
our ability to anticipate and 
respond to our customers’ 
changing needs.

Risk movement from 2019
Stable

2. Economic and geopolitical conditions

Description of risk
Across our business we are 
exposed to the effects of political 
and economic risks. These include 
the impact of the Covid-19 
pandemic, changes in the 
regulatory and competitive 
landscape and the impact of 
international trade policy.

Examples of risks
• Financial recession in our key markets leading to reduced spending 

power for customers

• Global political uncertainty regarding trade policy 

• Actions by hostile states negatively impacts our people, products 

or intellectual property

• Change in US Administration’s approach to trade policy

Actions taken to manage risk
• Recession modelling and scenario planning is a key part of the Budget 

process

Link to strategy
Our strategic objective to 
accelerate organic growth 
requires us to operate 
effectively within different 
global political situations 
which change constantly.

•  Impact of recession is distributed across Ascential brands with some 

brands’ proposition more attractive in a recessive environment

• Brexit impact assessment conducted which concluded Brexit was not 

Risk movement from 2019
Increased 

a material risk

• Monitor geopolitical landscape to develop plans to respond to specific 

threats or opportunities

3. Competition / substitution

Description of risk
We are exposed to a varied and 
dynamic competitive landscape, 
ranging from niche providers 
and new entrants in eCommerce 
analytics to data aggregators 
and consultancy firms.

Examples of risks
• Marketplaces open up full suite of programmatic tools that are 

comparable to parts of our Digital Commerce proposition with no 
incremental cost to the end user

• Competitors determine the ‘land grab’ of ecommerce is worth no profit 
and offer ecommerce services at no additional charge as part of their 
broader engagement

• Pricing pressure increases as competitive intensity grows

Actions taken to manage risk
• Continuous improvement of capabilities to demonstrate why specialist 

proposition provides value

• Development of path to purchase insights acts as a barrier to 

competitive propositions

• Continued investment in technology and decision science to offer 

competitive advantage

• Diversification of proposition across multiple marketplaces

• Close monitoring of competitive landscape and emerging technology 

to identify threats and opportunities

Link to strategy
Our strategic objective to be 
a world-class business that 
improves performance 
and solves propbles forour 
customers relies heavily on 
our ability to anticipate and 
respond to our customers’ 
changing needs.

Risk movement from 2019
Stable

50 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020 

51

Our strategy

Strategic focus

Key to KPIs

 1 /  Revenue

Key to risks

  1 /  Customer end-market development

 2 / Adjusted EBITDA margin

2 /  Economic and geopolitical conditions

 3 / Adjusted EBITDA

 4 / Net Debt

5/ Leverage ratio

3 /  Competition/substitution

4 /  New product and capability development

5 /  Acquisitions and disposals

6 /  People risk

7 /  Reliance on data providers

8 /  Cyber threat and information security

9 /  Venue availability, security and access

10 /  Business resilience

11 /  Financial risk

12 /  Regulation and compliance

Strategic objectives

2020 strategic priorities and progress

Performance

Priorities for 2021

Further content

Market - 
leading

World-class businesses that improve 
performance and solve problems for 
our customers by delivering immediately 
actionable information combined 
with visionary longer-term thinking.

1. Increase the rate of Organic revenue growth in the Sales 
Segment by accelerating Money20/20 and driving strong 
billings growth in Edge in the second half of the year
 — 2020 saw Digital Commerce (formerly a sub-segment of Sales) become our largest and 

fastest growing segment, with proforma revenue growth of 25%. Edge Digital Shelf billings 
showed double digit growth in the year, accelerating in the second half.

2. Focus on our service offering to further reduce 
customer churn
 — Almost all businesses achieved record levels of engagement with customers bases, 

particularly through their digital product offerings.

Accelerate 
organic  
growth

Accelerate the organic growth  
of our revenues and optimise  
margins and profits.

3. Deliver product superiority across the Company 
allowing for further premium pricing for our highest 
quality product
 — We increased our product investment and achieved double-digit growth in our digital 

subscriptions and platforms products.

4. Deliver greater simplicity and efficiency throughout 
the business, including new systems and processes 
in our Finance, Marketing and Sales functions
 — We have executed the sale of all three Built Environment and Policy businessess, 
identified previously as non-core, simplifying our operating and strategic profile. 

 — We have made progress on the transition to a new global streamlined back-office 

capability, commencing rollout globally later this year.

Capital 
allocation

Apply a tightly focused capital 
allocation process, to achieve 
our goals and to maximise value 
creation for our shareholders.

5. Continuing policy of focused capital allocation
 — Disposal of each of the Built Environment and Policy businesses reinforced balance sheet 

and allows additional scope to selectively add to our capabilities, particularly in the 
Digital Commerce arena.

 — Decisive cost actions taken, particularly in light of the uncertainty over physical events 
revenues which enable us to continue to invest in our core strategic areas, while also 
protecting the integrity and long-term value of our world-class brands.

Digital commerce  
revenue growth (proforma)

25% 

Accelerate investment  
to drive growth
 —  Invest to drive strong organic growth  
in our Digital Commerce businesses

 — Continue bolt-on investments

Customer engagement 
statistics
Record Customer 
Engagement across 
businesses (e.g. WGSN 
NPS +6 pts, WARC NPS 
+6 pts vs2019) ( esp. digital 
products)

Digital subscriptions  
& platform revenue 
growth (proforma)

11%

Sale of BEP businesses

£258m

Continue expansion  
for Product Design
 — Accelerate our new customer segment  

expansion for Product Design

Strong bounce-back  
of marquee events
 —  Ensure Cannes Lions and Money20/20 are  
set up to bounce back strongly, subject to  
the easing of local restrictions and stabilisation  
of the pandemic

Innovative culture
 — Continue to build on our innovative culture

 — Empower success for our diverse workforce  

at all levels of our organisation

 — Record level of employee engagement

Proforma Net Debt 

£140m

Streamline operations
 — Enable accelerated investment and  

further strengthening of the balance sheet 

Market review
Page 16

Link to KPIs
 1 / 2/3/4 

Link to risks
1 / 2 / 4 / 5 / 11 
7 / 8 / 9 / 10 / 12

KPIs
Page 22

Risks
Page 50

Segmental review
Page 29

Link to KPIs
 1 / 2 / 3 / 4

Link to risks
1 / 4 / 8 / 10

KPIs
Page 22

Risks
Page 50

Segmental review
Page 30

Link to KPIs
 1 / 2 / 3

Link to risks
1 / 2 / 9 / 12

KPIs
Page 22

Risks
Page 50

Our People
Page 56

Link to KPIs
1 / 2 / 3

Link to risks
 4 / 6 / 10

KPIs
Page 22

Risks
Page 50

Chief Executive’s Statement 
Page 04

Link to KPIs
 1 / 2 / 3 / 4

Link to risks
2 / 11

KPIs
Page 20

Risks
Page 50

20 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020 

21

Chief Executive’s statement – this explains 
how our key decisions in the year have 
supported our long-term strategy (page 16)

Chief Executive’s Statement

Strategic focus 
delivering

For almost all businesses and 
individuals 2020 was a year unlike 
any other, presenting extreme 
challenges in how we live our lives, 
work together and, particularly 
in the case of live events, how we 
engage with our customers. 

Duncan Painter 
Chief Executive Officer

Channel shift supports 
strategic positioning
The early phase of the pandemic restrictions 
served both to highlight and to accelerate 
the migration of consumer purchase 
behaviour globally onto digital platforms. 
The acceleration of this underlying trend 
unquestionably provided some tailwinds 
to our Digital Commerce business in 2020, 
particularly those products based on 
execution. More fundamentally though, it 
represents a likely permanent shift that will 
underpin our strategic position in years to 
come. Indeed, all indications suggest that 
the addressable market for eCommerce 
optimisation is substantial and will continue 
to expand rapidly. We believe we are in an 
excellent position to continue to capitalise 
on the competitive advantage that we have 
established to date and we operate within 
a total addressable market estimated to be 
$15.7 billion growing at 14% per annum over 
the period from 2020 to 2023.

2020 in perspective
In certain respects, many of the changes 
we have had to make, both culturally and 
practically, will become part of our lives for the 
foreseeable future. However, there is also now 
clear reason to have confidence that vaccine 
deployment will allow the face-to-face 
interaction that we value so much to return 
gradually in the current and future years.

It is against this backdrop that I am pleased 
to say we have not only shown notable 
resilience as a business, displaying great 
examples of innovation in the development 
of our products, but have pushed further 
ahead in realising our strategic objectives 
and reinforcing our competitive position in 
several key areas.

Our responsibility
In a year of considerable turmoil for our 
society it has been more important than 
ever that we continue to be as supportive 
as possible of our own people, and of the 
communities in which we operate. Early in 
the year, we swiftly implemented temporary 
Executive and Non-Executive pay reductions 
and made limited use of the UK furlough 
scheme, with the goal of minimising the 
prospect of job losses and financial hardship 
for our people. On a pastoral level, a priority 
throughout the year has been to provide 
continued support to ensure our colleagues 
come through this pandemic secure in their 
physical and mental health: signposting 

“ In a year of considerable turmoil for our society it has 
been more important than ever that we continue to be 
as supportive as possible of our own people, and of the 
communities in which we operate.”

extra support, creating bespoke Learning 
& Development content to address new 
ways of working, and increasing our level 
of leadership communication. Outside 
Ascential we made a significant degree 
of content available free of charge to the 
business communities that we serve during 
this period of widespread uncertainty.

Looking ahead, we are excited to have 
launched a company-wide Diversity and 
Inclusion report that demonstrates the 
diversity of our workforce, alongside a 
set of commitments that will guide us in 
sustaining a strong and diverse culture. 
One key objective is to create a workforce 
that fully reflects, at all levels, the racial 
and ethnic mix of our major markets within 
the next ten years. We are encouraged to 
see that our employee groups including 
Ascential Pride and Black In Business have 
flourished throughout the year and we are 
proud that WGSN and LIONS in particular, 
continue to lead the way in addressing 
pressing social and environmental issues 
with their global audience. 

Capital allocation and deployment 
of resources
We are pleased to have found new owners 
for each of the Built Environment & Policy 
businesses that will continue to nurture their 
strong teams and potential. The sales of 
these businesses represent a significant 
moment in the realisation of our strategic 
goals, meaning we are now wholly focused 
on our core business areas that serve 
customers across digital marketplaces. 

Throughout 2020 decisive cost actions, 
particularly in light of the uncertainty over 
live events revenues, enabled us to continue 
to invest in our core strategic areas while 
also protecting the integrity and long-term 
value of our world-class brands. These 
actions, combined with the successful sale 
of the Built Environment & Policy businesses 
have further reinforced our balance sheet 
and allow additional scope to selectively 
add to our capabilities, particularly in the 
burgeoning Digital Commerce market. 

This was illustrated by the recent additions 
of X Target and Intellibrand, and our 
continued investment in exciting 
opportunities such as Hudson MX.

Execution against our 2020 objectives
Although much has changed around us 
since we set these objectives twelve months 
ago, we have managed to deliver significant 
results in each area:

1. 
Increase the rate of Organic revenue 
growth in the Sales Segment by accelerating 
Money20/20 and by driving strong billings 
growth in Edge in the second half of the 
year: 2020 saw Digital Commerce (formerly 
a sub-segment of Sales) become our largest 
and fastest growing segment, with proforma 
revenue growth of 25%. Edge Digital Shelf 
billings showed double-digit growth in the 
year, accelerating in the second half.

2.  Focus on our service offering to further 
reduce customer churn: Our businesses 
achieved record levels of engagement with 
their customer bases, particularly through 
their digital product offerings.

3.  Deliver product superiority across the 
Company allowing for further premium 
pricing for our highest quality product: 
We increased our product investment and 
achieved double-digit growth in our digital 
subscriptions and platforms products. 

4.  Deliver greater simplicity and efficiency 
throughout the business, including new 
systems and processes in our Finance, 
Marketing and Sales functions: We have 
executed the sale of all three Built 
Environment & Policy businesses, identified 
previously as non-core, which simplifies our 
operating and strategic profile. We have 
also made progress on the transition to 
a new global streamlined back-office 
capability, commencing the rollout globally 
later this year. 

4 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020 

5

Market review – this describes the trends 
in our macro environment that are likely to 
affect our performance and achievement 
of our long-term strategy (page 18)

Market review

Digital revolution

2020 had a profound impact on all markets.  
Some benefited, via the acceleration of eCommerce 
adoption and digital transformation across design, 
marketing and digital commerce, while others,  
like live events, had to be put on hold. 

The markets in which we operate are generally 
large and fast growing. Globally, our core markets 
of eCommerce Optimisation, Product Design and 
Consumer Insights, and Marketing Optimisation were 
worth around $16bn in 2020 and forecast to grow by 
14% CAGR to 20231. Despite the impact of Covid-19, 
these markets overall have remained resilient, with 
a return to rapid growth expected following a hiatus 
in 2020.

Market: eCommerce Optimisation | 
Ascential Segment: Digital Commerce
The global pandemic has accelerated 
eCommerce penetration by as much 
as three years’ worth in a single year. 
New consumer groups, previously slow to 
adopt eCommerce have been converted. 
This acceleration has left some brands 
unprepared, and we expect both 
leading Consumer Product Companies to 
ramp up their investment in eCommerce 
capabilities, but also the next tier of brands 
to create more mature eCommerce teams 
and operations. 

Global market for 
eCommerce Optimisation 

$10.1bn

CAGR +29%

$4.7bn

2020

2023

1  Review of Ascential’s Markets by PwC, December 2020. 

The PwC market data quote in this document is sourced 
from a publicly available market report that can be 
found on www.ascential.com. PwC owes no duty of care 
to anyone other than Ascential in relation to this report. 

16 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020
Ascential plc Annual Report 2020

The dominance of digital marketplaces has 
also accelerated, with Tier 1 marketplaces 
(such as Amazon, Alibaba and JD.com) 
seeing faster growth in 2020, with record 
levels of spend and traffic confirming the 
advances in the underlying channel shift to 
eCommerce. Major marketplaces continue to 
invest billions on attracting, understanding 
and better serving their customers. In order 
to win, Consumer Product Companies s will 
have to a) focus on and prioritise leading 
platforms, b) learn how to play and win in 
each of these, and c) optimise marketing 
to capture these consumers. Our solutions 
across digital commerce are focused on 
helping brands achieve these goals.

The global market for eCommerce 
Optimisation is estimated to be worth 
$4.7bn globally in 2020 1, encompassing 
businesses that provide analytical tools 
and services to help consumer product 
manufacturers maximise eCommerce sales. 
It is forecast to grow by 29% CAGR over the 
next three years driven by the continued 
shift to online and increasing complexity 
in eCommerce value chains, requiring 
advanced analytics, technology and 
services. Ascential is well positioned to 
capitalise on this growth through our 
diversified offering that spans multiple 
business models (SaaS platforms, retail 
and media managed services, advisory) 
and global and regional capabilities.

Size of Ascential’s Global Markets
and Forecast 2020-2023 

Product Design and
Consumer Insights market

$23.1bn

CAGR +14%

$15.7bn

CAGR +5%

$6.9bn

$6.0bn

2020

2023

2020

2023

This market is estimated to be worth $6.0bn 
in 2020 and is forecast to grow at 5% CAGR 1 
over the next three years. Ascential is focused 
on the higher growth parts of this segment 
through data-driven trend intelligence and 
consumer insights, which are expected to 
outpace market growth at the expense of 
more traditional market research players.

Market: Marketing Optimisation | 
Ascential Segment: Marketing
In marketing, we saw an accelerated shift 
to digital and performance advertising, 
and the move to digital business 
transformation. With ad spend set to 
decline by 9.8% worldwide (WARC) in 2020, 
marketers’ attention has had to increasingly 
turn to efficiency and quality of customer 
journey, and also digital experiences. 
Recovery is now expected across all 
consumer verticals in 2021 (WARC). Digital 
channels are set to keep dominating media 
budgets as markets rebound, thanks to 
easier measurement and increased video 
consumption. Brands will seek to build better 
marketplace expertise, direct-to-consumer 
options and leverage post-pandemic 
changes in consumer behaviour to soften 
the impact of the recession. Our strategy 
continues to be focused on supporting 
brands through this digital transformation 
across creativity, effectiveness and efficiency.

Large scale events in this market, such as 
the Cannes Lions festival, were not able to be 
held in 2020 following the emergence of the 
pandemic, but there is expectation of a strong 
recovery once vaccines have been successfully 
rolled out from 2021 onwards. We maintain a 
positive long-term outlook for large industry 
tentpole events given changes in working 
patterns and new value in face to face.

Overall, the Marketing Optimisation 
market consists of businesses that help 
brands and agencies optimise the creativity, 
effectiveness and efficiency of marketing, 
via events and benchmarking, advisory, and 
media management & measurement. It is 
estimated at $5.1bn in 2020 , and forecast to 
grow at 4% CAGR 1 over the next three years. 
Increasing demand for data-driven and 
tech-enabled insights, greater automation 
in multi-channel buying/selling and pressure 
to increase efficiency and reduce costs will 
drive growth in this market for coming years.

Other Specialist Markets |  
Ascential Segments: Retail  
& Financial Services
We operate in a number of other specialist 
markets through our brands in the Retail & 
Financial Services segment.

In payments and fintech, the macrotrends 
of digital and eCommerce have driven 
organisations large and small to accelerate 
efforts and actively participate in fintech. 
Examples of this include retailers migrating 
towards cashless payments, central banks 
accelerating digital currency efforts, 
and banks of all sizes enabling digital 
onboarding and engagement.

Beyond the pandemic, Fintech and Financial 
Services events, such as Money20/20, are 
expected to continue to grow, driven by 
disruption in the payments and financial 
services industry, the move to cashless 
payments (further accelerated by Covid-19) 
and a greater than ever need for 
collaboration between all players in the 
ecosystem. It will continue being a critical 
enabler of digital commerce.

The pandemic continues to drive rapid 
change in retail across the globe. 2020 was 
a year marked by eCommerce acceleration, 
market consolidation and the continued 
demise of weaker legacy players. With the 
economics of retail upended by the flight 
to online, the speed at which retailers adapt 
is key to survival. Innovation, investment, 
agility and partnerships are all central to 
their winning strategies. But it is those 
brands with a clear sense of purpose and 
proposition that won customer loyalty in 
2020. This integrity will continue to elevate 
the most successful retailers in the world. 

Globally, the market for Retail information, 
technology and price optimisation solutions 
has suffered in line with sector-wide 
challenges for retailers, particularly 
accelerated by Covid-19. We do however, see 
positive demand for pricing and optimisation 
technology, particularly in grocery.

 Segmental review 

Page 26

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020 

17

Marketing Optimisation Market 

CAGR +4%

$6.1bn

$5.1bn

2020

2023

Market: Product Design  
and Consumer Insights | 
Ascential Segment: Product Design
We continue to see growing demand 
for data-driven product design and 
consumer trends as brands focus on 
developing the right products for their 
consumers, at the right time, in the right 
volumes and on the right consumer 
platforms. More than ever, this requires 
access to global eCommerce and consumer 
data, combining advanced data science 
capabilities with qualitative analytical 
techniques to draw out actionable insights. 
We believe we are in a unique position to 
help brands solve these challenges from 
the combination of our digital commerce, 
product design and marketing assets.

Globally, the Product Design and Consumer 
Insights market consists of businesses 
that provide insights, data, analytics, 
and advisory on consumer trends to help 
consumer brands design products. 

Corporate Governance Report – the section 
on culture explains how the Directors monitor 
culture and support the achievement of the 
desired culture necessary for the achievement 
of our long-term success (page 76)

Board of Directors

Our experienced and  
effective leadership

The Board is committed to maintaining very 
high standards of corporate governance and 
ensuring values and behaviours are consistent 
across the business.

Scott Forbes
Chairman

Duncan Painter
Chief Executive 
Officer

Mandy Gradden
Chief Financial 
Officer

Paul Harrison
Chief Operating 
Officer

Rita Clifton
Senior Independent 
Director

Board gender

Appointed to the Board
January 2016 

Meetings attended
10/10

Independent
Yes (on 
appointment)

Committees

Appointed to the Board
October 2011

Meetings attended
10/10

Independent
No

Committees
–

Appointed to the Board
January 2013

Meetings attended
10/10

Independent
No

Committees
–

Key areas of prior experience
Board and committee chairing, business 
strategy, digital marketplaces, operations, 
finance, mergers and acquisitions and 
investor relations.

Key areas of prior experience
eCommerce, digital media, consumer 
intelligence systems, mergers & acquisitions, 
business integration, operations, 
transformation.

Current external appointments
 — Chairman, Cars.com
 — Non-Executive Director, ATG

Previous experience
 — Chairman, Rightmove plc
 — Chairman, Orbitz Worldwide
 — Non-Executive Director, 
Travelport Worldwide

 — Managing Director, Cendant Corporation

Current external appointments
 — Non-Executive Director, ITV plc

Previous experience
 — Managing Director, Sky plc
 — Global Product Leader, Experian plc
 — Founder and Chief Executive Officer,  

Clarity Blue

Key areas of prior experience
Chartered accountant, corporate finance, 
mergers & acquisitions, financial 
restructuring, transformation.

Current external appointments
 —  None

Previous experience
 — Non-Executive Director, and  

Chair of Audit Committee, SDL plc
 — CFO, Torex Retail Holdings Limited
 — CFO, Detica Group plc
 — Dalgety plc
 — Price Waterhouse

Appointed to the Board
January 2016 as NED
January 2021 as COO

Meetings attended
10/10

Independent
No (from 
1 October 2020)

Committees
–

Appointed to the Board
May 2016

Meetings attended
10/10

Independent
Yes

Committees

Key areas of prior experience
Chartered accountant, corporate 
finance, mergers & acquisitions, capital 
markets, financial restructuring, audit, 
voice of consumer.

Current external appointments
 —  None

Previous experience
 — CFO, Just Eat plc
 — Senior Independent Director and Chair 
of Remuneration Committee, Hays plc

Key areas of prior experience
Brands, branding, business leadership, 
global account sales, CPG voice of consumer.

Current external appointments
 — Deputy Chair, John Lewis Partnership
 — Non-Executive Director, Nationwide 

Building Society
 — Chair, Brandcap

Previous experience
 — Non-Executive Director, Asos plc
 — Vice Chair and Strategy Director, Saatchi 

 — Non-Executive Director and Chair of Audit 

& Saatchi

Committee, Hays plc

 — CFO, Wandisco plc
 — CFO, The Sage Group plc

 — CEO and Chair, Interbrand
 — Non-Executive Director, Sustainable 

Development Commission

 — Fellow, World Wildlife Foundation

Judy Vezmar
Non-Executive 
Director

Gillian Kent
Non-Executive 
Director

Charles Song
Non-Executive 
Director

Suzanne Baxter
Non-Executive 
Director

Funke Igodaro
Non-Executive 
Director

Appointed to the Board
January 2016

Meetings attended
10/10

Independent
Yes

Committees

Appointed to the Board
January 2016

Meetings attended
10/10

Independent
Yes

Committees

Appointed to the Board
October 2020

Meetings attended
2/2

Independent
Yes

Committees
–

Appointed to the Board
January 2021

Meetings attended
n/a

Independent
Yes

Committees

Appointed to the Board
January 2021

Meetings attended
n/a

Independent
Yes

Committees

Key areas of prior experience
Remuneration, voice of consumer, talent 
management, portfolio management, 
global account sales.

Current external appointments
 — Non-Executive Director, SSP Group plc

Previous experience
 — CEO, LexisNexis International
 — Executive, Xerox Corporation

Key areas of prior experience
Digital media, marketing, brands, 
remuneration, transformation, technology.

Current external appointments
 — Non-Executive Director, Dignity plc
 — Non-Executive Director, Mothercare plc
 — Non-Executive Director, NAHL Group plc
 — Non-Executive Director, SIG plc

Previous experience
 — Non-Executive Director, Pendragon plc
 — Non-Executive Director, Coull Ltd

Key areas of prior experience
Financial technology, business building, 
global capital markets, investment banking, 
commercial banking and corporate finance.

Current external appointments
 — Chairman and CEO, Linklogis

Previous experience
 — President and CEO, China Resources Bank
 — Tencent
 — HSBC

Key areas of prior experience
Chartered accountant, corporate finance, 
mergers & acquisitions, business services, 
audit, transformation.

Key areas of prior experience
Chartered accountant, finance, strategy, 
mergs & acquistions, business and technology 
transformation.

Current external appointments
 — External Board member, Pinsent Masons 

International LLP

 — Non-Executive Commissioner, Equality 

and Human Rights Commission

Previous experience
 — Audit Committee Chair, WH Smith plc
 — CFO, Mitie Group plc

Current external appointments
 — Audit and Risk Committee Chair, 

Massmart Holdings Limited

 — Non-Executive Director, Old Mutual Limited
 — Non-Executive Director, Sabvest Limited

Previous experience
 — CFO, Tiger Brands Limited
 — CFO, Primedia Limited
 — Executive Director, Barloworld Limited
– Executive Director, EMTS Limited

   Male

  Female

Board independence

   Independent

  Non-Independent

Key to committees

  Committee Chair 

  Audit  

  Nomination 

  Remuneration 

4

6

7

3

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

p.83

p.88

p.90

10 

76 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020 

77

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
r
e
p
o
r
t

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
r
e
p
o
r
t

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
r
e
p
o
r
t

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
r
e
p
o
r
t

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
r
e
p
o
r
t

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
r
e
p
o
r
t

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1

Our customers
We help our customers to find their focus, 
create competitive advantage, and 
significantly improve performance. Each 
of our brands unlocks data, analytics and 
insights for customers. 

Customer forums & feedback 
How we engage
• We regularly engage with customers across 
our product brands and geographies. Our 
account management and client service 
functions are in regular contact with 
customers to ensure they get the best 
value from our services. 

• We run NPS surveys across the majority 

of our brands.

• We conduct research on a project basis in 
advance of major product developments. 

• Throughout the Covid-19 pandemic we 
put even more focus on staying close to 
our customers’ needs. For all our brands, 
that meant digital engagement; with our 
content becoming even more important, 
through virtual events such as Digital 
Commerce Live and LIONS Live, and 
through content marketing programmes 
such as Retail 5.0 that targeted our top 
customers with the best of our content.

Outcomes from engagement
Net Promoter Scores are shared across the 
business, leading to refined internal policies, 
processes and procedures on an ongoing 
basis to take into account customer feedback.

At our events the content topics and themes 
have been directly informed by qualitative 
and quantitative research and NPS surveys. 

Outcomes from engagement
We have seen several instances where 
we were connected into Senior Executives 
on our client side as a consequence of 
our focused approach to relationship 
management. We have also seen a rise 
in requests to respond to broader scope 
projects. We have grown our international 
footprint, rolled out international education 
programmes and signed multiple year 
Global Master Services Agreements, all 
giving us further evidence that building 
deeper relationships is beneficial to 
both parties. 

Key accounts
How we engage
• In 2020 our principal focus was on our 

largest Global CPG Customers and how 
they engage with us across our Digital 
Commerce Unit in particular. We had a 
number of instances where we successfully 
joined up our capabilities and resources 
under senior leadership to present 
a holistic response to our customers’ 
business objectives.

• This programme is being continued 

through 2021 via quarterly reviews and 
reports to further reinforce the connected 
engagement and value to this strategically 
important cohort.

• In 2021 we are beginning the process 
of reviewing how we engage with our 
valuable Agency customer base across 
our Marketing Division, with a view 
to broadening and deepening these 
relationships through a more connected 
and aligned engagement model.

11

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020  
Our stakeholders Continued

2

Our people
We have an experienced and dedicated 
workforce which we recognise as a key asset 
of our business. Key tenents of making 
Ascential a great working environment 
include an emphasis on personal wellbeing, 
investment in personal development 
and career progression, support for 
flexible working, diversity and inclusion 
in everything we do, and open and honest 
leadership communications. 

Health & Safety
How we engage
• The Safety Committee meets quarterly and 
provides continuous oversight throughout 
the year.

• Safety and Wellbeing Champions, 
representing every major location 
and brand have been fully trained and 
actively involved with the management 
of local issues.

Internal communications 
How we engage
• Our business-wide internal communications 

framework ensures that our people are 
kept up to date with business strategy and 
performance, People initiatives including 
managing personal performance, other 
functional updates such as Technology and 
Legal, and any organisational changes. 
This includes fortnightly videos from the 
Chief Executive, as well as dedicated 
communications around our financial 
results, ad hoc communications to support 
our change programmes and acquisitions, 
people-focused communications around 
key moments and topics such as Diversity 
& Inclusion, and campaigns to support 
key calendar dates such as Black History 
Month UK. 

• Each area of the business also continues to 
regularly host virtual all-staff meetings and 
team briefings to share news and progress 
against priorities. 

• Training and awareness have focused 

• We held our all-company conference in 

on health, safety and wellbeing including 
production of a bespoke safety video with 
key safety messages from the CEO and 
members of the Safety Committee. The 
safety video was published to all employees 
in January 2020 and is issued to all new 
starters as part of their induction process. 

• Group-wide communications was a 

cornerstone of our Covid-19 response 
strategy to manage expectations and 
reduce uncertainty for our employees, 
as well as a strong focus on measures 
to promote mental health and physical 
wellbeing.

• We issued an all-employee survey during 
the year to gain insight into employees’ 
appetite for returning to office locations 
once permitted under Covid-19 restrictions.

Outcomes from engagement
The presence of Safety Champions in 
each office location means that there is a 
direct route for our employees to raise 
Health & Safety concerns. Safety Champions 
report to the Safety Committee to ensure 
that employee Health & Safety issues are 
addressed appropriately.

January 2020, bringing together more than 
1,400 individuals to hear and engage in the 
strategy, and the year’s plans and goals for 
the business from the very beginning of the 
annual business cycle. This January event 
was followed up with a virtual Leadership 
Conference in June for our 200-strong 
global leadership community to learn 
about our new business priorities in light of 
Covid-19 and to hear from key customers.

• We made the technology switch to the 

Google Suite of products during the first 
half of 2020. This unified set of Google 
tools is now the default platform across 
the business and was rolled out worldwide 
to all employees. This has enabled 
greater collaboration, communication 
and document sharing. 

Outcomes from engagement
We include surveys in all of our all-staff 
newsletters to gather regular feedback 
on content, format and frequency of 
our communication.

Each year we shape our annual conference 
based on a post-conference survey that 
goes to all attendees. This survey informs 
the format, content agenda and speakers 
for the next event.

12 

In 2020 we also ran a survey dedicated to 
understanding how our people were feeling 
about working from home, and the possible 
return to offices. This survey included 
questions on communication, with 91% of 
our people rating communications through 
the pandemic as good or excellent. 

Building a dialogue with our people
How we engage
• We conduct and act upon our annual 
employee engagement survey, which, 
along with face-to-face feedback helps us 
understand what people think and what 
they want to achieve in their careers, and 
to inform the ongoing development of our 
culture across all brands and geographies. 
Engagement in 2020 increased by 2% to 
81% from 2019. 

• For the third year in a row, we ran our 

‘LearnFest’ at the annual conference. This 
is a highly effective and efficient way of 
providing critical skills development to our 
people and topics ranged from personal 
development subjects to commercial and 
technical subjects. Feedback from the 
sessions is used to inform and develop 
future learning and development content. 
Having taken all learning virtual, we ran a 
LearnFest Digital in September reaching 
approximately 1,500 learners. 

• The second Ascential mentoring scheme was 
rolled out. Previously only available to those 
at more senior employees, the programme 
was repurposed to make it accessible to 
mentees at all levels, with an aim to aid 
career development across the business. 
2020 closed by offering support to over three 
times as many mentees as we did in 2019.

Outcomes from engagement
In the second half of the year we refocused 
our HR Business Partnering team to be 
aligned with our Business Units, ensuring 
that the people agenda is focused on the 
unique needs of each of our brands. 

We have a set of seven Ascential Behaviours 
which underpin our culture. We asked our 
people as part of the 2020 Engagement 
Survey whether their managers and leaders 
act in accordance with the Ascential 
Behaviours. They told us: 

• 88% of people believe that “the senior 
leadership team in my brand/function 
demonstrate and support these beliefs 
and behaviours”.

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020• 90% of employees believe that “manager/

supervisors in my area behave in accordance 
with Ascential beliefs and behaviours”.

• 90% of people would recommend their 

line manager to others.

• Learning and Development content 
was pivoted towards virtual delivery 
and reached 3.5 times more learners 
while maintaining quality (88% 
recommendation score). 

Diversity & Inclusion
How we engage
• In 2020 we ran our first Diversity 

Data Survey, gathering data on the 
demographics of our people across the 
globe. 83% of our colleagues completed 
the survey, and the data gathered, along 
with previous Diversity and Inclusion 
benchmarking work was used to write 
our first Diversity and Inclusion report. 

• Our Diversity and Inclusion report, includes 

a clear vision for our work in this space, 
along with a set of global commitments 
and objectives. This report is available 
both internally and externally and will be 
updated annually to communicate progress.

• We established Diversity & Inclusion 
Governance up to Board level, which 
included establishing a Diversity & 
Inclusion Committee and Steering Group 
and appointing our Board level sponsor, 
Chief Operating Officer, Paul Harrison.

• We were again included in the Bloomberg 

Gender Equality Index which tracks 
the performance of public companies 
committed to disclosing their efforts to 
support gender equality. 

• We contribute to the Hampton-Alexander 

Review, which aims to drive an 
improvement in the gender balance in FTSE 
leadership. The review has a stated target 
of 33% representation of women on FTSE 
350 Boards and Executive Committees, as 
well as in the direct reports to the Executive 
Committee, by the end of 2020. The 
February 2020 review once again showed 
that Ascential ranks number 2 in the 
FTSE 350 for women on boards, with 60% 
women on our plc Board. We also exceed 
the 33% target for the wide leadership 
population, with 41.6% women in the 
combined group of the Executive 
Committee and their direct reports.

Staff networks & forum
How we engage
• We established the Ascential Employee 
Forum with nominated representatives 
from every region around the world. The 
purpose of this Forum is to further amplify 
the voice of our people, in particular giving 
front-line employees the opportunity to 
share their views and ideas directly with 
the Board via the designated Non-
Executive Director across issues including 
strategy, performance and culture. The 
Forum held its first meeting in October 
2020 and will continue to meet on a 
quarterly basis. 

Outcomes from engagement
We continue to support our networks and 
use them as counsel for projects including HR 
policy review. The output from the Ascential 
Employee Forum is reported to the Board via 
a designated Non-Executive Director.

 Our people 

Page 56

• We commissioned Reggie Butler, a D&I 
thought leader, to facilitate sessions on 
‘Conscious Inclusion.’ 75% of Ascential 
attended Reggie’s LearnFest session, 
with a further 57% participating in his 
Conscious Inclusion Conversations (giving 
an 88% recommendation score). We also 
scheduled similar sessions for our APAC 
colleagues, delivered by a regional 
diversity & inclusion expert in both English 
and Mandarin.

Outcomes from engagement
In our most recent global engagement 
survey (October 2020), we developed our 
inclusion questions to reflect the work we 
had done in relation to these priority areas. 
90% of our people believe we promote an 
inclusive work culture where people are 
valued and respected for what they bring 
and 81% of our people believe we have a 
culture that allows people to speak up and 
challenge the way things are done (up 13% 
from last year). 

Our Diversity & Inclusion report sets out our 
ambitions in this space: we have work to do 
in a number of areas of representation with 
a particular focus being on diversifying our 
leadership teams and looking at improving 
racial diversity in North America. The report 
sets out our specific targets and objectives, 
you can read more at www.ascential.com/
join-us/discover-ascential. 

13

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Our stakeholders Continued

3

Our investors
Our investors value: sustainable growth, 
responsible capital allocation and 
investment decisions, and clear 
communication of strategy, supported 
by robust financial reports.

How we engage
• We hold a range of Investor meetings 

throughout the year: post-results 
roadshows; at investment conferences; 
and on-demand individual meetings, 
totalling over 500 individual engagements 
in 2020, covering over 190 institutions 
(both holders and non-holders). 

• We run product deep dive demonstrations 

for investors and analysts. 

• We deliver twice-yearly analyst results 

presentations, as well as holding 
additional meetings and calls throughout 
the year, totalling over 150 interactions 
in 2020, across our coverage base of 
13 analysts. 

• We hold an Annual Capital Markets Day 
for our coverage analysts and major 
holders, to provide more granular detail 
on our progress with strategy, performance 
and future plans.

• We hold an Annual General Meeting which 
all shareholders are entitled to attend, and 
ask questions of the Board.

Outcomes from engagement
We provide the investor community with 
clear updates on our trading performance 
and strategic direction.

Analysts and investors have the opportunity 
to feed back to management on the above 
and engage in Q&A.

 Governance Report 

Page 82

14 

Outcomes from engagement
We have reviewed our standard contracts 
over the past 12 months, to ensure they are 
balanced, fair and compliant to the latest 
legislative changes. 

We listen to feedback from suppliers about 
any challenges in engaging with us, to 
constantly improve the way Ascential 
operates with its supply chain. 

We developed a process for monitoring 
supplier stability and business continuity 
as a result of the impact of Covid-19.

 Business Model 

Page 20

4

Our partners  
and suppliers
Our partners want us to work with them 
to develop productive and fair working 
relationships, with fair terms of business 
and fair payment terms.

How we engage
• We hold Quarterly Business Reviews with 
all key suppliers to review progress on 
key activity as well as sharing business 
updates and strategy. 

• We operate and publish a Third-Party 

Code of Conduct which sets out the key 
ethical and business principles we look 
for in all third parties we work with. 

• We operate a prompt payment policy 

and disclose our payment practices and 
performance via the UK Government 
payment practices reporting portal.

Ascential plc Annual Report 20205

Wider society
We take our corporate responsibility as an 
employer and FTSE 250 listed company very 
seriously. Beyond our charitable fundraising 
partnerships and local community support, 
this year we launched a new framework to 
galvanise the whole business behind a 
signature activity.

Corporate Responsibility framework
How we engage
• In 2020 we launched a new Corporate 

Responsibility framework that focuses our 
efforts on a signature activity: supporting 
young people to thrive in the digital 
economy, with two strategic areas of focus: 
Sustainability and Diversity & Inclusion, 
and Solid Foundations. 

• We launched the framework to the 

business, and subsequently established 
a network of Corporate Responsibility 
regional hubs to focus on priorities and 
agree and track against targets. 

Outcomes from engagement
Each Corporate Responsibility hub is 
led by a member of the Executive Team, 
who feed back into the Corporate 
Responsibility Committee.

This ensures that all colleagues are able to 
input and participate into our Corporate 
Responsibility programme. 

Amount raised 

£212,000

Volunteering day
How we engage
• Our global policy gives all employees one 

day per year to volunteer at local community 
projects. We are always looking for new 
volunteering organisations to be involved 
with, now with a focus on our signature 
activity theme of supporting young people 
to thrive in the digital economy.

Outcomes from engagement
Re-launching our global Volunteering policy 
and creating a new opportunities page, 
where colleagues will be able to discover 
volunteering opportunities relevant to them, 
whether virtually, in person, individually or 
as a team.

Fundraising
How we engage
• We have had a long-standing relationship 
with The Prince’s Trust, fundraising as part 
of the Million Makers competition, and 
sponsoring the Educational Achiever 
award for the third year of the annual 
Prince’s Trust Awards. 

• In 2020 we raised over £212,000, four times 
our target and a triumph in a year in which 
fundraising took place virtually. 

• In addition to our support of The Prince’s 
Trust we have continued our ethos of 
enabling our brands and regions to 
support charities in their local communities, 
providing support where they see a need. 
Examples include Flywheel, where the 
brand provides charity donation matching 
and in 2020 this resulted in Flywheel 
matching donations of $16,522. The brand 
also donated another $50,000 directly 
to charity, of which $20,000 went to the 
NAACP Baltimore Chapter to buy masks 
for Black Lives Matter supporters.

Outcomes from engagement
• We continue our focus on The Prince’s 

Trust fundraising in the UK and EMEA and 
this year have continued to search for 
complementary partnerships across our 
other core regions. Our aim is to have 
charity engagement opportunities 
available for all our colleagues by the 
end of 2021. 

 Corporate Responsibility 

Page 60

15

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Market review

Digital revolution

2020 had a profound impact on all markets.  
Some benefited, via the acceleration of eCommerce 
adoption and digital transformation across design, 
marketing and digital commerce, while others,  
like live events, had to be put on hold. 

The markets in which we operate are generally 
large and fast growing. Globally, our core markets 
of eCommerce Optimisation, Product Design and 
Consumer Insights, and Marketing Optimisation were 
worth around $16bn in 2020 and forecast to grow by 
14% CAGR to 20231. Despite the impact of Covid-19, 
these markets overall have remained resilient, with 
a return to rapid growth expected following a hiatus 
in 2020.

Size of Ascential’s Global Markets
and Forecast 2020-2023 

$23.1bn

CAGR +14%

$15.7bn

2020

2023

Market: eCommerce Optimisation | 
Ascential Segment: Digital Commerce
The global pandemic has accelerated 
eCommerce penetration by as much 
as three years’ worth in a single year. 
New consumer groups, previously slow to 
adopt eCommerce have been converted. 
This acceleration has left some brands 
unprepared, and we expect both 
leading Consumer Product Companies to 
ramp up their investment in eCommerce 
capabilities, but also the next tier of brands 
to create more mature eCommerce teams 
and operations. 

Global market for 
eCommerce Optimisation 

$10.1bn

CAGR +29%

$4.7bn

2020

2023

1  Review of Ascential’s Markets by PwC, December 2020. 

The PwC market data quote in this document is sourced 
from a publicly available market report that can be 
found on www.ascential.com. PwC owes no duty of care 
to anyone other than Ascential in relation to this report. 

16 

The dominance of digital marketplaces has 
also accelerated, with Tier 1 marketplaces 
(such as Amazon, Alibaba and JD.com) 
seeing faster growth in 2020, with record 
levels of spend and traffic confirming the 
advances in the underlying channel shift to 
eCommerce. Major marketplaces continue to 
invest billions on attracting, understanding 
and better serving their customers. In order 
to win, Consumer Product Companies will 
have to a) focus on and prioritise leading 
platforms, b) learn how to play and win in 
each of these, and c) optimise marketing 
to capture these consumers. Our solutions 
across digital commerce are focused on 
helping brands achieve these goals.

The global market for eCommerce 
Optimisation is estimated to be worth 
$4.7bn globally in 20201, encompassing 
businesses that provide analytical tools 
and services to help consumer product 
manufacturers maximise eCommerce sales. 
It is forecast to grow by 29% CAGR over the 
next three years driven by the continued 
shift to online and increasing complexity 
in eCommerce value chains, requiring 
advanced analytics, technology and 
services. Ascential is well positioned to 
capitalise on this growth through our 
diversified offering that spans multiple 
business models (SaaS platforms, retail 
and media managed services, advisory) 
and global and regional capabilities.

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020Product Design and
Consumer Insights market

CAGR +5%

$6.9bn

$6.0bn

2020

2023

Marketing Optimisation Market 

CAGR +6%

$6.1bn

$5.1bn

2020

2023

Market: Product Design  
and Consumer Insights | 
Ascential Segment: Product Design
We continue to see growing demand 
for data-driven product design and 
consumer trends as brands focus on 
developing the right products for their 
consumers, at the right time, in the right 
volumes and on the right consumer 
platforms. More than ever, this requires 
access to global eCommerce and consumer 
data, combining advanced data science 
capabilities with qualitative analytical 
techniques to draw out actionable insights. 
We believe we are in a unique position to 
help brands solve these challenges from 
the combination of our digital commerce, 
product design and marketing assets.

Globally, the Product Design and Consumer 
Insights market consists of businesses 
that provide insights, data, analytics, 
and advisory on consumer trends to help 
consumer brands design products. 

This market is estimated to be worth $6.0bn 
in 2020 and is forecast to grow at 5% CAGR 1 
over the next three years. Ascential is focused 
on the higher growth parts of this segment 
through data-driven trend intelligence and 
consumer insights, which are expected to 
outpace market growth at the expense of 
more traditional market research players.

Market: Marketing Optimisation | 
Ascential Segment: Marketing
In marketing, we saw an accelerated shift 
to digital and performance advertising, 
and the move to digital business 
transformation. With ad spend set to 
decline by 9.8% worldwide (WARC) in 2020, 
marketers’ attention has had to increasingly 
turn to efficiency and quality of customer 
journey, and also digital experiences. 
Recovery is now expected across all 
consumer verticals in 2021 (WARC). Digital 
channels are set to keep dominating media 
budgets as markets rebound, thanks to 
easier measurement and increased video 
consumption. Brands will seek to build better 
marketplace expertise, direct-to-consumer 
options and leverage post-pandemic 
changes in consumer behaviour to soften 
the impact of the recession. Our strategy 
continues to be focused on supporting 
brands through this digital transformation 
across creativity, effectiveness and efficiency.

Large scale events in this market, such as 
the Cannes Lions festival, were not able to be 
held in 2020 following the emergence of the 
pandemic, but there is expectation of a strong 
recovery once vaccines have been successfully 
rolled out from 2021 onwards. We maintain a 
positive long-term outlook for large industry 
tentpole events given changes in working 
patterns and new value in face to face.

Overall, the Marketing Optimisation 
market consists of businesses that help 
brands and agencies optimise the creativity, 
effectiveness and efficiency of marketing, 
via events and benchmarking, advisory, and 
media management & measurement. It is 
estimated at $5.1bn in 2020 , and forecast to 
grow at 6% CAGR1 over the next three years. 
Increasing demand for data-driven and 
tech-enabled insights, greater automation 
in multi-channel buying/selling and pressure 
to increase efficiency and reduce costs will 
drive growth in this market for coming years.

Other Specialist Markets |  
Ascential Segments: Retail  
& Financial Services
We operate in a number of other specialist 
markets through our brands in the Retail & 
Financial Services segment.

In payments and fintech, the macrotrends 
of digital and eCommerce have driven 
organisations large and small to accelerate 
efforts and actively participate in fintech. 
Examples of this include retailers migrating 
towards cashless payments, central banks 
accelerating digital currency efforts, 
and banks of all sizes enabling digital 
onboarding and engagement.

Beyond the pandemic, fintech and financial 
Services events, such as Money20/20, are 
expected to continue to grow, driven by 
disruption in the payments and financial 
services industry, the move to cashless 
payments (further accelerated by Covid-19) 
and a greater than ever need for 
collaboration between all players in the 
ecosystem. It will continue being a critical 
enabler of digital commerce.

The pandemic continues to drive rapid 
change in retail across the globe. 2020 was 
a year marked by eCommerce acceleration, 
market consolidation and the continued 
demise of weaker legacy players. With the 
economics of retail upended by the flight 
to online, the speed at which retailers adapt 
is key to survival. Innovation, investment, 
agility and partnerships are all central to 
their winning strategies. But it is those 
brands with a clear sense of purpose and 
proposition that won customer loyalty in 
2020. This integrity will continue to elevate 
the most successful retailers in the world. 

Globally, the market for Retail information, 
technology and price optimisation solutions 
has suffered in line with sector-wide 
challenges for retailers, particularly 
accelerated by Covid-19. We do however, see 
positive demand for pricing and optimisation 
technology, particularly in grocery.

 Segmental review 

Page 26

17

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Business model

When you can see the future, 
it’s easier to get there first

What we 
draw upon
Colleagues and culture
 — Our experienced and dedicated  
global workforce of over 2,000 
colleagues cross five continents

 — Our strong and diverse culture 
underpinned by the Ascential 
Behaviours and Beliefs

Our Brands
 — World-class specialist businesses  

that combine immediately  
actionable insight with visionary 
longer-term thinking

Relationships  
and partners
 — We partner with 65% of the top 100 

most valuable global brands*

Technology
 — Robust and scalable  
technology platforms

 — Proprietary technology  
stack and algorithms

Financial
 — Access to substantial committed  

bank facilities

 — Clear capital allocation policy

 — Good operating cash generation

* BrandZ Top 100 Most Valuable Global Brands

18 

To provide specialist information,
analytics and eCommerce
optimisation

The Ascential Solution
The businesses that make up Ascential bring together 
different specialisms to enable our customers to succeed 
in three critical areas:

1. Creating the right products –  

know what products the consumer wants tomorrow.

2. Maximising the market impact –  

getting to maximum creativity with optimised media.

3. Optimising digital commerce –  

executing with excellence on the winning platforms.

Our advantage: the network effect
The Ascential network effect

4. Optimises  
our clients’ 
performance 
(Propriety Tech  
Stack + algorithms)

1. Increase sales in  
Digital Commerce

Growth

3. Expands products, 
segments and 
marketplace 
(our direct APIs  
and partnerships)

5. Increase investment  
in marketplace  
selection and media

2. Ascential  
wins, grows and  
retains clients

6. Strengthens  
the marketplace  
propositions  
and profits

7. Drives accelerated  
consumer eyballs  
and spend

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020Our brands support our customer to create the 
right products, maximise the brand’s marketing 
impact and optimise digital commerce execution

Through four segments that cover
the customer journey from product
design to sales

Our businesses improve performance and solve 
problems for our customers by delivering immediately 
actionable information combined with visionary  
longer-term thinking across:

That delivers 
benefits
For our people
 — We aim to be a destination employer 
in every one of our key operating 
territories and markets.

 — Overall engagement score in 2020 
engagement survey of 81 (vs target  
of 80 out of 100).

Digital Commerce

Product Design

Page 26

Page 28

Marketing

Retail & Financial 
Services

Page 30

Page 32

Ascential’s reach
Partnering in over 100 countries with major eCommerce ecosystems

For our customers
 — We aim to help our customers improve 

their performance across Product 
Design, Marketing and Sales.

 — We measure our performance through 

a range of customer engagement 
statistics including net promoter scores, 
retention rates, and growth from 
existing customers.

For our partners  
and suppliers
 — We work with our partners and 

suppliers to develop productive and 
fair working relationships, with fair 
business and payment terms.

For our communities
 — We support our communities though 

charitable donations, working  
towards operating sustainable  
events, and operating responsibly  
with our suppliers, partners and  
other stakeholders. 

For our shareholders
 — We aim to deliver long-term 

sustainable returns, measured  
by Total Shareholder Return.

19

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Our strategy

Strategic focus

Strategic objectives

2020 strategic priorities and progress

Performance

Market - 
leading

World-class businesses that improve 
performance and solve problems for 
our customers by delivering immediately 
actionable information combined 
with visionary longer-term thinking.

1. Increase the rate of Organic revenue growth in the Sales 
Segment by accelerating Money20/20 and driving strong 
billings growth in Edge in the second half of the year
 — 2020 saw Digital Commerce (formerly a sub-segment of Sales) become our largest and 

fastest growing segment, with proforma revenue growth of 25%. Edge Digital Shelf billings 
showed double digit growth in the year, accelerating in the second half.

2. Focus on our service offering to further reduce 
customer churn
 — Almost all businesses achieved record levels of engagement with customer bases, 

particularly through their digital product offerings.

Accelerate 
organic  
growth

Accelerate the organic growth  
of our revenues and optimise  
margins and profits.

3. Deliver product superiority across the Company 
allowing for further premium pricing for our highest 
quality product
 — We increased our product investment and achieved double-digit growth in our digital 

subscriptions and platforms products.

4. Deliver greater simplicity and efficiency throughout 
the business, including new systems and processes 
in our Finance, Marketing and Sales functions
 — We have executed the sale of all three Built Environment & Policy businesses, 

identified previously as non-core, simplifying our operating and strategic profile. 

 — We have made progress on the transition to a new global streamlined back-office 

capability, commencing rollout globally later this year.

Capital 
allocation

Apply a tightly focused capital 
allocation process, to achieve 
our goals and to maximise value 
creation for our shareholders.

5. Continuing policy of focused capital allocation
 — Disposal of each of the Built Environment & Policy businesses reinforced balance sheet 
and allows additional scope to selectively add to our capabilities, particularly in the 
Digital Commerce arena.

 — Decisive cost actions taken, particularly in light of the uncertainty over physical events 
revenues which enable us to continue to invest in our core strategic areas, while also 
protecting the integrity and long-term value of our world-class brands.

20 

Digital Commerce  

revenue growth (proforma)

25% 

Customer engagement 

statistics

Record Customer 

Engagement (e.g. WGSN 

NPS +6 pts, WARC 

NPS +6 pts vs2019)  

Digital subscriptions  

& platform revenue 

growth (proforma)

11%

Sale of BEP businesses

£258m

Proforma Net Debt 

£140m

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020Key to KPIs

 1 /  Revenue

Key to risks

  1 /  Customer end-market development

 2 / Adjusted EBITDA margin

2 /  Economic and geopolitical conditions

 3 / Adjusted EBITDA

 4 / Net Debt

3 /  Competition/substitution

4 /  New product and capability development

5 /  Acquisitions and disposals

6 /  People risk

7 /  Reliance on data providers

8 /  Cyber threat and information security

9 /  Venue availability, security and access

10 /  Business resilience

11 /  Financial risk

12 /  Regulation and compliance

Strategic objectives

2020 strategic priorities and progress

Performance

Priorities for 2021

Further content

Market - 

leading

World-class businesses that improve 

performance and solve problems for 

our customers by delivering immediately 

actionable information combined 

with visionary longer-term thinking.

1. Increase the rate of Organic revenue growth in the Sales 

Segment by accelerating Money20/20 and driving strong 

billings growth in Edge in the second half of the year

 — 2020 saw Digital Commerce (formerly a sub-segment of Sales) become our largest and 

fastest growing segment, with proforma revenue growth of 25%. Edge Digital Shelf billings 

showed double digit growth in the year, accelerating in the second half.

2. Focus on our service offering to further reduce 

customer churn

 — Almost all businesses achieved record levels of engagement with customer bases, 

particularly through their digital product offerings.

Accelerate 

organic  

growth

Accelerate the organic growth  

of our revenues and optimise  

margins and profits.

3. Deliver product superiority across the Company 

allowing for further premium pricing for our highest 

quality product

 — We increased our product investment and achieved double-digit growth in our digital 

subscriptions and platforms products.

4. Deliver greater simplicity and efficiency throughout 

the business, including new systems and processes 

in our Finance, Marketing and Sales functions

 — We have executed the sale of all three Built Environment & Policy businesses, 

identified previously as non-core, simplifying our operating and strategic profile. 

 — We have made progress on the transition to a new global streamlined back-office 

capability, commencing rollout globally later this year.

Capital 

allocation

Apply a tightly focused capital 

allocation process, to achieve 

our goals and to maximise value 

creation for our shareholders.

5. Continuing policy of focused capital allocation

 — Disposal of each of the Built Environment & Policy businesses reinforced balance sheet 

and allows additional scope to selectively add to our capabilities, particularly in the 

Digital Commerce arena.

 — Decisive cost actions taken, particularly in light of the uncertainty over physical events 

revenues which enable us to continue to invest in our core strategic areas, while also 

protecting the integrity and long-term value of our world-class brands.

Digital Commerce  
revenue growth (proforma)

25% 

Accelerate investment  
to drive growth
 —  Invest to drive strong organic growth  
in our Digital Commerce businesses

 — Continue bolt-on investments

Customer engagement 
statistics
Record Customer 
Engagement (e.g. WGSN 
NPS +6 pts, WARC 
NPS +6 pts vs2019)  

Continue expansion  
for Product Design
 — Accelerate our new customer segment  

expansion for Product Design

Digital subscriptions  
& platform revenue 
growth (proforma)

11%

Sale of BEP businesses

£258m

Strong bounce-back  
of marquee events
 —  Ensure Cannes Lions and Money20/20 are  
set up to bounce back strongly, subject to  
the easing of local restrictions and stabilisation  
of the pandemic

Innovative culture
 — Continue to build on our innovative culture

 — Empower success for our diverse workforce  

at all levels of our organisation

 — Record level of employee engagement

Proforma Net Debt 

£140m

Streamline operations
 — Enable accelerated investment and  

further strengthening of the balance sheet 

Market review
Page 16

Link to KPIs
 1 / 2/3/ 4 

Link to risks
1 / 2 / 4 / 5 / 11

KPIs
Page 22

Risks
Page 50

Segmental review
Page 29

Link to KPIs
 1 / 2 / 3 / 4

Link to risks
1 / 4 

KPIs
Page 22

Risks
Page 50

Segmental review
Page 30

Link to KPIs
 1 / 2 / 3

Link to risks
1 / 2 / 9 / 12

KPIs
Page 22

Risks
Page 50

Our People
Page 56

Link to KPIs
1 / 2 / 3

Link to risks
 4 / 6 / 10

KPIs
Page 22

Risks
Page 50

Chief Executive’s Statement 
Page 04

Link to KPIs
 1 / 2 / 3 / 4

Link to risks
2 / 11

KPIs
Page 22

Risks
Page 50

21

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Key Performance Indicators

Measuring our success

Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) are used to measure 
both the progress and success of our strategy 
implementation. The KPIs are set out below, with a 
measure of our performance to date and an indication 
of potential challenges to success where applicable. 
Adjusted profit measures are used to assist readers in 
understanding underlying operational performance. 
These measures exclude income statement items arising 
from portfolio investment and divestment decisions, 
and from changes to capital structure.

22 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020 Financial Review  

Page 36

 Risks 
Page 50

Revenue 

£263.7m

Adjusted EBITDA Margin

10.8%

2018

2019

2020

 348.5

 380.3

 263.7

2018

2019

2020

 31.1

 28.7

 10.8

Description

Income generated from normal,  
continuing business operations.

Performance  
in 2020

Revenue reduction of 31% driven by  
absence of physical events, however  
Digital Subscriptions & Platforms 
revenue grew 11%.

Description

Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue. 
See page 47 for glossary of alternative 
performance measures.

Performance  
in 2020

Significant negative impact from absence  
of c.£130m of revenue lost due to physical 
events not held in the year.

Adjusted EBITDA 

Net debt

£28.5m

£229.3m

2018

2019

2020

 108.4

 109.0

2018

2019

2020

 28.5

 1.1

 170.6

 229.3

Description

Adjusted operating profit excluding 
depreciation and software amortisation. 
See page 47 for glossary of alternative 
performance measures.

Description

Performance 
in 2020

Significant reduction in Adjusted EBITDA  
due to absence of live events, partly 
mitigated by 13% cost savings.

Performance  
in 2020

External borrowings net of arrangement fees, 
cash and cash equivalents and derivative 
financial instruments and excluding  
lease liabilities.

Adjusting for the 2021 receipt of proceeds 
from the disposals of Glenigan, Groundsure 
and DeHavilland, the acquisition of 
Intellibrand and X Target and the payment  
of deferred consideration due in the early 
part of 2021, proforma net debt was £140m.

23

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020 Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSegmental review

Dashboard

Revenue streams by type

Growth review

Revenue 

£103m

Reported revenue growth

+32%

 Digital subs & platforms

 Advisory

93%

7%

Revenue

+32%

+23%

+25%

Adjusted EBITDA

+86%

+75%

+85%

Reported

Organic

Proforma

Revenue 

£88m

Reported revenue growth

+3%

 Digital subs & platforms

 Advisory

92%

8%

Revenue

Adjusted EBITDA

+3%

(1%)

+1%

(6%)

+1%

(4%)

Reported

Organic

Proforma

Revenue 

£54m

Reported revenue growth

(60%)

 Digital subs & platforms

 Advisory

 Events

31%

65%

4%

Reported

Organic

Proforma

Revenue

(60%)

(59%)

(59%)

Adjusted EBITDA

(102%)

(101%)

(101%)

Revenue 

£18m

Reported revenue growth

(78%)

 Digital subs & platforms

 Advisory

 Events

79%

12%

9%

Reported

Organic

Proforma

Revenue

(78%)

(77%)

(77%)

Adjusted EBITDA

(157%)

(157%)

(157%)

Digital  
Commerce

Product 
Design

Marketing

Retail &  
Financial Services

24 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020Proportion of Ascential Revenue

Retail & Financial Services

7%

Marketing

21%

Digital commerce

39%

Product design

33%

Segmental performance overview

Group financial overview 2020

Group Total

Revenue

Reported revenue reduction

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA Margin

2020

£264m

31%

£29m

11%

Digital Commerce

Revenue

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA Margin

Product Design

Revenue

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA Margin

Marketing

Revenue

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA Margin

Retail & Financial Services

Revenue

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA Margin

Year ended 31 December (£’m)

2020

2019

103.1

22.9

22%

88.1

38.0

43%

54.3

(0.8)

nm

18.2

(14.3)

nm

78.1

12.3

16%

85.7

38.2

45%

135.9

50.7

37%

81.1

25.1

31%

25

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020 Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSegmental review Continued

Digital  
Commerce 

Digital Commerce grew revenues by 23% on an Organic 
basis and 25% including Yimian and Indigitous on a 
Proforma basis. Two-thirds of the growth was from new 
customers with one-third being expansion of our existing 
customer base. Profits grew significantly, driven by the high 
level of revenue growth which more than offset continuing 
investment in geographic and platform expansion. 

During 2020 the Digital Commerce 
businesses came together under the joint 
leadership of Chip DiPaula and Patrick Miller 
(the co-founders of Flywheel Digital). In 
September Digital Commerce Live was 
launched, a week-long series of online 
content sessions exploring the future of the 
sector aimed at key customers and hosted 
by staff from across Edge, Flywheel and 
Yimian. Subsequently, the whitepaper Retail 
5.0 was published, which highlighted the key 
considerations for CPG customers to succeed 
in eCommerce, in particular the necessity 
for marketplace-specific trading strategies. 

Flywheel saw extremely strong growth 
over the year, adding 94 new customers, 
continuing its expansion in Europe, India 
and Japan and launching services on 
emerging digital platforms such as Walmart, 
Kroger and Instacart. Notable customer 
wins in the year included Kellogg’s. 

Early in 2020, we extended our coverage 
into the active lifestyle category, with the 
acquisition of Indigitous, an Amazon-
focused managed service provider based 
in Seattle. Flywheel’s business model is 
highly leveraged towards customer success. 
Its revenue model split between variable 
revenue streams from full-service retail and 
media only engagements (c.80%) and those 
with fixed price retainers (c.20%). Therefore, 
a further driver of growth has been the 
accelerated shift in consumers’ activity to 
online channels, particularly in the personal 
health and household categories, which 
reached record levels in 2020.

In 2020, Edge restructured its Retail Insight 
business and closed its loss-making retailer 
Price & Promotion services in the US market, 
thus focusing solely on serving consumer 
brands, (with retailers and other service 
providers now served through the Retail 
& Financial Services business unit). 

26 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020Digital  

Commerce 

Proforma Revenue Growth

25%

Overall, Edge enjoyed solid trading in 
billings, particularly in the second half after 
the completion of the integration of its 
products and services. Digital Shelf, Edge’s 
largest product, achieved double-digit 
billings growth, while new business overall 
returned to strong double-digit growth in 
the second half of the year. The business 
completed all major customer-facing 
elements of its integration programme in the 
first half, with the launches of Market Share 
2.0 and Digital Shelf 2.0 to customers early in 
the year. These achievements have been key 
in addressing customer needs, arising from 
the substantial uplift in eCommerce data 
flows throughout the pandemic period. 
Overall, Edge acquired 56 new customers 
in the year, with significant wins including 
Dyson, Carlsberg and Beiersdorf, as well as 
global customer agreements with Coca-Cola 
and Adidas. The partnership with Yimian 
continues to be a successful channel, 
providing Market Share insight for our 
global brand customers and, and, following 
the acquisition of Intellibrand, we plan to 
expand Edge services to include coverage 
of Food Service Aggregators. 

Yimian added 22 new customers in the year, 
including cross sells with Edge customers 
L’Oréal and Reckitt Benckiser. The business 
more than doubled its size in 2020 launching 
market share services in South East Asia 
as well Offline) coverage in China. It was 
recognised as one of the 50 leading 
Retailtech enterprises by KPMG China. In 2021 
we plan to consolidate our China platform 
and expand services into South East Asia. 

27

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Segmental review Continued

28 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020Product  
Design

WGSN, a leading global supplier of trend forecasts, 
market intelligence and consumer insight, helps 
customers understand the future demands of 
consumers. Information is delivered principally 
through digital subscriptions (over 90% of revenue)  
to around 6,200 customers in over 90 countries. 

Product Design had a solid year overall, 
growing revenue organically by 1%, 
underpinned by its subscription base, which 
more than offset the pandemic-influenced 
9% decline in its Mindset advisory business. 
Subscriptions were 92% of 2020 revenue (2019: 
91%). The small reduction in profit over the 
prior year reflected a higher charge for bad 
debts as a result of the pandemic as well as 
investment in new products. Our addressable 
market within Product Design is estimated to 
be $6.0 billion growing at 5% per annum over 
the period from 2020 to 2023. 

We have continued to develop our product 
offerings throughout the year adding 
increasingly authoritative quantitative 
data to our trend forecasting solutions 
with investment in decision science and 
collaboration with Edge underpinning new 
offerings like the Trend Curve. In June, we 
successfully launched the new Food & Drink 
product, continuing our strategy to address 
adjacent markets, utilising data from other 
Ascential products (such as Edge) and 
following the launches of Beauty and Trend 
Curve in 2019. 

Subscription revenues saw overall growth 
tempered to 2% as tougher trading 
conditions from the earlier part of the year 
weighed on revenues, despite billings 
recovering materially at the end of the year 
with Q4 billings growth of 6%. The take-up 
of non-apparel focused subscriptions, such 
as Insight and Beauty continues to be the 
chief engine of growth with the fashion 
product in continued decline. Subscription 
renewal rates have remained strong during 
the pandemic, although overall slightly 
below historic norms of c. 90%. WGSN 
also achieved record Net Promoter Scores 
from its subscribers for the year, up 6 points 
on 2019, underlining the value of the 
information we deliver to customers and the 
strength of the WGSN brand. In terms of the 
advisory business, there were indications of 
a recovery in demand towards the end of 
the year, while the smaller Coloro business 
grew extremely strongly. 

Beauty has now exceeded 400 customers, 
expanding into five languages and growing 
billings to c.£3m, while Food & Drink has now 
exceeded 100 customers, providing global 
trend insights, curated data and industry 
expertise, for brands to develop the 
products and services that consumers will 
eat, drink and experience in the near future. 
Additionally, in Q4 2020 we launched Start 
by WGSN, an offering focused on smaller 
and micro brands. 

Looking ahead, we will continue to explore 
new market segments where our expertise  
in trend forecasting can be adapted, with a 
new product covering consumer electronics 
targeted for launch in 2021, and pursue 
initiatives to double the rate of new  
business acquisition. 

29

Digital subscriptions  
% of revenue

90%

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Segmental review Continued

Marketing

Lions, through both the awards and festival in June 
and its digital products and advisory business, is 
the global benchmark for creativity in the branded 
communications industry while WARC is the global 
authority on marketing effectiveness for brands, 
agencies and media platforms. MediaLink is a 
leading strategic advisory firm that serves the 
media and marketing ecosystem.

Despite the continuing strong performance 
of digital subscriptions through WARC and 
The Work, the Marketing segment was 
significantly impacted by the government 
restrictions arising from the Covid-19 
pandemic, specifically the cancellation 
of the 2020 Lions festival. The associated 
economic conditions, which have been 
keenly felt by the marketing industry, 
have also adversely impacted MediaLink’s 
advisory business. As a result, revenue in 
the Marketing business unit declined by 
59% overall and made a small loss at the 
Adjusted EBITDA level. Our addressable 
market within Marketing is estimated to 
be $5.1 billion growing at 6% per annum 
over the period from 2020 to 2023. 

In the absence of the physical edition of the 
festival in 2020, Lions revenue in 2020 came 
principally from The Work’s subscription-
driven revenues together with the Advisory 
in Creative Excellence practice, where major 
clients included AB InBev and PepsiCo. 
Given the absence of both awards and 
face-to-face events and to drive year-round 
engagement with the brand, Lions launched 
LIONS Live: a broadcast programme 
of interviews with industry leaders, 
masterclasses and other original digital 
content that attracted an audience of over 
80,000 from the marketing community and 
generated revenue from sponsorship. The 
success of this initiative confirms the brand’s 
strength as the focal point for the creative 
industry and gives us significant audience 
to build digital revenues from in the future. 

Looking to 2021, the Lions awards will cover 
work created over two years from March 
2019 to April 2021. The awards will be fully 
digital with our global juries operating in 
a virtual format, a solution that has been 
successfully applied at Lions’ Eurobest 
awards in December 2020 and those at 
Spikes Asia and Dubai Lync in early 2021. 
We are planning for a hybrid virtual and, if 
possible, physical event to ensure we meet 
the needs, plans and restrictions of our 
clients and partners. Our launch of Lions 
Membership Services is planned to deliver 
year-round digital engagement with 
the platform.

30 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020Towards the end of the year the business 
began to see the return of significant 
advisory project work, suggesting the 
disruption the pandemic has brought to 
the industry is beginning to drive demand 
for MediaLink’s transformation expertise. 
Most recently, MediaLink was appointed the 
official C Space partner for the first wholly 
virtual edition of CES, in January 2021, 
emphasising the pivotal role it plays in 
the wider industry.

WARC recorded strong revenue growth, 
underpinned by the performance of 
subscription renewals and supported by 
the first full year of its advisory offering 
and expansion into brands and new 
geographies. In common with other 
businesses, WARC saw record levels of 
engagement in its digital content and frew 
its NPS score by 6 point. Highlights in the 
year included a programme to educate 
brand marketers on diversity and activism, 
with a key initiative in partnership with 
Cannes Lions (and bodies such as the 4A’s 
Foundation) to bring industry knowledge to 
Historically Black Colleges and Universities 
via access to WARC and Lions’ The Work 
platforms at zero cost. 

WARC also collaborated with Lions Live, 
where it launched the Creative Effectiveness 
Ladder, a universal code to unlock successful 
marketing strategies, and supported 
several insight sessions delivered to Edge’s 
customers, including the Digital Commerce 
Accelerator summit focusing on the 

development of eCommerce in China. 
WARC finished the year with the 10th edition 
of the Marketer’s Toolkit: “navigate through 
uncertainty”, including insights from our 
Digital Commerce businesses, as well as 
Lions, MediaLink and WGSN, providing 
an overview of the challenges to consider, 
opportunities to explore and actions to 
take in 2021. 

MediaLink saw challenging trading 
conditions associated with the Covid-19 
pandemic and specifically economic 
pressures on its core customer base. This 
was manifested by lower levels of retainer 
business, and reduced project and search 
activity, while the absence of the Cannes 
Lions festival, a major platform for the 
industry, reduced the opportunity to drive 
new business. Nevertheless, June saw the 
launch of the MediaLink Beach Online 
delivering tailored activation meetings to 
clients and a curated series of insights from 
senior figures engaging the wider industry.

31

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Segmental review Continued

32 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020Retail & 
Financial  
Services 

The Retail & Financial 
Services segment comprises 
Money20/20 and Retail 
Week World Retail Congress 
as well as the Alternative 
Data team (previously 
reported in the Product 
Design segment) and the 
retail customers previously 
within the Digital Commerce 
business. Money20/20 is the 
leading point of reference 
for digital payments 
product strategy worldwide. 

Money20/20’s US and European congresses, 
which focus on the evolution of consumer 
payment and financial services across 
multiple channels, were not able to run in 
2020 due to the restrictions arising from 
the Covid-19 pandemic. In the absence of 
physical events, customer engagement 
was channelled through the brand’s virtual 
content, achieving record levels of audience 
reach. In October, we successfully launched 
MoneyFest, a week-long virtual series of 
talks, seminars and networking opportunities 
for the Fintech community which attracted 
over 12,000 participants. Additionally, The 
Money Pot podcast, which addresses the 
current forces and ideas shaping the future 
of money, achieved downloads over seven 
times the level seen at its launch in 2019. 

Looking forward to 2021 we are taking the 
opportunity to relaunch and streamline 
Money20/20 and will focus our efforts on 
running the European and US editions with 
both Asia and China editions on hold for now. 

The scale of rebound in 2021 will depend on 
the removal of restrictions on the hosting of 
large-scale events, the global economy, the 
rates of vaccine deployment worldwide and 
customers’ propensity to travel and attend 
large-scale events this coming Autumn. In 
this regard, we are fortunate that 
Money20/20 is the most significant annual 
event in our industry and that payments 
technology continues to be an attractive 
end market. 

Retail Week and World Retail Congress (WRC) 
serve the needs of UK and Global retailers 
and their ecosystem. The live events WRC 
Rome and Retail Week Live were cancelled 
for 2020 as a result of the restrictions arising 
from Covid-19 pandemic and will run 
in September 2021 and October 2021 
respectively. Following cancellation of the 
live WRC event in 2020, the digital event WRC 
Connected was launched attracting over 
4,000 attendees. The subscription business of 
Retail Week continued to experience revenue 
declines driven by the weak underlying 
retail environment, which has been further 
impacted by the pandemic restrictions.

Alternative Data serves our financial 
services clients information delivered 
primarily through digital subscriptions. 
With the financial services industry proving 
robust in an otherwise turbulent year, this 
brand achieved over 50% revenue growth, 
increasing its customer base by c.40% 
and achieving value renewal rate in excess 
of 100%.

The businesses serving retail customers 
previously within the Digital Commerce 
business (Price & Promotion and Retail 
Insights products) experienced challenging 
trading in the year. The focus in 2021 is 
to leverage the existing strong retail 
relationships across the Retail & Financial 
Services business unit, driving growth back 
into these brands.

33

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Segmental review Continued

  Discontinued Operations

Built Environment 
& Policy Segment

The Built Environment & 
Policy Segment comprised 
the Groundsure, Glenigan 
and DeHavilland digital 
information products. 

The segment returned to good levels of 
growth overall in the second half of the year, 
led by the largest business, Groundsure, 
where we saw record levels of activity 
following the revival of the UK property 
market in May. Glenigan and DeHavilland 
both demonstrated more even progression 
in the year underpinned by solid subscription 
renewals, despite new business being 
impacted by lower activity in the UK 
construction industry and broader 
government policy, respectively.

All three brands in the segment were sold in 
the first quarter of 2021 and we are pleased 
to have found new owners for each of the 
Built Environment & Policy businesses who 
will continue to nurture their strong teams 
and potential. The sale of these businesses 
represents a significant moment in the 
realisation of our strategic goals, meaning 
we are now wholly focused on our core 
business areas that serve customers across 
digital marketplaces.

Revenue
Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA Margin
Adjusted EBITDA 
including stranded costs

Year ended 31 December (£’m)
2019
35.9
17.0
47%

2020
37.4
19.7
53%

Growth (%)

Reported
+4%
+16%
– 

Organic
+1%
+14%
– 

Proforma
+1%
+14%
– 

21.5

19.5

– 

– 

–

34 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020 
  Discontinued Operations

Built Environment 

& Policy Segment

35

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Financial review

Financial review

Mandy Gradden
Chief Financial Officer

In 2020, we demonstrated delivery 
against our long-term strategic 
priorities and resilience against a 
challenging backdrop. Although 
revenue and profits declined due to 
the impact of Covid-19 restrictions on 
events, the Digital Commerce segment 
grew very strongly and Product Design 
was highly resilient.

36 

Overview
The results for the year are set out in the consolidated statement 
of profit or loss and show, for continuing operations, revenue of 
£263.7m (2019: £380.3m) and an operating loss of £166.5m (2019: 
operating profit of £1.8m). The major charges creating the operating 
loss were revaluation of deferred consideration of £97.6m (2019: 
£33.1m), impairment of goodwill and intangibles in the retail business 
of £28.4m (2019: £nil) and annual amortisation of acquired 
intangibles of £33.7m (2019: £35.6m). These significant items are 
discussed in detail below. 

Adjusted EBITDA was £28.5m (2019: £109.0m) reducing in large 
part due to the cancellation of our events in the year. We delivered 
solid cash flow performance in 2020 with free cash outflow from 
continuing operations after tax and capex of £0.7m (2019: inflow 
£73.4m), an operating cash flow conversion on continuing activities 
of 90% (2019: 86%).

A core KPI and strategic goal of the Company is Organic revenue 
growth rate. We believe that this is the most efficient method of 
growth, measures the underlying health of the business and is a key 
driver of shareholder value creation. Organic revenue growth rate 
eliminates the impact of acquisitions (counting them only once they 
have been owned for 12 months) and disposals and that element of 
growth which is driven by changes in foreign exchange rates. It is an 
Alternative Performance Measure and is discussed in more detail 
on page 45. Proforma growth rate is measured in a similar way to 
Organic growth rate but assumes that the Group’s acquisitions were 
all made on 1 January 2019 and is therefore a measure of the rate of 
growth of the brands owned today. 

Adjusted EBITDA is also an Alternative Performance Measure 
and is used in the day-to-day management of the business to aid 
comparisons with peer companies, manage banking covenants 
and provide a reference point for assessing our operational cash 
generation. It eliminates items arising from portfolio investment 
and divestment decisions and, from changes to capital structure. 
Such items arise from events which are non-recurring or intermittent, 
and while they may generate substantial income statement 
amounts, do not relate to the ongoing operational performance 
that underpins long-term value generation.

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020Continuing operations
The results for the year are summarised in the table below.

£’m
Revenue
Adjusted EBITDA
Operating (loss) / profit

*  Restated for discontinued operations (see Note 10).

Growth rate

2020
263.7
28.5
(166.5)

2019*
380.3
109.0
1.8

Reported*
(30.7%)
(73.8%)
nm

Organic
(32.2%)
(75.5%)
nm

Proforma
(31.1%)
(73.0%)
nm

Segmental results
In September 2020, a comprehensive reorganisation of Ascential into five new divisions was announced which resulted in a change in the 
way our operating results were regularly reported and reviewed. By December 2020, we had created and committed to plans to discontinue 
and dispose of the Built Environment & Policy segment, which was subsequently achieved in three separate transactions announced in 
December 2020, January 2021 and February 2021. The Group therefore now has four continuing reportable segments namely Digital 
Commerce, Product Design, Marketing and Retail & Financial Services. Information regarding the results of each is included below. 

£’m
2020

Revenue
Organic growth
Proforma growth

Adjusted EBITDA
Organic growth
Proforma growth
Adjusted EBITDA margin
Depreciation and software amortisation

Adjusted operating profit

2019*
Revenue
Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA margin
Depreciation and software amortisation

Adjusted operating profit

*   Restated for new operating segments and discontinued operations (see Note 10).

Digital 
Commerce

Product
Design

Marketing

103.1
23%
25%

22.9
75%
85%
22%
(6.3)
16.6

78.1
12.3
16%
(4.0)
8.3

88.1
1%
1%

38.0
(6%)
(4%)
43%
(4.7)
33.3

85.7
38.2
45%
(4.0)
34.2

54.3
(59%)
(59%)

(0.8)
(101%)
(101%)
nm
(6.1)
(6.9)

135.9
50.7
37%
(7.5)
43.2

Retail & 
Financial 
Services

18.2
(77%)
(77%)

(14.3)
(157%)
(157%)
nm
(2.3)
(16.6)

81.1
25.1
31%
(2.8)
22.3

Corporate
costs

Continuing
operations

–

(17.3)

(3.1)
(20.4)

(0.5)
(17.3)

(3.5)
(20.8)

263.7
(32.2%)
(31.1%)

28.5
(75.5%)
(73.0%)
10.8%
(22.5)
6.0

380.3
109.0
28.7%
(21.8)
87.2

37

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Financial review Continued

Revenue
The Company benefits from diverse revenue streams across its 
segments ranging from digital subscriptions to live events to 
advisory. Most of these revenue streams have recurring or repeat 
characteristics and benefit from our focus on customer retention. 

Digital Subscriptions & Platforms
Advisory

Digital Commerce
Digital Subscriptions & Platforms
Advisory

Product Design
Digital Subscriptions & Platforms
Advisory
Benchmarking Awards
Events

Marketing
Digital Subscriptions & Platforms
Advisory
Events

Retail & Financial Services
Advisory
Events

Intersegment Sales

Digital Subscriptions & Platforms
Advisory
Benchmarking Awards
Events
Total

2020
£’m

2019
£’m

Proforma 
Growth

95.6
7.5
103.1
81.3
6.8
88.1
17.0
35.0
1.0
1.3
54.3
14.3
2.2
1.7
18.2
–
–
–

208.2
51.5
1.0
3.0
263.7

72.0
6.1
78.1
78.4
7.3
85.7
15.8
49.8
29.2
41.1
135.9
14.8
2.2
64.1
81.1
(0.1)
(0.4)
(0.5)

181.0
65.3
29.2
104.8
380.3

25%
24%

25%
2%
(9%)

1%
8%
(29%)
(97%)
(97%)

(59%)
(3%)
2%
(97%)

(77%)
2%
nm
nm

(11%)
(21%)
(97%)
(97%)
(31%)

*   Restated for new operating segments and discontinued operations (see Note 10).

Digital Commerce is now our largest segment and revenues here 
grew very strongly by 25% with revenue from Product Design also 
robust. However our overall revenues from continuing operations 
fell to £263.7m (2019: £380.3m), a decrease of £116.6m or 30.7% with 
£130.0m of the reduction driven by the impact of Covid-19 on our 
events in the Marketing and Retail & Financial Services segments. 
Adjusting for currency impacts and acquisitions, revenue declined 
by 32.2% and 31.1% on an Organic and Proforma basis respectively. 

Adjusted EBITDA
The Covid-19 driven revenue reduction of £116.6m between 2019 
and 2020 was accompanied by an intense focus on costs which 
consequently reduced by £36.1m compared to 2019 and by more 
than £50m against that planned for 2020. As a result, Adjusted 
EBITDA decreased by £80.5m to £28.5m (2019: £109.0m). 

Adjusted EBITDA margin decreased from the prior year to 10.8% 
(2019: 28.7%). This reflects the loss of EBITDA in the Marketing and 
Retail & Financial Services segments while margins in the pure-play 
digital businesses remained stable and we continue to see the 
evidence of the superior margin opportunities in scaled, mature, 
digital subscription businesses like Product Design.

38 

Adjusted EBITDA is reconciled to statutory operating profit as shown 
in the table below:

£’m
Adjusted EBITDA
Depreciation and software amortisation
Adjusted operating profit
Amortisation
Exceptional items
Share-based payments

Statutory operating (loss) / profit

* Restated for discontinued operations (See note 10)

2020
28.5
(22.5)
6.0
(33.7)
(140.4)
1.6
(166.5)

2019
109.0
(21.8)
87.2
(35.6)
(41.4)
(8.4)
1.8

Amortisation of acquired intangible assets 
The amortisation charge of £33.7m (2019: £35.6m) on acquired 
intangible assets decreased mainly due to the impact of fully 
amortised assets. The Company undertakes a periodic review of the 
carrying value of its intangible assets of £674.1m (2019: £760.7m) and 
an impairment of £28.4m has been recorded in Exceptional items. 

Exceptional items 
The charge for exceptional items in 2020 totalled £140.4m (2019: 
£41.4m) as set out in the table below and further explained in Note 5.

£’m
Deferred and contingent consideration
Impairment of Retail & Financial Services assets
Restructuring costs
Property impairments and onerous contracts
Acquisition and disposal transaction and 
integration costs

Exceptional items relating to continuing 
operations

2020
97.6
28.4
7.0
4.8

2019*
33.1
–
–
–

2.6

8.3

 140.4

41.4

The charge for deferred and contingent consideration of £97.6m 
(2019: £33.1m) predominantly (£88.2m) represents the revaluation of 
the earnout liability on the acquisition of Flywheel Digital due to the 
significantly better than expected performance of this business in 
2020 and forecast in 2021. This is in part driven by the accelerated 
end market for Digital Commerce arising from the Covid-19 
pandemic. The remaining £9.4m of the charge relates to revaluation 
and acquisition-related contingent employment costs on the 
acquisitions of MediaLink, Yimian and Indigitous.

The Covid-19 pandemic has, on the other hand, exacerbated the 
long-standing difficulties faced by bricks and mortar retailers. This 
has impacted our Retail & Financial Services segment where we have 
recognised impairments of tangible and intangible assets totalling 
£28.4m (2019: £nil).

Restructuring costs represent the one-off expenses of redundancy 
programmes in the year to respond to the economic conditions and 
impacts from the Covid-19 pandemic whereby we reduced our 
headcount by almost 200 roles. 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020Property impairments and onerous contracts represent the re-
evaluation of our property right of use assets and the provisioning 
for onerous charges in relation to a change in our employee working 
strategy. This has been driven primarily by the ability of our 
workforce to effectively work from home over the pandemic and the 
consequent lower future expected utilisation of our real estate and 
relates to offices expected to remain permanently closed.

Acquisition and disposal transaction and integration costs comprise 
fees and advisory services conducted in 2020 relating to the 
acquisitions of Indigitous, Intellibrand and X Target, as well as 
integration costs for Yimian and, in H1, Edge. Additionally, in respect 
of Discontinued operations, similar costs were incurred relating to 
the disposal of the Groundsure, Glenigan and DeHavilland 
businesses and the acquisition of Mining Searches UK.

Share-based payments
The credit for share-based payments of £1.6m (2019: £8.4m charge) 
incorporates the Share Incentive Plan, the SAYE and the 
Performance Share Plan. The reduction in the charge reflects revised 
expectations on the vesting of the Performance Share Plan awards 
due to the expected performance of the Group versus the non-
market based target performance conditions (for example the EPS 
performance condition for the 2018 and 2019 awards based on EPS 
growth to 2020 and 2021 respectively has not and is not expected to 
be met in either case because of the impacts of Covid-19). 

As explained in the Alternative Performance Measures section, we 
treat share-based payments as an adjusting item because they are 
significant non-cash charges and credits driven by a valuation 
model that references Ascential’s share price and so is subject to 
volatility rather than referencing current operational performance.

Finance costs
The Adjusted net finance cost for the year was £15.7m (2019: £10.3m) 
as set out in the table below:

£’m
Interest payable on external borrowings
Interest receivable
Amortisation of loan arrangement fees
Discount unwind on deferred and contingent 
consideration
Discount unwind of lease liability
Discount unwind of property provisions
Fair value loss on derivative financial instruments
Net foreign exchange gain
Remeasurement of trade investments to fair value

Adjusted net finance costs

2020
(7.4)
0.3
(0.8)

(7.9)
(1.1)
(0.1)
(0.3)
0.2
1.4
(15.7)

2019
(6.8)
0.9
(1.1)

(5.5)
(1.3)
(0.1)
–
2.0
1.6
(10.3)

The interest payable on the Group’s borrowings was £7.4m (2019: 
£6.8m) with the increase due to the higher levels of cash and debt 
held in the first half of the year to assure liquidity in the early days of 
the Covid-19 pandemic. The increase in the unwind of the discount 
on deferred and contingent consideration totalling £7.9m (2019: 
£5.5m) was driven by the significant revaluation adjustment made 
in respect of Flywheel Digital.

Amortisation of loan arrangement fees relates to the unwind of fees 
capitalised in respect of the new five-year multi-currency revolving 
credit facility (“RCF”) of £450m which was taken out in January 2020 
(see Liquidity section below for further details). 

In addition to the Adjusted net finance costs set out and described 
above, we have also included in Adjusting items a charge of £1.9m in 
respect of the write-off of unamortised arrangement fees upon early 
refinancing of our 2016 debt facilities in January 2020 and the 
subsequent covenant amendments agreed in April 2020.

Taxation
A tax credit of £1.5m (2019: charge of £17.1m) was incurred on 
continuing Adjusted loss before tax of £9.9m (2019: profit before 
tax of £77.8m) resulting in an Adjusted effective tax rate for the year 
of 15.2% (2019: 22.0%) which compares to the effective tax rate of 
19.2% on reported losses as can be seen in the table below.

Analysis of tax charge (£’m)
Adjusted (loss) / profit before tax
Tax credit / (charge) on Adjusted (loss) / profit 
before tax
Effective tax rate (%)

Adjusting items
Tax credit on Adjusting items
Effective tax rate on Adjusting items

Reported loss before tax
Tax credit on reported loss before tax
Effective tax rate on reported loss before tax

2020
(9.9)

2019
77.8

1.5

(17.1)
15.2% 22.0%

(174.4)
33.9

(85.7)
18.5
19.4% 21.6%

(184.3)
35.4

(7.9)
1.4
19.2% (17.7%)

Cash tax paid was £3.3m (2019: £3.2m) reflecting taxes paid in the 
UK, where instalment payments were due for the prior year, as well 
as taxes paid outside of the UK in respect of the current year. Due to 
current year losses, the Group did not benefit this year (2019: £4.5m) 
from the utilisation of historic tax losses in the UK and US. However, 
these are expected to continue to benefit the Group’s cash flow over 
the medium term.

The Group has a total recognised net deferred tax asset of £50.4m 
(2019: £19.8m) relating to UK and US losses, accelerated capital 
allowances, US acquired intangibles, and deferred and contingent 
consideration offset by deferred tax on non-deductible acquired 
intangibles.

Going forward we expect our effective tax rate to be between 25% 
and 26% with the potential to increase if US Federal tax rates are 
increased above 21% and the recently announced increase to UK 
Corporation tax to 25% in 2023 is enacted. 

39

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Financial review Continued

Discontinued operations
As part of its focus of resources and investment on its strategic 
priorities, the Group’s non-core segment of Built Environment & 
Policy has been classified as held for sale in accordance with IFRS 5. 
The sale of Glenigan was announced in December 2020 with the 
sales of Groundsure and DeHavilland having since been confirmed 
in early 2021.

The results of the discontinued Built Environment & Policy segment 
are included as a single line items within Profit After Tax but can be 
summarised as follows:

£’m
Revenue
Adjusted EBITDA
Depreciation and amortisation
Exceptional items (including disposal costs)
Share-based payments
Profit before tax
Tax
Profit after tax

2020
37.4
21.5
(1.1)
(3.0)
–
17.4
(3.9)
13.5

2019
35.9
19.5
(1.1)
(0.2)
(0.1)
18.1
(3.5)
(14.6)

Foreign currency translation impact
The Group’s reported performance is sensitive to movements in 
both the Euro and US Dollar against pounds Sterling with significant 
historical acquisitions denominated in US Dollars and events 
revenues in Euro and US Dollars. For most of 2020, Sterling was 
in line with the 2019 average Euro and US Dollar exchange rates 
but strengthened in December as a result of Brexit finalisation as 
can be seen in the table below: 

Weighted average rate

Year-end rate

Currency
Euro
US Dollar

2020
1.13
1.29

2019
1.12
1.28

Change
0.7%
0.8%

2020
1.12
1.36

2019
1.18
1.32

Change
(5.3%)
3.2%

For illustrative purposes, the table below provides details of the impact 
on revenue and Adjusted EBITDA if the reported results were restated 
for Sterling weakening by 1% against the US Dollar and Euro in 
isolation. 

£’m
Increase in revenue/ 
Adjusted EBITDA if:
Sterling weakens by 1% 
against USD in isolation
Sterling weakens by 1% 
against EUR in isolation

2020 
Revenue

2020
Adjusted
EBITDA

2019
Revenue

2019 
Adjusted
EBITDA

1.6

0.3

0.5

0.2

1.9

1.2

0.8

0.8

Furthermore, each 1% movement in the Euro to pounds Sterling 
exchange rate has a £1.5m (2019: £1.5m) impact on the carrying 
value of borrowings. Each 1% movement in the US Dollar has a circa 
£0.9m impact on the carrying value of borrowings (2019: £0.7m).

Earnings per share
Total diluted loss per share was 34.0p (2019: earnings of 2.0p). 

Total Adjusted diluted earnings per share was 1.9p (2019: 18.8p) with 
the reduction predominantly due to the cancellation of events in 
light of the Covid-19 pandemic. Continuing Adjusted diluted loss 
per share was 2.3p per share (2019: earnings of 15.1p per share). 

Acquisitions and disposals 
We regularly assess opportunities to acquire high-growth products 
and capabilities to serve our key end markets of Digital Commerce, 
Product Design and Marketing. In 2020 we incurred initial cash 
consideration of £19.5m, comprising £16.8m on investments and 
£2.7m on the acquisition of businesses (net of cash acquired).

Jumpshot 
In January 2020, the Group sold its investment in Jumpshot back to 
Avast plc for cash consideration equivalent to the cost of investment. 

Mining Searches UK
In January 2020 the Group acquired 100% of the Cornwall Mining 
Services Limited (“Mining Searches UK”), a specialist data provider in 
the mining industry to augment its offering in the Built Environment 
&  Policy segment. The Group paid cash consideration of £1.7m upfront 
and consolidated £0.5m of cash on acquisition, resulting in a net 
£1.2m cash outflow. There was, in addition, deferred consideration of 
£0.9m, of which £0.6m was paid late in 2020 and the remaining £0.3m 
is due to be paid in 2022. Mining Searches UK, including the deferred 
consideration outstanding, is presented within the liabilities of the 
Built Environment & Policy disposal group held for sale as at 
31 December 2020 and was subsequently sold as part of the 
Groundsure disposal in January 2021. 

Indigitous
In February 2020, the Group purchased 100% of Indigitous, LLC 
(“Indigitous”) for initial cash consideration of £1.5m. Indigitous is 
an Amazon-focused managed service provider based in Seattle 
specialising in the active lifestyle category and has been 
integrated into Flywheel Digital in our Digital Commerce Segment. 
Earnout consideration is payable in cash contingent on the 
performance of the business for the financial years 2020 to 2022, 
payable in 2021 to 2023, with a minimum consideration of $250,000 
per year, with total consideration capped at $10m. Half of the earnout 
is additionally linked to the ongoing employment of the founders. 

Hudson
Hudson MX is a software business providing media buying and 
media accounting solutions through a cloud-based SaaS platform. 
In 2019 we invested £8.0m for a minor equity interest and in 2020 
we made a further £14.6m investment – £0.5m in further equity 
and £14.1m advanced as convertible loans. Following an agreement 
reached in January 2021, we have the right to make further 
investments in Hudson in 2021 as well as the ability to buy out other 
shareholders for a specified price up to January 2022. Hudson was 
accounted for as a trade investment in 2020. 

40 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020Acquisitions after the year end
In December 2020, the Group announced that it had agreed to 
acquire Hangzhou Duozhun Data Technology Co. Ltd. (“X Target”). 
X Target specialises in media trading execution and provides 
similar capabilities for China as our Flywheel Digital brand does 
for Western eCommerce platforms. This acquisition is for an initial 
cash consideration of £11.9m, plus earnout payments payable over 
three years resulting in an estimated total consideration (including 
the initial consideration) of between £29m and £35m. The total 
consideration payable for the company, in the event that maximum 
targets are reached, is capped at £55m. The acquisition was 
completed on 26 February 2021. 

Also in December 2020, the Group agreed to acquire Intellibrand, 
based in Brazil, which provides eCommerce analytics solutions for 
brands across Latin America. The acquisition is for an initial cash 
consideration of £4.6m with a further £2.4m of earnout payments 
payable over three years resulting in an estimated total 
consideration of £7m. The acquisition completed on 15 January 2021.

Disposal of Built Environment & Policy businesses 
On 15 December 2020, the Group entered into an agreement to 
sell Glenigan to Byggfakta Group for £72.9m in cash. Following 
regulatory clearance required by the buyer, the sale is expected 
to complete on 17 March 2021. On 20 January 2021, the Group sold 
Groundsure to a subsidiary of ATI Global Limited for a purchase price 
of £170m comprising an initial cash consideration of £140m (subject 
to customary closing adjustments) plus a £30m interest-bearing 
vendor loan note repayable on or prior to 31 December 2023. On 12 
February 2021, the Group sold DeHavilland to the alternative asset 
management group Bridgepoint for £15m in cash.

Deferred consideration
In order to reduce the risk inherent in acquisitions, the Company’s 
preferred structure for M&A is to enter into long-term earnout 
arrangements with the founders of acquired companies and to 
link this to both the post-acquisition performance of the acquired 
company and the continuing employment of the founders. 
Accounting for the earnout is complex and requires considerable 
judgements to be made about the expected future performance of 
the acquired company at the point of acquisition – this is especially 
difficult in the type of high growth, early stage companies that 
Ascential acquires. The earnout is accounted for in three ways: 

1.  

 A liability for deferred consideration is established on the 
balance sheet at the point of acquisition based on that element 
of the earnout which is not dependent on the continuing 
employment of the founders. This amounted to £136.2m at 
December 2020 (2019: £103.2m). Any change in estimate is 
recorded as an exceptional item and in 2020 we recorded a 
charge of £64.1m (2019: £13.0m) driven by the outperformance 
of Flywheel Digital in the year. 

2.  

3.  

 This liability is discounted to present value with the reversal of 
this discount being recorded as Other finance costs within the 
interest charge. This amounted to a charge of £7.9m in 2020 
(2019: £5.5m). 

 Finally, that element of the deferred consideration that is 
contingent on the continuing employment of the founders is 
charged to the consolidated statement of profit or loss as an 
exceptional item over the service life of those founders (typically 
three years). This amounted to a charge of £33.5m in 2020 
(2019: £20.1m). 

In total, contingent on the future performance of Flywheel, Yimian, 
MediaLink, Intellibrand and X Target, the Company expects to pay 
out contingent consideration for acquisitions to date including: 

• c.£122m in 2021; 

• c.£30m in 2022; and

• c.£20m thereafter. 

Cash flow
Continuing operations
The Company generated Adjusted operating cash flow from 
continuing operations of £25.7m (2019: £94.2m), being a 
90% operating cash flow conversion (2019: 86%) with the positive 
impact of the deferral of pre-booked revenue for Cannes Lions 
2020 into 2021 offset by refunds on Money20/20 and the adverse 
working capital impact of the very high growth of the Flywheel 
Digital business.

After continued investment in product development in our digital 
subscription products, internal productivity tools and property in 
Shenzhen and Shanghai, capex remained broadly consistent with 
the prior year at £23.1m (2019: £17.6m). 

As a result, the Company consumed free cash flow on continuing 
operations of £0.7m (2019: generated £73.4m) as shown in the 
table below: 

£’m
Adjusted EBITDA
Working capital movements – Flywheel Digital 
media reimbursables
Working capital movements – other
Adjusted operating cash flow from 
continuing operations
Operating cash flow conversion (%)
Capital expenditure
Tax paid

Free cash flow from continuing operations
Free cash flow conversion (%)

2020
28.5

(7.3)
4.5

25.7
90%
(23.1)
(3.3)
(0.7)
(3%)

2019
109.0

(5.8)
(9.0)

94.2
86%
(17.6)
(3.2)
73.4
67%

41

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Financial review Continued

Discontinued operations 
The Company generated adjusted operating cash flow 
from discontinued operations of £20.9m (2019: £19.0m). 

£’m
Adjusted EBITDA
Working capital movements
Adjusted operating cash flow from  
discontinued operations
Operating cash flow conversion (%)
Capital expenditure
Tax paid

Free cash flow from discontinued operations
Free cash flow conversion (%)

2020
21.5
0.6

20.9
97%
(0.9)
–
20.0
93%

2019
19.5
(0.5)

19.0
97%
(0.9)
–
18.1
93%

Total operations
The cash flow statement and net debt position are summarised 
as follows.

£’m
Free cash flow from continuing operations
Free cash flow from discontinued operations
Free cash flow from total operations
Acquisition of investments 
Disposal of equity-accounted investments
Acquisition of businesses net of cash acquired
Deferred and contingent consideration paid 
including contingent employment cost 
Exceptional costs paid
Disposal costs paid
Cash flow before financing activities
Net proceeds from borrowings
Net interest paid
Dividends paid
Lease liabilities paid
Proceeds of issue or sale of shares
Share repurchase
Net cash flow
Opening cash balance
FX movements
Closing cash balance
Borrowings
Capitalised arrangement fees
Derivative financial instruments
Net debt*

2020
(0.7)
20.0
19.3
(16.8)
55.1
(2.7)

(69.1)
(12.4)
–
(26.6)
25.7
(12.0)
–
(8.9)
1.3
(9.2)
(29.7)
111.7
(1.8)
80.2
(312.7)
3.2
–
(229.3)

2019
73.4
18.1
91.5
(64.5)
–
(16.8)

(31.8)
(11.3)
(2.3)
(35.2)
–
(6.2)
(22.9)
(9.0)
1.2
–
(72.1)
182.0
1.8
111.7
(283.8)
1.2
0.3
(170.6)

* Including £2.0m of cash held for sale as part of the discontinued BEP segment.

Returns to shareholders 
Dividends
The Board normally targets a dividend pay-out ratio of 30% of 
Adjusted profit after tax split one-third following interim results and 
two-thirds following final results. However, as a result of the Covid-19 
pandemic, the ensuing cancellation of the Cannes Lions festival and 
Money20/20 Europe and USA and the consequent impact on profits 
and debt covenants, as well as the impact of the resultant cost 
reduction measures, the Board suspended dividends and decided 
not to declare the previously announced final dividend for 2019. 
Having considered its capital allocation priorities and the uncertain 
economic environment, the Board has decided not to pay a dividend 
in respect of 2020. The Board will keep shareholder cash returns 
continually under review. 

Share repurchase programme
At the start of the year, after consistently strong levels of cash flow 
conversion, combined with disciplined capital allocation, and 
following the sale of the Jumpshot investment in January 2020, 
our leverage was well below historic levels. We recognise that the 
delivery of shareholder value requires a balanced approach to 
investing in growth and returning excess capital to shareholders 
whilst maintaining a strong balance sheet. After a review of our 
capital allocation policy, the Board decided to utilise part of its 
authority to make on-market purchases of our ordinary shares. We 
originally anticipated spending up to £120m in a share repurchase 
programme but suspended this in March 2020, having repurchased 
shares worth £9.2m, as the impact of the Covid-19 pandemic on our 
financial performance became clear. 

Strong balance sheet and access to liquidity
The Group manages its capital to ensure that entities in the Group will 
be able to continue as going concerns while maximising the return to 
shareholders through the optimisation of the debt-to-equity balance. 
The capital structure of the Group consists of debt, cash and cash 
equivalents and equity attributable to equity holders of the parent 
comprising capital, reserves and retained earnings. The Group’s policy 
is to borrow centrally to meet anticipated funding requirements. 
These borrowings, together with cash generated from the operations, 
are on-lent at market-based interest rates and on commercial terms 
and conditions or contributed as equity to subsidiaries.

In January 2020, we entered into a new five-year multi-currency 
revolving credit facility (“RCF”) of £450m with an accordion to raise 
further debt amounts up to the greater of £120m or 150% of EBITDA. 
The previous term loan and RCF facilities were repaid and cancelled 
in January 2020. At 31 December 2020, the borrowings under the new 
facility were subject to interest at 2.5% over LIBOR and £312.7m of 
the RCF had been drawn. 

The facility covenants include a maximum net leverage of 3.25x 
with the benefit of an additional 0.5x leverage spikes for relevant 
acquisitions and a minimum interest cover of 3.00x and are tested 
semi-annually. 

42 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020Going concern 
There continues to be uncertainty surrounding the resolution of the 
Covid-19 outbreak and the impact to the wider global economy. 
The Directors have considered a number of severe but plausible 
scenarios and taken into account the strong condition of our 
balance sheet, our 2020 refinancing, the recent disposal of the Built 
Environment & Policy segment, the diversification and digital nature 
of many of our business models and proactive steps taken already 
to provide covenant headroom and adjust our cost base as well as 
further potential mitigating actions. 

The Directors believe that the Company is well placed to manage its 
business risks successfully and have assessed the Group’s prospects 
and viability over a three-year period. 

The Board’s assessment of the Group’s prospects and stress test 
scenarios, together with its review of principal risks and the 
effectiveness of risk management procedures, show that the Group 
has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the 
foreseeable future, including the period exceeding 12 months from 
the date when the financial statements are approved. Accordingly, 
the Directors continue to adopt the going concern basis for the 
preparation of the financial statements. 

Mandy Gradden 
Chief Financial Officer 
12 March 2021

To address the uncertain business environment, deal with 
temporarily elevated leverage and ensure maximum flexibility in the 
medium term, across a broad range of business planning scenarios, 
we agreed the following covenant amendments with our banking 
group (subject to minimum liquidity of £100m at December 2020 and 
£125m thereafter):

• At the December 2020 testing point – a full waiver of the leverage 

and interest cover covenants.

• At the June 2021 testing point – the leverage covenant ratio limit 

has been relaxed to 4.75x.

• At the December 2021 testing point – the leverage covenant ratio 
limit has been relaxed to between 3.50x and 4.50x depending on 
the scale of profits from live events in 2021.

• At the June 2022 testing point – if either Money20/20 Europe or 

USA do not take place in 2021, the leverage covenant limit at June 
2022 will be 3.75x.

At the December 2020 testing point, the minimum liquidity 
requirements have been met with £217.5m of available liquidity.

Risk management 
The Board is responsible for determining the nature and extent of 
the principal risks it is willing to take in achieving its strategic 
objectives. Ascential’s business activities, performance and position, 
together with the factors likely to affect its future development, are 
set out on page 2 to 35. The financial risk management objectives, 
policies and processes in place for assessment, management and 
monitoring of risks, including the risks resulting from Brexit and 
Covid-19, are also described on page 55 and more fully in Note 29 of 
the consolidated financial statements. 

The Group is exposed to risks arising from the international nature of 
its operations and the financial instruments which fund them. These 
instruments include cash and borrowing and items such as trade 
receivables and trade payables which arise directly from operations. 
External borrowings are denominated 46% in Euros with the balance 
split between US Dollars (28%) and pounds Sterling (26%). The 
Company reviews and protects a proportion of its exposure to 
interest rate rises on the cost of borrowings through use of 
derivatives such as interest rate caps where appropriate. Principal 
risks (including strategic, operational, legal and other risks) are 
shown on pages 50 to 55.

43

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Alternative performance measures

Alternative 
performance measures

Ascential aims to maximise shareholder value by optimising potential 
for return on capital through strategic investment and divestment, by 
ensuring the Company’s capital structure is managed to support both 
strategic and operational requirements, and by delivering returns 
through a focus on organic growth and operational discipline. The 
Board considers it helpful to provide, where practicable, performance 
measures that distinguish between these different factors – these are 
also the measures that the Board uses to assess the performance of 
the Company, on which the strategic planning process is founded 
and on which management incentives are based. Accordingly, this 
report presents the following non-GAAP measures alongside 
standard accounting terms as prescribed by IFRS and the Companies 
Act, in order to provide this useful additional information. 

Adjusted profit measures
The Group uses Adjusted profit measures to assist readers in 
understanding underlying operational performance from continuing 
operations. These measures exclude income statement items 
relating to items arising from portfolio investment and divestment 
decisions, and from changes to capital structure. Such items arise 
from events which are non-recurring or intermittent, and while they 
may generate substantial income statement amounts, do not relate 
to the ongoing operational performance that underpins long-term 
value generation. The income statement items that are excluded 
from Adjusted profit measures are referred to as Adjusting items. 

Both Adjusted profit measures and Adjusting items are presented 
together with statutory measures on the face of the profit and loss 
statement. In addition, the Group presents a non-GAAP profit measure, 
Adjusted EBITDA, in order to aid comparisons with peer group 
companies and provide a reference point for assessing the operational 
cash generation of the Group. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as Adjusted 
Operating Profit before depreciation and amortisation. The Group 
measures operational profit margins with reference to Adjusted EBITDA. 

Adjusting items are not a defined term under IFRS, so may not be 
comparable to similar terminology used in other companies’ 
financial statements. Details of the charges and credits presented 
as Adjusting items are set out in Note 5 to the financial statements. 
The basis for treating these items as Adjusting is as follows: 

Exceptional items 
Exceptional items are recorded in accordance with the Group’s policy 
set out in Note 5 to the financial statements. They arise from portfolio 
investment and divestment decisions, from changes to the Group’s 
capital structure, as well as material events that are expected to be 
non-recurring and outside the course of ordinary operating activities. 
They do not reflect underlying operational performance. 

Amortisation of intangible assets acquired  
through business combinations 
Charges for amortisation of acquired intangibles arise from the 
purchase consideration of a number of separate acquisitions. These 
acquisitions are portfolio investment decisions that took place at 
different times over many years, so the associated amortisation 
does not reflect current operational performance. 

Share-based payments 
Ascential operates several employee share schemes. Income statement 
charges or credits relating to such schemes are a significant non-cash 
charge or credit and are driven by a valuation model which references 

44 

the Ascential share price and future performance expectations. 
The income statement charge or credit is consequently subject to 
volatility and does not fully reflect current operational performance. 

Gains and losses on disposal 
Gains and losses on disposal of businesses arise from divestment 
decisions that are part of strategic portfolio management and do 
not reflect current operational performance.

Finance costs 
As part of the Group’s early refinancing of its 2016 debt facility in 
2020, unamortised arrangement fees relating to the previous facility 
were written off and fees for subsequent covenant amendments 
were incurred. These one-off items do not reflect the current 
operational performance of the Group. 

Tax related to Adjusting items 
The elements of the overall Group tax charge relating to the 
Adjusting items are also treated as Adjusting. These elements of 
the tax charge are calculated with reference to the specific tax 
treatment of each Adjusting item, taking into account its tax 
deductibility, the tax jurisdiction concerned, and any previously 
recognised tax assets or liabilities.

Adjusted cash flow measures
The Group uses Adjusted cash flow measures for the same purpose as 
Adjusted profit measures, in order to assist readers of the accounts in 
understanding the ongoing operational performance of the Group 
from continuing operations. The two measures used are Adjusted Cash 
Generated from operations, and Free Cash Flow. These are reconciled 
to IFRS measures as follows:

£’m
Cash generated from operations 
Less: cash generated from discontinued 
operations
Add back: acquisition-related contingent 
consideration cash flow
Add back: other exceptional cash flow

Adjusted cash generated from operations

Net cash generated from operating activities 
Less: cash generated from discontinued 
operations
Less: capital expenditure
Add back: acquisition-related contingent 
consideration cash flow
Add back: other exceptional cash flow

Free cash flow

£’m
Adjusted cash generated from operations
EBITDA

Operating cash conversion

£’m
Free cash flow
Adjusted EBITDA

Free cash flow conversion %

2020
11.1

2019
90.4

(19.8)

(19.0)

23.1
11.3
25.7

7.8

11.5
11.3
94.2

87.2

(19.8)
(23.1)

(19.0)
(17.6)

23.1
11.3
(0.7)

2020
25.7
28.5
90%

2020
(0.7)
28.5
(3%)

11.5
11.3
73.4

2019
94.2
109.0
86%

2019
73.4
109.0
67%

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020The Group monitors its operational efficiency with reference to 
operational cash conversion, defined as Free Cash Flow as a 
percentage of Adjusted EBITDA.

Organic growth measures
To assess whether the Company is achieving its strategic goal 
of driving organic growth, it is helpful to compare like-for-like 
operational results between periods. Income statement measures, 
both Adjusted and Reported, can be significantly affected by the 
following factors which mask like-for-like comparability:

• acquisitions and disposals of businesses lead to a lack of 

comparability between periods due to consolidation of only 
part of a year’s results for these businesses;

• changes in exchange rates used to record the results of non-
sterling businesses result in a lack of comparability between 
periods as equivalent local currency amounts are recorded at 
different sterling amounts in different periods; and

• event timing differences between periods. 

Ascential therefore defines Organic growth measures, which are 
calculated with the following adjustments:

• results of acquired and disposed businesses are excluded where 

the consolidated results include only part-year results in either the 
current or the prior year;

• prior year and current year consolidated results are restated at 

constant exchange rates for non-sterling businesses; and 

• prior year results are adjusted such that comparative results of 

events that have been held at different times of year are included 
in the same period as the current year results.

Organic growth is calculated as follows:

2020
£’m
Revenue
2020 – reported
Exclude acquisitions 

2020 -Organic basis
Organic revenue growth

2019 – as restated
Include acquisitions
Currency adjustment 
2019 – Organic basis 

Adjusted EBITDA
2020 – reported
Exclude acquisitions 

2020 – Organic basis
Organic EBITDA growth

2019 – as restated
Include acquisitions
Currency adjustment 
2019 – Organic basis

Digital 
Commerce

Product 
Design

Marketing

Retail & 
Financial 
Services

Corporate 
Costs

Total 
– continuing 
operations

103.1

(5.0)
98.1
23%

78.1
2.1

(0.5)
79.7

22.9

(1.3)
21.6
75%

12.3
0.4

(0.3)
12.4

88.1

(3.0)
85.1
1%

85.7
–

(1.2)
84.5

38.0

(1.6)
36.4
(6%)

38.2
–

0.3
38.5

54.3

–
54.3
(59%)

135.9
–

(2.0)
133.9

(0.8)

–
(0.8)
(101%)

50.7
–

(1.3)
49.4

18.2

–
18.2
(77%)

81.1
–

(0.7)
80.4

(14.3)

–
(14.3)
(157%)

25.1
–

(0.1)
25.0

–

–
–
–

(0.5)
–

–
(0.5)

(17.3)

–
(17.3)
2%

(17.3)
–

0.5
(16.8)

263.7

(8.0)
255.7
(32.2%)

380.3
2.1

(4.4)
378.0

28.5

(2.9)
25.6
(75.5%)

109.0
0.4

(0.9)
108.5

45

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Alternative performance measures Continued

Proforma growth measures
Proforma growth is measured in a similar way to Organic growth but assumes that the Company’s acquisitions or disposals were all made on 
the first day of the comparative accounting period and is a measure of the rate of growth of the brands owned today. Proforma growth is 
calculated as follows:

Digital 
Commerce

Product 
Design

Marketing

Retail & 
Financial 
Services

Corporate 
Costs

103.1
0.4
103.5

25%

78.1
5.4
(0.5)
83.0

22.9
0.1
23.0

85%

12.3
0.4
(0.3)
12.4

88.1
–
88.1

1%

85.7
3.0
(1.3)
87.4

38.0
–
38.0

(4%)

38.2
1.1
0.4
39.7

54.3
–
54.3

18.2
–
18.2

(59%)

(77%)

135.9
–
(2.0)
133.9

(0.8)
–
(0.8)

81.1
–
(0.7)
80.4

(14.3)
–
(14.3)

(101%)

(157%)

50.7
–
(1.3)
49.4

25.1
–
(0.1)
25.0

–
–
–

–

(0.5)
–
–
(0.5)

(17.3)
–
(17.3)

2%

(17.3)
–
0.5
(16.8)

Total

263.7
0.4
264.1

(31.1%)

380.3
8.4
(4.5)
384.2

28.5
0.1
28.6

(73.0%)

109.0
1.5
(0.8)
109.7

2020
£’m
Revenue
2020 – reported
Include acquisitions
2020 – Proforma basis 
Proforma revenue growth

2019 – as restated
Include acquisitions
Currency adjustment 
2019 – Proforma basis 

Adjusted EBITDA
2020 – reported
Include acquisitions
2020 – Proforma basis 
Proforma EBITDA growth

2019 – as restated
Include acquisitions
Currency adjustment 
2019 – Proforma basis 

46 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020 
Glossary of alternative performance measures

Term
Organic revenue growth
Organic EBITDA growth
Proforma revenue growth

Proforma EBITDA growth

Exceptional items

Adjusting items

Adjusted operating profit / (loss)
Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA margin
Adjusted profit / (loss) before tax
Adjusted tax charge 
Adjusted effective tax rate
Adjusted EPS
Adjusted cash generated from operations

Operating cash conversion 
Free cash flow 

Leverage 

Net debt 

Description
Revenue growth on a like-for-like basis
Adjusted EBITDA growth on a like-for-like basis
Revenue growth on a like-for-like basis assuming the Company’s acquisitions or disposals 
were all made on the first day of the comparative accounting period 
Adjusted EBITDA growth on a like-for-like basis assuming the Company’s acquisitions or 
disposals were all made on the first day of the comparative accounting period 
Items within Operating profit / (loss) separately identified in accordance with Group accounting 
policies as set out in Note 1 
Exceptional items, Amortisation of intangible assets acquired through business combinations, 
Share-based payments, Gains and losses on disposal, Write-off of unamortised arrangement 
fees on re-financing, Covenant amendment fees and Tax related thereto
Operating profit / (loss) excluding Adjusting items
Adjusted operating profit / (loss) excluding depreciation and amortisation
Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of Revenue
Profit / (loss) before tax excluding Adjusting items 
Tax charge excluding Adjusting items 
Adjusted tax charge expressed as a percentage of Adjusted profit before tax
EPS calculated with reference to Adjusted Profit / (loss) for the period
Cash generated from operations with cash generated from discontinued operations,  
acquisition -related contingent consideration and other exceptional cash flows excluded
Adjusted cash generated from operations expressed as a percentage of Adjusted EBITDA
Net cash generated from operating activities including capital expenditure. Net cash generated 
from discontinued operations, acquisition-related contingent consideration and other 
exceptional cash flow are excluded
The ratio of Net debt to Adjusted EBITDA before, in both cases, accounting for the impact 
of IFRS 16
Net debt comprises external borrowings net of arrangement fees, cash and cash equivalents 
and derivative financial instruments. Net debt excludes lease liabilities

47

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Risk management

Identifying and  
managing risk

Identifying and managing risk is an integral part of our corporate 
governance as it helps us deliver long-term shareholder value 
and protect our business, people, assets, capital and reputation. 
In order to achieve our strategic objectives, and seize market 
opportunities, risk must be both accepted to a reasonable degree 
within our risk appetite and balanced by proportionate reward. 

Risk governance
It is the responsibility of all of our colleagues 
to manage risks within their domain. 
Ultimately, accountability for risk 
management resides with the Board, which 
is responsible for ensuring that there is 
an adequate and appropriate risk 
management framework and culture 
in place.

Our risk governance framework is set out 
below. At the top of the structure is our 
Board, which holds overall responsibility 
for our risk management and internal 
control systems. The Board sets risk 
appetite and the tone of risk management, 
as well as completing assessments of our 
principal risks. 

The Audit Committee assists the Board by 
monitoring the adequacy and effectiveness 
of internal control and risk management 
systems, as well as the effectiveness of the 
Internal Audit function. Our Operational Risk 
Committees identify risks and risk owners, 
controls and mitigations to manage risks, 
agree action plans to strengthen controls or 
address deficiencies, review progress with 
action plans and identify emerging risks. 

Risk governance framework

The Board

Audit Committee

 — Holds overall responsibility 

for Ascential’s risk 
management and internal 
control systems

 — Defines risk appetite 

 — Monitors the adequacy 
and effectiveness of 
internal control and risk 
management systems
 — Ensures that a robust 

taking into account the 
Company’s strategic 
objectives

assessment is undertaken  
of the principal risks facing 
the Company 

 — Sets the tone and 

 — Monitors and reviews the 

influences the culture  
of risk management

 — Assesses the principal risks, 
including emerging risks

effectiveness of the Internal 
Audit function

Operational Risk Committees

 —  Identify risks and risk owners
 —  Score impact of risk on a mitigated and unmitigated basis 

according to consistent risk scoring methodology
 — Identify controls and mitigations to manage risk
 — Agrees action plans to strengthen controls or address 

deficiencies

 — Reviews progress with action plans and current risks
 — Identify emerging risks

48 

e
c
n
a

i
l

p
m
o
c
d
n
a
s
l
o
r
t
n
o
c
l

a
n
r
e
t
n
I

s
e
i
t
i
v
i
t
c
a
t
i
d
u
a

l

a
n
r
e
t
x
e
d
n
a

l

a
n
r
e
t
n
I

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk assurance
The Internal Audit function provides 
assurance as to the effectiveness of the 
internal control environment through its 
primary responsibilities whereby it: 

• reviews and assesses the internal control 

environment with a focus on control 
effectiveness, quality and continuous 
improvement; 

• determines whether controls are 
appropriate to provide financial, 
managerial and operating information 
that is accurate, reliable and timely;

• determines whether risks are appropriately 

identified and managed;

• assesses whether assets are appropriately 

safeguarded; and

• evaluates the systems established to 

ensure compliance with those policies, 
plans, procedures, laws and regulations 
which could have a significant impact 
on Ascential.

The Audit Committee receives and analyses 
regular reports from management and 
Internal Audit on matters relating to risk and 
control and reviews the timeliness and 
effectiveness of corrective action taken by 
management. The Audit Committee also 
considers the findings and recommendations 
of the External Auditor throughout the year 
in relation to the design and implementation 
of effective financial controls. Further detail 
on these activities is included within the Audit 
Committee report on page 86.

Long-term viability statement

The Directors have assessed the prospects 
and viability of the Group in accordance 
with Provision 31 of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code. This assessment has 
been based on a three-year timeframe, 
covering the period to 31 December 2023, 
which is considered appropriate because 
it aligns with the Company’s strategic 
planning and financial forecasting horizon, 
and because, in relation to viability, it 
provides a sufficiently long period for stress 
testing scenarios to be modelled through 
at least one complete business cycle.

The Company’s prospects have been 
assessed mainly with reference to the 
Company’s strategic planning and 
associated long-range financial forecast. 
This incorporates a detailed bottom-up 
budget for each part of the business. 
The budgeting and planning process is 
thorough and includes input from most 
operational line managers as well as senior 
management, and forms the basis for 
most variable compensation targets.

The Board participates in both strategic 
planning and reviews the detailed 
bottom-up budgets. The outputs from this 
process include full financial forecasts of 
EBITDA, Adjusted and statutory earnings, 
cash flow, working capital and net debt.

The Directors consider that the planning 
process and monthly forecast updates 
provide a sound underpinning to 
management’s expectations of the 
Group’s prospects.

The Directors carried out a robust 
assessment of the principal risks facing the 
Group, including those that could threaten 
its business model, future performance, 
solvency or liquidity. This assessment was 
made with reference to the Company’s 
current position and prospects, strategy 
and principal risks, including how these 
are managed.

The Directors also assessed the potential 
impact on the Company’s prospects should 
certain risks to the business materialise. 

This was done by considering specific 
scenarios aligned to the principal risks 
identified on pages 50 to 55, applied 
to stress test the long-range financial 
forecast. Of these, the six scenarios 
considered to have the most serious 
impact on the financial viability of the 
Company were modelled in detail.

The specific scenarios were:

• a global recession, designed to capture 
the impact of the most serious plausible 
manifestation of macro-economic risks;

• a serious safety and security incident 

at a major event;

• the loss of a major customer;

• a substantial breach of cyber security 

and associated loss of data; 

•  a significant change in underlying 
data sources resulting in reduced 
data availability for our eCommerce 
services; and

• major events being cancelled at short 

notice, for instance from disease 
outbreaks such as a prolonged 
Covid-19 impact, with no equivalent 
alternative available.

For each scenario, the modelling captured 
the impact on key measures of profitability, 
cash flow, liquidity and debt covenant 
headroom. Scenarios included the effects 
of plausible mitigation plans where 
available. In all cases modelled, the Group 
was able to continue to fund its operations 
and to comply with debt covenant 
requirements. Based on this assessment 
of prospects and stress test scenarios, 
together with its review of principal risks 
and the effectiveness of risk management 
procedures, the Directors confirm that 
they have a reasonable expectation that 
the Company will be able to continue in 
operation and meet its liabilities as they fall 
due over the period to 31 December 2023.

49

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Principal risks

Principal risks  
and uncertainties

We assess our principal risks in terms of 
their potential impact on our ability to 
deliver our strategic objectives.
The Board has made a robust assessment of the principal risks 
facing the business including those related to its business model, 
future performance, solvency or liquidity, and considered them 
in the formulation of the Long-Term Viability Statement set out 
on the previous page.

The following pages summarise our principal risks and uncertainties 
with mitigating actions, as identified by the Board for the year 
ended 31 December 2020. The list is not exhaustive and may change 
during 2021 as the risk landscape evolves. 

The Covid-19 pandemic has impacted several of our principal risks 
and these impacts are discussed in more detail below. In accordance 
with our crisis management plan, our response to Covid-19 was 
coordinated across the business at three levels:

Gold – strategic direction by Executive Directors:  
“This is what we will do”

The Board also considered an updated impact analysis of the risks 
associated with Britain exiting the European Union. The assessment 
was updated to reflect changes in our business model and 
operations as well as any clarifying new information that had been 
made public. The conclusion of the updated analysis remained that 
the most significant threat to Ascential is the increased broader 
economic uncertainty including risk of recession, exacerbated by 
the existing Covid-19 related recession. The impact of this threat 
continues to be mitigated by the diversification of Ascential’s 
business, both geographically and across sectors and industries 
(see the business model and market review sections for more detail). 
Additionally, recession planning forms part of Ascential’s risk 
management process and the influence of Brexit on recession 
risk has been considered and monitored as part of this process. 
A range of reasonably possible outcomes was also considered when 
performing sensitivity analysis on long-range financial projections 
(see the long-term viability statement for more detail). 

The Board considers the following to be the Company’s 
principal risks: 

Silver – operational coordination by the Covid-19 Response Team: 
“This is how we will do it”

Risk

Bronze – tactical delivery by Senior Leaders: “Do it”

Change since December 2019

Unmitigated

Mitigated

A dedicated Silver project team was activated from the early stages 
of the pandemic, when it first emerged in China in January 2020. 
Their primary objective was to keep our colleagues safe and to 
minimise the impact on our business operations. 

Some of the key actions taken in response to the pandemic were: 

• Provided guidance and support to staff who were working remotely;

• Monitored and followed guidance from government agencies and 

1. Customer end-market development Unchanged 

Unchanged 

2. Economic and geopolitical conditions Increased 

Increased 

3. Competition/substitution

Increased 

Unchanged 

4. Execution of new product and 
capability development

Increased 

Increased 

5. Acquisition and disposals

Unchanged 

Unchanged 

other health organisations

6. People risk

Increased 

Increased 

• Focused on continuing to support our customers and deliver 

7. Reliance on data providers

Unchanged 

Unchanged 

continued excellent service and product 

• Reduced management pay on a temporary basis

• Suspended the 2019 final dividend

• Suspended the share buy-back programme

• Obtained debt covenant waivers and amendments for December 

2020 and June 2021

• Extensive scenario planning around the impact of no live events 

in 2020. 

8. Cyber threat and information security Increased 

Unchanged 

9. Venue availability, security and access Increased 

Increased 

10. Business resilience

Increased 

Unchanged 

11. Finance risk

Increased 

Increased 

12. Regulation and compliance

Unchanged 

Unchanged 

50 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020 
Business and strategic

1. Customer end-market development

Description of risk
Our customers operate in a 
variety of end markets, each 
with their own competitive 
pressures affecting customer 
preferences and spend. Growth 
for our customers is anchored 
in understanding in great detail 
the many paths to purchase 
consumers will take as they 
watch, buy and communicate 
online. Achieving an integrated 
consumer to product view is 
becoming increasingly critical. 

Examples of risks
• Failure to develop an appropriate pipeline of successful products 

to meet and anticipate the needs of our customers

• Change in how consumers watch, buy and communicate online 

may necessitate further product development

• Largest consumer brands may in-house ecommerce analytics 

capabilities

Actions taken to manage risk
• Continued investment in technology, decision science and methodologies 

to make Ascential brands indispensable partners for our customers

• Extension of the Ascential proposition through product development 

and bolt-on acquisitions

• Strong account management strategy and direct engagement 

with customers

Link to strategy
Our strategic objective to be 
a world-class business that 
improves performance and 
solves problems for our 
customers relies heavily on 
our ability to anticipate and 
respond to our customers’ 
changing needs.

Risk movement from 2019
Stable

2. Economic and geopolitical conditions

Description of risk
Across our business we are 
exposed to the effects of political 
and economic risks. These include 
the impact of the Covid-19 
pandemic, changes in the 
regulatory and competitive 
landscape and the impact of 
international trade policy.

Examples of risks
• Financial recession in our key markets leading to reduced spending 

power for customers

• Global political uncertainty regarding trade policy 

• Actions by hostile states negatively impacts our people, products 

or intellectual property

• Change in US Administration’s approach to trade policy

Link to strategy
Our strategic objective to 
accelerate organic growth 
requires us to operate 
effectively within different 
global political situations 
which change constantly.

Actions taken to manage risk
• Recession modelling and scenario planning is a key part of the Budget 

process

• Impact of recession is distributed across Ascential brands with some 

brands’ proposition more attractive in a recessive environment

• Brexit impact assessment conducted which concluded Brexit was not 

a material risk

• Monitor geopolitical landscape to develop plans to respond to specific 

threats or opportunities

3. Competition / substitution

Description of risk
We are exposed to a varied and 
dynamic competitive landscape, 
ranging from niche providers 
and new entrants in eCommerce 
analytics to data aggregators 
and consultancy firms.

Examples of risks
• Marketplaces open up full suite of programmatic tools that are 

comparable to parts of our Digital Commerce proposition with no 
incremental cost to the end user

• Competitors determine the ‘land grab’ of eCommerce is worth no profit 
and offer eCommerce services at no additional charge as part of their 
broader engagement

• Pricing pressure increases as competitive intensity grows

Actions taken to manage risk
• Continuous improvement of capabilities to demonstrate why specialist 

proposition provides value

• Development of path to purchase insights acts as a barrier to 

competitive propositions

• Continued investment in technology and decision science to offer 

competitive advantage

• Diversification of proposition across multiple marketplaces

• Close monitoring of competitive landscape and emerging technology 

to identify threats and opportunities

Risk movement from 2019
Increased 

Link to strategy
Our strategic objective to be 
a world-class business that 
improves performance 
and solves problems for our 
customers relies heavily on 
our ability to anticipate and 
respond to our customers’ 
changing needs.

Risk movement from 2019
Stable

51

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Principal risks Continued

Business and strategic continued

4. Execution of new product and capability development

Description of risk
Development of new products 
and capabilities is a key driver for 
Organic growth, which is central 
to our long-term sustainability. 

Examples of risks
• Failure to deliver key new product development would negatively impact 

our ability to provide full eCommerce capabilities to our customers

• New products do not meet customers’ needs due to technical or 

operational weakness

• New products do not generate sufficient financial return

• New product development moves the business into a different area 

which exposes the Company to greater reputational risk

Actions taken to manage risk
• Experienced and high calibre Chief Product Officer recruited 

• Product strategies defined

• Formal project plans for all new product development, with appropriate 

gating and milestones

• Data Protection Officer involved with new product development to 

confirm compliance by design

Link to strategy
Our strategic objective to be 
a world-class business that 
improves performance and 
solves problems for our for 
our customers relies heavily 
on our ability to anticipate 
and respond to our 
customers’ changing needs.

Risk movement from 2019
Increased

5. Acquisitions and disposals

Description of risk
We continue to review how best 
to build out our capabilities to 
better serve our customers. Whilst 
we do this primarily through 
Organic investment, we continue 
to review potential acquisition 
opportunities to accelerate our 
progress or provide further 
unique information. We may 
divest brands which are no 
longer core to our strategy. 

Examples of risks
• Failure to identify appropriate acquisitions or to conduct effective 

pre-acquisition due diligence

• Failure to achieve the expected benefits or synergies

• Failure to preserve sources of competitive advantage 

• Failure to integrate acquired businesses effectively

Actions taken to manage risk
• We have a strong and experienced M&A team who take a disciplined 
approach to identifying and testing acquisitions to ensure they are 
appropriate, a strategic fit and will be earnings enhancing 

• Detailed cross functional due diligence is undertaken prior to acquisition

• Integration of acquired businesses are subject to post-acquisition review 

programme

• Strong track record of disposal of non-core assets

Link to strategy
Our strategic objective to 
apply a tightly focussed 
capital allocation process 
to achieve our goals and 
maximise value creation 
depends on our ability to 
identify the right acquisitions, 
to conduct thorough due 
diligence and to integrate 
acquisitions effectively. 

Risk movement from 2019
Stable

6. People 

Description of risk
People management, effective 
succession planning and the 
ability to attract and retain talent 
are critical to our ability to 
execute our strategy and achieve 
our objectives. 

Examples of risks
• Loss of key talent, high attrition and/or lack of appropriate succession 

planning could lead to a strategic skills shortage

• Loss of intellectual capital due to poor retention of talent 

• Poor corporate responsibility practices may reduce ability to attract 

and/or retain top talent 

• Employee morale impacted by lack of bonus, redundancies, furloughs 

Link to strategy
All of our strategic objectives 
rely on us attracting and 
retaining the right talent to 
execute against our strategy 
and meet the needs of our 
customers.

and pandemic working

Actions taken to manage risk
• Executive Director capacity increased through appointment of a new, 

board-level COO

• Restructure of senior leadership team into five strong Business Units to 

reduce CEO span of control and to drive increased clarity and accountability

• Succession planning for senior leadership team 

• Corporate Responsibility governance structure approved and a 

Corporate Responsibility manager recruited to drive progress with 
strengthening ESG performance

• Increased communication and support for employees throughout 

pandemic working period

Risk movement from 2019
Increased

52 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020Operational

7. Reliance on data providers

Description of risk
Our eCommerce analytics 
products utilise data from a 
number of suppliers. A change in 
availability of this data or the 
structure of how the data is 
provided can impact the 
accuracy or availability of our 
products and/or increase costs. 

Examples of risks
• Increase in blocking technology impacts data collection

• Marketplaces prohibit Ascential brands from data scraping

• Data provider increases utility of the data they provide, reducing 
the competitive advantage of our eCommerce analytic products

Actions taken to manage risk
• Well-resourced Data Science team

• Development of Sales Engine to reduce dependency on certain data 

points to deliver a more accurate and stable algorithm

• Additional data sources sourced to augment accuracy of models

• Outsource of data collection to a number of market specialists – 
providing expertise in different global regions and with different 
collection requirements.

• Continue to build strategic relationships with data suppliers to gain 

earlier visibility of changes

Link to strategy
Our strategic objectives to 
accelerate organic growth and 
to be a market leader require 
us to consistently deliver 
accurate and valuable 
eCommerce analytic products 
that are differentiated from 
competitor products.

Risk movement from 2019
Stable

8. Cyber threat and information security

Description of risk
An external cyber attack, insider 
threat or supplier breach could 
cause service interruption or the 
loss of confidential data. Cyber 
threats could lead to major 
customer, financial, reputational 
and regulatory impact.

Examples of risks
• Loss of intellectual property

• Major data privacy breach 

• Significant impact on business operations from malware or ransomware 

attack

• Targeted cyber attacks by hostile states on international organisations 

including foreign governments, customers and key suppliers

Actions taken to manage risk
• Maintenance and testing of network security, network resilience and 

business continuity plans

• Monitoring of emerging threats to ensure our preparations and 

responses are current

• Regular, comprehensive training programme for our employees on 

information security practices

• Implementation of Data Loss Prevention software

• Adoption of additional authentication tools to reduce the likelihood of 

remote attacks

• Regular penetration and vulnerability testing

• Focus on cloud governance and logging

Link to strategy
All of our strategic objectives 
rely on our ability to operate 
compliantly and to provide 
safe and effective products 
and solutions to our customers.

Risk movement from 2019
Stable

53

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Principal risks Continued

Operational continued

9. Venue availability, security and access 

Description of risk
Our events are held at specific 
locations which may become 
unavailable for use or available 
only on uneconomic terms. Travel 
disruption or safety risks from 
a variety of causes including 
natural disasters, communicable 
diseases, civil disorder, political 
instability or terrorism may 
prevent both customers and our 
employees from reaching the 
event location or being unwilling 
to travel. 

10. Business resilience

Description of risk
Our operations may be disrupted 
by an adverse event whether 
that be IT service interruption, 
disruption to physical locations 
or interruption in the provision 
of service from our key suppliers. 
We need to build resiliency to 
reduce the potential impact of 
such an event and be prepared 
to respond to any such 
event effectively.

Examples of risks
• Terrorist attacks during or shortly before events could result in fatalities, 

injuries, reputational damage and loss of revenue

• Civil disorder or organised protests disrupt an event or make accessing 

the venue difficult

• Government restrictions prohibit people from attending large scale 

events in response to a pandemic such as Covid-19.

• A global pandemic means that people are unable or unwilling to travel 

and attend large-scale events.

• Health & Safety incidents occur during the event

Actions taken to manage risk
• Global threat monitoring throughout the year to identify any significant 

risks and to inform Safety and Security plan for each event

• Protective intelligence monitoring prior to and during an event with 

appropriate measures and contingency plans developed and agreed 
with the venue and local government 

• Ascential Secure standard approve and published which reflects industry 

best practice communicable disease mitigation measures

• Safety Risk Assessment and Event Safety & Security Plan completed prior 

to each event

• Insurance cover in respect of certain event cancellation risks

Examples of risks
• Website receiving payments (e.g. LIONS awards and delegate passes)  

is inaccessible

• Pandemic leads to enforced extended working from home

• Natural disaster impacts key operational location

• Key supplier failure, for example, insolvency of key supplier, that we 

had been unprepared for. 

Actions taken to manage risk
• Cloud Architectures are built in a resilient fashion and all architectures 

are documented to identify and understand risk

• Remote working policy in place which enables employees to work 

effectively from home for extended periods

• Group crisis management plan to manage how the senior leadership 
team directs the business through any major incident or crisis which  
may severely disrupt operations, threaten business performance or 
damage reputation

• Technical incident response process in place

• Long-term contacts in place with key suppliers, professionally procured 
and with rigorous Service Level Agreements and diligence as part of 
RFP process

• Operational resilience of our key outsourced partner through 

deployment of “Secure Borderless Workspaces”, which ensures a secure 
remote environment is ready for them

• Financial security of key suppliers under constant review. Alerting set up 
for all key suppliers so Ascential Procurement are notified of any change 
in circumstance

Link to strategy
All of our strategic objectives 
rely on our ability to operate 
compliantly and to provide 
safe environments for our 
events. 

Risk movement from 2019
Increased

Link to strategy
All of our strategic objectives 
rely on our ability to operate 
resiliently and minimise the 
impact of any significant crisis 
or event.  

Risk movement from 2019
Stable

54 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020Financial

11. Financial risk 

Description of risk 
Insufficient balance sheet strength 
and liquidity negatively impacts 
the Company’s ability to execute 
strategy or ability to continue to 
trade as a going concern. Material 
exposures to different currencies and 
fluctuations in these currencies affect 
the reported financial results. Tax law 
and administration is complex and 
tax authorities may challenge our 
application of tax law, potentially 
leading to lengthy and costly 
disputes and material tax changes. 

Examples of risks
• Significant loss of revenue and/or profit causes breach of banking 

covenants or lack of sufficient liquidity to execute strategy

• Uncertain macroeconomic environment could lead to increased 

complexity in accounting judgements

• Fraudulent financial reporting leads to elevated earnout payments

• Material fluctuations in currency (particularly US Dollar, Sterling 

and Euro) affect reported profitability

Link to strategy
Our strategic objectives to 
accelerate Organic growth and 
to be a market leader require 
us to consistently deliver 
accurate and valuable 
eCommerce analytic products 
that are differentiated from 
competitor products. 

• Challenge by tax authority on application of tax law

Actions taken to manage risk
• Debt facilities have been refinanced to provide additional liquidity 

through 2025 and covenant amendments at December 2020, 
June and December 2021 and June 2022 have been agreed

• Robust stress testing and sensitivity analysis when valuations 

and assessments for financial reporting are reliant on uncertain 
macroeconomic environment

• The impact of movements in US Dollar and Euro currencies 
is calculated and reported to investors for transparency 

• Approach to foreign exchange risk is set out in Note 28 on 

page 155

• Experienced tax function supported by professional advisers 

• Full, accurate and timely disclosures made in submissions to tax 
authorities who we work with collaboratively to achieve early 
agreement and certainty on complex matters wherever possible

Legal and compliance risks

12. Regulation and compliance 

Description of risk 
As a global business, we are subject to 
different regulations across multiple 
jurisdictions. Operating across this 
increasingly complex and dynamic 
legal and compliance environment can 
lead to fines, penalties, reputational 
risk and competitive disadvantage. 
The regulatory landscape can  
change leading to our current business 
model becoming less profitable  
or unsustainable. 

Examples of risks
• Violation of anti-corruption policy

• Breach of data privacy policy

• Change in regulatory landscape regarding data collection  

and usage

• Regulatory antitrust / competition law remedies force a significant 
marketplace to change their practices which negatively impacts a 
Ascential digital commerce brand

• Evolving sanctions law prohibits transactions with some existing 

or potential customers

Actions taken to manage risk
• Potential antitrust remedies may benefit other marketplaces to 

offset negative impact

• Experienced legal team supported by professional advisers 

monitor changes in regulation and emerging best practice in the 
sector and in key policy areas

• Strengthened compliance framework including refreshed 

compliance policies and training 

• Group monitoring and auditing programmes in place

• Confidential independent reporting channels for employees to 

report concerns 

• Employee training and awareness programme

Risk movement from 2019
Increased

Link to strategy
All of our strategic objectives 
rely on us to comply with 
applicable laws and 
regulations and to do the  
right thing as part of our 
licence to operate.

Risk movement from 2019
Stable

55

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Our people

Our 
people

We work hard to attract and retain the best people in the 
industry so we can deliver the best products and services 
to our customers. We aim to be a destination employer  
in every one of our key operating territories and markets.

In what has been a difficult year for 
everyone around the world we are proud of 
how our employees have responded to the 
challenges wrought by Covid-19 – both in 
terms of their adaptation to working from 
home and their continued dedication and 
focus on our clients.

Setting Direction and Engagement
Direction and engagement starts with 
communication. During 2020, our normal 
communication channels of town halls, 
newsletters, conferences continued but we 
increased the frequency of global video 
communication from our CEO and Senior 
Leadership Team, to ensure clear direction 
and inclusion of all employees who are 
having to work remotely during the Covid-19 
pandemic. Each area of the business also 
continues to regularly host virtual all-staff 
meetings (known as Town Halls) and team 
briefings to share news and progress 
against priorities.

We held our all-company conference in 
January 2020 and that enabled more than 
1,500 individuals to hear and engage in the 
strategy and the year’s plans and goals 
for the business from the very beginning 
of the annual business cycle. The company 
conference aligns objectives and interests, 
as well as giving our people an exceptional 
opportunity to network, share learnings 
and collaborate whilst deepening their 
understanding of our business goals. Our 
Conference and Awards have become an 
important part of our journey to a more 
informed and connected Ascential. 

This January event was followed up with 
a virtual Leadership Conference in June 
for our 200 strong global leadership 
community to learn about our new business 
priorities in light of Covid-19 and to hear 
from key customers. 

In the second half of the year we refocused 
our HR Business Partnering team to be 
aligned with our Business Units ensuring 
that the people agenda was focused on the 
unique needs of each of our brands. This has 
enabled us to provide targeted HR support 
and build people plans aligned to the 
strategy of each Business Unit. Alongside 
these Business Partnering teams, we have 
ensured that we are leveraging best practice 
capability, systems and processes provided 
by our centralised teams of Learning & 
Development, Reward and Operations. 

Our people’s opinions matter
We make it a priority to hold regular 
updates to both inform our people on 
business progress and answer any 
questions they may have, as well as to 
gather their ideas on improving customer 
and internal engagement.

We conduct and act upon our annual 
employee engagement survey, which, 
along with face-to-face feedback, helps us 
understand what people think, and what 
they want to achieve in their careers with us, 
to inform the ongoing development of our 
culture across all brands and geographies. 
We ran our global engagement survey 
in October 2020 and our aggregated 
engagement score improved again, to 81 
(our target being 80 out of 100) with scores 
around Line Manager Quality, Integrity, 
Inclusion, Motivation and Loyalty indicators 
all at 85+. 

56 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020% of employees proud  
to work at Ascential

91% 

Our values and leadership beliefs
The Ascential Behaviours were fully 
launched in 2018 and have gathered good 
momentum since then. They allow us 
to define how we do things at Ascential, 
supplementing people’s understanding of 
what we do. These Beliefs are now clearly 
presented on all key websites as well as 
being directly incorporated into our people 
processes such as Performance Appraisal 
and Development Review. We believe 
that this framework as well as the regular 
employee communication and work 
flexibility offered by management to 
employees during the Covid-19 pandemic, 
is an important contributing factor to the 
continuance of our very high scores for 
Organisational Integrity (87%) in our annual 
engagement survey. They give people extra 
confidence in their leaders, where most 
agreed our senior leadership teams, across 
brand and functions, demonstrated and 
supported these beliefs and behaviours 
(88%), and why so many of our people are 
proud to work here (91%).

Valuing the diversity our people bring
At Ascential, our goal is to help the world’s 
top consumer brands and their ecosystems, 
understand what’s important and how to act 
on these insights. This year we have applied 
this approach to Diversity and Inclusion, 
highlighted in our Corporate Responsibility 
Strategy as one of our strategic goals. For 
Ascential, the business case for diversity is 
clear. Research suggests time and again 
that diverse teams are more productive, 
more innovative and ultimately better 
support customers.

We have a history of acting on insight from 
our people and we conducted a diversity 
audit of our people via an employee survey 
that guaranteed anonymity. Understanding 
more about who works at Ascential helped 
us to understand representation – where 
we are lacking, or doing well. This helped us 
to set meaningful Diversity and Inclusion 
(“D&I”) targets and goals to tackle real 
D&I challenges. 

57

As agreed with the Board, in October 2020 
we established an Employee Voice Forum, 
the Ascential Forum. The purpose of the 
Forum is to further amplify the voice of 
our people, in particular giving front-line 
employees the opportunity to share their 
views and ideas directly with a Board 
member (Rita Clifton) across three issues: 
strategy, performance and culture. Twenty 
delegates were chosen by self-nomination 
based on colleague endorsements and a 
global jury. They represent our global and 
diverse workforce, with an emphasis on 
more junior colleagues and colleagues in 
areas where we are growing, for example 
within the digital commerce industry. 

We have a set of seven Ascential Behaviours 
which underpin our culture, and we scored 
85+ when asking our people whether their 
managers and leaders act in accordance 
with them. Overall, we are pleased with our 
year-on-year progress on staff engagement 
in what has been an unprecedented year 
and each Business Unit has a clear plan to 
drive further improvement in 2021 across 
the relevant areas that will have a positive 
impact on their employees.

The work we do to maintain a highly 
engaged workforce contributed to a 
reduction in voluntary turnover through 
2020. It reduced 6% to 11% across Ascential 
and remains under the 15% benchmark 
we aimed for. Sadly the impact of Covid-19 
necessitated an intensive programme of 
cost reductions and we regrettably made 
a limited number of positions redundant 
in the year. 

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Our people Continued

83% of employees completed the survey 
which gave us the opportunity to ensure that 
we are responding to, not reacting to, recent 
global events, and the needs of our people 
and business. We will learn from the rich 
information our people have shared this 
year, so that we can adapt our plans and 
ensure in all areas of our business that we are 
driving diversity, embracing inclusion and 
ensuring equitable structures for all. For more 
information on our Diversity and Inclusion 
work, please visit page 62 of this report.

In tandem with this Diversity and Inclusion 
work, we are re-imagining the way we’re 
working at Ascential in response to Covid-19. 
As well as addressing the evolution of our 
workplaces and working practices, this work 
will also support our Diversity and Inclusion 
objectives, and contribute to building a truly 
inclusive culture. By removing potential 
barriers to entry such as location, access to 
particular offices, traditional working hours, 
we hope to attract a wider range of talent 
to Ascential.

In 2020 Ascential’s overall gender split was 
54% Female, 46% Male, remaining pretty 
consistent with previous years. As outlined in 
our Diversity and Inclusion report, we see this 
gender balance change as we move up the 
organisation. The figures below show where 
we need to continue our focus, i.e. within our 
senior levels of leadership: 

Board:

60%

40%

Executive Vice President: 

38%

62%

Senior Vice President:

28%

72%

Vice President:

33%

67%

 Female 

 Male

58 

For the third year running we have published 
our UK Gender Pay Gap report, full details 
can be found on page 16 of our Diversity & 
Inclusion report. In this report you’ll find out 
more on our approach to understanding 
any pay gaps, and our proposed actions. 

Having taken all learning virtual, we ran 
a LearnFest Digital in September reaching 
approximately 1,500 learners, and we plan 
to repeat this in September 2021 to keep 
equipping our colleagues with the critical 
skills they need.

Following the appointment of two new 
independent Non-Executive Directors 
in January 2021, our board is further 
strengthened as one of the most diverse on 
the London Stock Exchange, enabling us 
to continue to benefit throughout Ascential 
from the wealth of experience this group 
brings together.

Employee development
We are committed to offering our people 
training in the skills they need to do their 
jobs and opportunities to develop and grow 
their skills beyond the here-and-now to 
have fulfilling careers. Like everything else, 
Covid-19 also impacted how we deliver 
on this promise, which we did, seeing a 
year-on-year increase in engagement 
with Learning & Development of 7%.

For the third year in a row, we ran our 
“LearnFest” on the second day of the 
conference in January, a highly effective, 
and hugely efficient way of providing critical 
skills development to our people so they are 
equipped to work well in the dynamic and 
fast-moving markets we operate in. Topics 
ranged from personal development subjects 
(e.g. “The Psychology of Happiness”) to 
commercial and technical subjects (e.g. 
“China Briefing”, “Retail Wars”). Participants 
were able to attend up to three sessions; 
based alongside their Functional and Brand 
Town Halls. All sessions were received well, 
with the top-rated session led by colleagues 
from Edge, which is no surprise as we know 
Ascential employees like learning from 
internal experts of varying seniority, from 
different brands and parts of the world. 

After the January in-person LearnFest we 
pivoted L&D content delivery and reached 
3.5 times more learners while maintaining 
quality (88% recommendation score). 
The total number of learners attending 
a training session in 2020 was 5,693. 
The length of learning sessions ranged 
from 45 minutes to three hours. By keeping 
sessions short, we kept our people ‘on the 
shop floor’ and allowed the new skills to be 
immediately applied. 

Throughout 2020, development needs 
changed dramatically along with 
fundamental changes to the ways of 
working, and we reacted quickly. Within 
days of the UK going into lockdown, we ran 
webinars on topics such as selling in tough 
conditions and coping with stress and 
uncertainty so that colleagues could sustain 
their performance and tackle difficult times 
with a strong mindset. 

When it became apparent that virtual 
working was here to stay, we responded to 
requests for training in virtual presentation 
skills to best serve clients and in emotional 
intelligence to function well as remote 
teams. This also became the subject of the 
second season of our in-house podcast 
“You’re on Mute” offering simple tips and 
techniques for working virtually with the 
people we used to sit side by side with. The 
need for virtual people management skills 
increased in the autumn, and we ran several 
webinar series for different brands. 

In 2020 the second Ascential mentoring 
scheme was rolled out. Previously only 
available to more senior employees, the 
programme was re-purposed to make it 
accessible to mentees at all levels, with an 
aim to aid career development across the 
business. 2020 closed with 236 mentees, 
from 31 different locations, matched with 
82 mentors – offering support to over three 
times as many mentees as we did in 2019.

As a result of the accelerated awareness of 
the Black Lives Matter Movement, we saw 
an urgent demand from across the business 
for more Diversity and Inclusion education. 
We responded swiftly, bringing in a D&I 
thought leader to facilitate an initial 
‘reflection and healing’ session on 
Juneteenth which created momentum to 
hold further webinars on Conscious Inclusion, 
Allyship and Inclusive Leadership for all 
employees in the Americas and EMEA. 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020We also recognise and reward the brilliant 
work of our people each quarter, through 
the Elite Awards. A small group of winners 
is selected based on their exemplary and 
impactful work that quarter. Elite winners 
were traditionally rewarded with an 
in-person experience, but since the move 
to remote working, each winner in 2020 
received £300 in vouchers, or local 
equivalent. We will move to offering shares 
for Elite prizes from 2021. 

Employee Health, Safety and 
Wellbeing – how we responded  
to Covid-19
In line with the Ascential Crisis Management 
Plan, we activated a dedicated ‘Silver’ 
project team when Covid-19 first emerged 
in China in early 2020 and we moved to 
home working across the globe several 
weeks before it was mandated by 
governments. Our primary objective was to 
keep our employees safe and to minimise 
the impact on our business operations. In 
doing so, our response was guided by the 
advice issued by international and national 
public health authorities. 

The cornerstone of our response strategy 
was to provide clear and consistent 
communications to our people across the 
world, in order to manage expectations and 
reduce uncertainty. Our communications 
plan included weekly video briefings from 
the CEO, cascading of key messages by 
senior management, strong focus on 
measures to promote health and wellbeing, 
and support for all employees by our Safety 
Champions and HR Business Partners. Once 
the immediate threat started to diminish, 
our focus switched to planning a managed 
safe return to office working. In 2021 we will 
continue to monitor all aspects of Covid-19 
risk and assess the effectiveness of emerging 
mitigation measures, including vaccine 
development and testing.

Overall Engagement Score

81%

59

The momentum didn’t stop there and 
we also offered sessions for our APAC 
colleagues, delivered by a regional D&I 
and Communications expert in both 
English and Mandarin – a first for us as 
we strive to include all colleagues. This 
was complemented by a D&I keynote 
and conversation at Ascential’s first 
digital Learning Live event in September, 
experienced by 75% of employees globally. 

Encouraging collaboration
This year we made the technology switch 
from primarily Microsoft to the Google Suite 
of products. This unified set of Google 
tools is now the default platform across the 
business, and was rolled out worldwide to 
all employees – with Google Meet launched 
two months ahead of schedule to aid 
remote working. This has enabled greater 
collaboration, communication and 
document sharing – which was all the 
more important in such a virtual year. 

Share ownership
One of our business beliefs is that when the 
Company prospers, we want everyone who 
has contributed to prosper. We therefore 
run UK and International Sharesave and US 
Stock Purchase saving plans for employees 
wishing to invest in Ascential plc shares. 
These plans enable our people in most 
locations around the world to save a set 
sum each month and in future years buy 
shares at a discounted purchase price. 
Approximately 30% of all eligible employees 
participate. From 2021 we will also be 
awarding shares to winners of our internal 
Elite Awards programme.

Benefits
As part of an attractive overall employment 
package, people are offered a range of 
benefits. We seek to offer solutions that 
suit our different generations, so benefits 
are frequently reviewed and introduced, 
extended or removed depending on 
demand and feedback. Our goal is to have 
all employees in any given country operate 
on consistent terms and conditions and we 
have harmonised many of our US employees 
onto improved benefits during the year. 

Employee recognition 
We offer regular recognition and rewards 
based on outstanding work.

The biggest moment of recognition each 
year is the Ascential Awards, which is open 
to all employees. Judged by leaders and 
Ascential experts of varying seniority levels 
across our Business Units and regions, 
alongside our Chairman Scott Forbes, the 
Ascential Awards serve as the ultimate 
spotlight on the achievements of individuals 
and teams. Winners are announced in a 
dedicated awards ceremony during the 
annual Ascential Conference. Categories 
include commercial, creative, collaboration 
and customer service successes, ensuring 
that every person at Ascential feels they 
have an opportunity to be represented, with 
each year seeing a consistent increase in 
entries. The 2021 Ascential Awards ceremony 
took place as a virtual event to recognise 
our employees’ outstanding contributions 
throughout the Covid-19 pandemic.

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Corporate and social responsibility report 

Corporate and Social  
Responsibility report

Ascential’s Corporate Responsibility approach informs 
our decisions and assesses the impact our activities have 
on our customers, employees, suppliers, society and 
the environment. The outcome is ethical behaviour and 
transparency which contributes to sustainable business.

Our Corporate Responsibility framework:

3 
2
1 

Signature 
activity

Strategic 
issues

Solid 
Foundations

A focus which is unique to 
us based on what we do, 
how we do it and where 
we operate.

Things that we believe  
will provide us with a 
competitive/brand 
advantage. 

Things that all companies 
need to do, but done with 
real commitment.

In 2019 we launched our Corporate 
Responsibility framework and in 2020 we 
embedded it across the business. The focus 
for the past year has been in two key areas. 
Firstly, putting in place enabling structures 
and governance, with clear accountability, a 
shared vision and the right people. Secondly, 
we have taken the time to ensure we’re 
responding, not reacting, to recent events, 
including the acceleration of the Black Lives 
Matter movement. This focus, has rightly, 
prioritised our Diversity and Inclusion work. 
Thanks to the Company’s history in this area, 
we have been able to swiftly broaden our 
approach from gender to also include race 
and ethnicity and set out clear objectives 
for the ways in which we’ll improve this 
particular area of diversity. You can read 
more on page 62 about our approach and 
ongoing objectives in this area of work.

As events of 2020 unfolded, our partnership 
with The Prince’s Trust remained vitally 
important. We have for the eighth year 
taken part in The Prince’s Trust Million 
Makers programme and the necessary 
virtual fundraising has enabled us to get 
the entire company involved, raising 
money for employability programmes for 
disadvantaged young people in the UK. 
Thanks to the generosity of our colleagues 
and partners we have raised over £205,000 
for the charity in 2020, vastly exceeding our 
target for this year. We continue to look for 
complementary partnerships across all our 
regions, looking for the right organisations 
who can support our goal to support young 
people to thrive in the digital economy. 

As our company continues to develop 
and adapt to the ever-changing global 
situations in which we operate, we know that 
our Corporate Responsibility framework sets 
us up to manage upcoming opportunities. 
We are able to do more and to manage the 
impact we have in our local communities 
and the environments in which we work by 
minimising our footprint and maximising our 
impact for good. 

Paul Harrison
Chief Operating Officer
12 March 2021

60 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020Solid foundations

Headline achievements in 2020:
• Using the Dow Jones Sustainability 
Index as a framework, we created a 
prioritised roadmap for our Corporate 
Responsibility work. 

• Hired a full time Corporate Responsibility 
Manager whose role it is to work across 
Ascential to drive priorities, share best 
practice and consolidate action. 

• Appointed both a Board and an 

Executive Sponsor for our Corporate 
Responsibility work. 

• Gained Board sign-off for an  

Ascential-wide Corporate Responsibility 
Governance structure. 

Activities in detail:
The Corporate Responsibility internal audit 
identified that our key priorities were 
developing our environmental management 
strategy, clarifying the governance structures 
for our Corporate Responsibility work and 
broadening our approach to Diversity and 
Inclusion. You’ll see in the Diversity and 
Inclusion section, the results of that wider 
approach. In the Sustainability section, 
you can read more about our developing 
environment strategy and below you’ll see 
how we’ve clarified our governance structures. 

Following the first Corporate Responsibility 
board update in November 2020, our 
Chief Operating Officer Paul Harrison was 
appointed Board sponsor for this area of 
work, with our Chief People Officer Tracey 
Gray appointed as the Executive sponsor. 
A reporting rhythm has been established, 
which will keep the Board updated on 
objectives and progress.

With the appointment of these new sponsors, 
we have re-aligned our existing Corporate 
Responsibility Committees and Steering 
Groups to focus on our key strategic issues. 
We have established a Diversity and 
Inclusion Steering Group and Committee; 
details can be found in our Diversity and 
Inclusion report. In early 2021 we established 
a Sustainability Committee and Steering 
group to replicate the effective work in the 
Diversity and Inclusion space. These groups 
are managed by our new Corporate 
Responsibility Manager, who will ensure 
alignment and provide overarching 
reporting, in line with our strategic objectives. 

Objectives for 2021:
• Continue to build in-house capacity to 

embed Corporate Responsibility activities 
across the business. 

• Empower Corporate Responsibility 

Ambassadors to use central frameworks 
to deliver local activities. 

• Assess existing compliance frameworks 
and policies to make sure they remain 
relevant and visible to colleagues 
and customers. 

• Use external benchmarks such as MSCI 

and Sustainalytics to audit internal activity 
and help identify key priorities.

• Publish the details and remits of our 
existing Corporate Responsibility 
Committees and Steering Groups. 

• Publish and implement a new employee 

Code of Conduct. 

• Upgrade our existing whistleblowing 
tool to ensure compliance with new 
regulations and offer more efficient 
case management functionality. 

61

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Corporate and social responsibility report Continued

Our new Diversity &  
Inclusion commitments:
To employees: We will co-create an inclusive 
culture with equitable systems throughout our 
workforce, so that people are comfortable in 
bringing their authentic selves to Ascential, 
to thrive, and progress their career. 

To customers: We will deliver the ideas, 
perspectives and cultural richness that our 
customers – and their customers – need to 
future-proof their products and services. 

To society: We will play our part in imagining 
and developing a brighter, more equal 
society, starting with our own company and 
the industries we work in. We will report 
openly and regularly on our progress to 
enable others to learn from us and hold us 
to account.

Objectives for 2021:
• Details of all our Diversity & Inclusion 

objectives can be found in our Diversity 
& Inclusion report.

• Our key focus at the start of 2021 will be 

addressing the need identified in both our 
Diversity Data, and Engagement Survey 
for more support with career development. 
This will see us roll out both a process to 
proactively forecast, attract and recruit for 
diverse talent and an equitable process to 
identify and support internal talent to 
develop their career

• We commit to publishing a yearly progress 
review against our Diversity & Inclusion 
targets. This will enable us to monitor 
progress and adjust activity and objectives 
accordingly in order to meet our 2030 
goals in a targeted and relevant way. 

Strategic issue

Diversity  
& Inclusion

Headline achievements in 2020:
Measurement and reporting:
• Ran our first Diversity Data Survey in 
August 2020, with an 83% employee 
completion rate. 

• Published our first dedicated Diversity & 
Inclusion report, which launched our new 
Diversity and Inclusion objectives and set 
a clear vision. 

• The Hampton-Alexander Review once 
again showed that Ascential ranks well 
in the FTSE 250 for women on boards; 
our board is currently 60% women. 

Education:
• Rolled out Conscious Inclusion training for 
all, delivered by recognised expert Reggie 
Butler. 75% of Ascential attended Reggie’s 
LearnFest session with more than half of all 
staff participating in his Conscious 
Inclusion conversations.

• Inclusive Culture, Leadership & Diversity 

Business Planning training is underway for 
our Senior leadership. 

• Rolled out Mentoring opportunities across 
the business, resulting in 226 mentees, with 
82 mentors, across 31 locations.

Governance: 
• Established our Diversity & Inclusion 

Governance up to Board level, from our 
Diversity and Inclusion Committee and 
Steering Group through to appointing our 
Board level sponsor, Chief Operating 
Officer Paul Harrison. 

• Supported our existing Employee Resource 
Networks, Pride and Black in Business to 
formalise their own governance structures 
and appoint Executive Sponsors. 

Activities in detail:
Our central approach to Diversity & Inclusion 
has been to focus on Ascential’s in-house 
diversity endeavours under three key 
headings as outlined above; measurement 
and reporting, education and governance. 
This has then allowed Business Units to focus 
on what’s right for their teams and their 
customers, enabling local activity that 
makes a tangible difference, supported by a 
global roadmap.

These activities have been culture and 
industry specific dependent. They include 
WGSN’s Future Makers programme, an 
external mentoring programme for diverse 
talent and Cannes Lions quick action to 
share powerful and topical Black Lives 
Matter and Diversity content from Lions Live 
early in the summer. 

Developing our Diversity  
& Inclusion strategy
To help us understand where we can make 
a specific impact, we gathered a range of 
insights to inform our strategy. This included 
external audits gathered by expert partners, 
data from our own Diversity Data survey 
and a number of internal listening 
conversations. It’s with this information that 
we now know exactly where to focus our 
attention to support an inclusive culture and 
meet the needs of our diverse workforce. It’s 
crucial that we took the time to gather the 
right data to help define our Diversity & 
Inclusion strategy – it stops the guesswork 
and allows us to focus on the issues relevant 
to our business, industry, and communities.

Our new Diversity & Inclusion vision:
For Ascential, diversity is core to us. Our 
value as an employer and to our customers 
is greater when we draw on the full range of 
our collective perspectives and experiences. 
We continue to be committed to attract, 
retain, develop and engage a diverse 
workforce, and we will work constantly to 
ensure that everyone at Ascential feels 
comfortable to be themselves. This is the 
right thing to do to ensure a sustainable 
future for our organisation and to make a 
positive impact for our people, customers, 
and society.

62 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020Case study: 
Diversifying our content: Retail Week 

2020 brought specific attention to the lack 
of progress for people of colour in retail. We 
wanted to use our platform as a catalyst for 
change in the retail industry and amplify 
and celebrate the voices of people of colour. 
In September 2020 we sent an email to our 
entire database asking everyone to join us 
in our pledge. 

We gave ourselves a target that 20% of our 
speakers had to come from racially diverse 
communities. This time last year, 8% of our 
speakers were from these communities. 
Following our work we now have 25% of 
our speakers for our digital event in April 
– Retail Connected, coming from a racially 
diverse background. 

In order to achieve this, we revised the entire 
brochure and said we would challenge 
submissions where the proposed speaker was 
white. We mentioned this in our marketing 
communications, and made sure that the 
speakers we put on our marketing materials 
represented the communities we were 
looking to represent. 

In addition, we reviewed all the channels we 
use to gain speakers and focused our 
efforts. We knew relying solely on the retail 
sector we would not be able to achieve our 
goal, so we started to look further afield 
for people with a great story to tell. We 
contacted groups like Creative Equals, My G 
Work, The Barber Shop and Allyship to help 
introduce us to new speakers, not necessarily 
in retail. We also looked beyond the C suite 
– the retail boardroom in the UK is largely 
non-diverse, so reaching out to more junior 
speakers has enabled us to access a wider 
pool of people who are more representative 
of the world around us. 

RWRC is committed to using 
our platform as a catalyst for 
change in the retail industry, 
to celebrate and champion 
individuals from diverse 
backgrounds.

63

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020 Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsCorporate and social responsibility report Continued

Case study: 
WARC’s commitment to Racial Equality

In June 2020 , WARC set up the WARC 
Change Makers, diversity and inclusion 
action committee with employee 
representatives from London, New York and 
Shanghai. Firstly, the group developed and 
published WARC’s Five Commitments to 
Racial Equality. These commitments were the 
first such move by an Ascential brand and 
were the foundations for action, covering 
their team, their content, their products, their 
company and their market influence. 

Once the foundations were set, WARC and 
Lions, along with the Association of National 
Advertisers Educational Foundation (AEF) 

and the 4A’s Foundation, teamed up to bring 
industry knowledge to HBCUs (Historically 
Black Colleges and Universities) by offering 
WARC and The Work to students for free. This 
equates to a US$1 million annual commitment, 
no strings attached and in perpetuity.

Since mid-2020, the brand has made 
determined progress across five key areas 
to ensure WARC’s content reflects a more 
diverse range of marketers, both day to day 
and on major content releases. This includes 
building a contact book of 100+ diverse 
marketing leaders to call on as WARC judges 
and contributors.

 “This partnership will provide HBCUs with practical 
educational tools to assist in enhancing our marketing 
programs. Our curriculum today requires business case 
studies and other current marketplace resources for 
student success. It is my hope that this initiative and 
others will help improve the access of our students 
to marketing careers across the industry.”
Van B. Sapp 
President, HBCU Business Dean’s Roundtable

64 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020Strategic issue

Sustainability

Headline achievements from 2020:
• In 2019, Cannes Lions and Money20/20 

operated our most sustainably conscious 
events to date. The high ambitions for 
improving on this in 2020, have been 
postponed to 2021 when our events will 
take place again, in person. 

• WGSN has continued to provide support 

to our global client base, enabling them to 
create sustainable products and services. 
This year WGSN performed a thorough 
audit across all content with a view to 
broadening, deepening and refining our 
sustainability coverage. Our cross-vertical 
monthly Sustainability Bulletin has proven 
to continue to be one of WGSN’s most 
popular reports.

• Groundsure completed an environmental 

baseline review and is developing its 
ISO14001 system. 

• Gained Board sign-off on our approach to 
Environment Management including the 
Governance structure and aligning with 
TCFD reporting. 

• In January, two of our internal specialists 
ran The Greta Effect: A Beginner’s Guide 
to Big Issues at the annual LearnFest. The 
session focused on the growing demand 
for sustainability, and how to drive change. 

Activities in detail:
This year, we have identified the support 
structures we need in place in order to 
effectively manage our impact on the 
environment. We therefore designed, and 
gained Board approval for, a new 
governance structure for this area of work. 
The purpose of establishing this structure is: 
to enable us to implement identified 
activities; effectively manage our impact on 
the environment and the impact that 
climate change may have on our business; 
and to keep across changes in investor and 
client demands in order to respond to those 
requests and manage future requirements. 

What we’ve found has worked well in 
implementing our Diversity and Inclusion 
work this year is having both a Steering 

Committee made up of key senior 
stakeholders, along with a working group 
with more junior representation from across 
the business. We have therefore designed a 
similar model for this area of work which has 
been implemented in early 2021. 

In addition to establishing the working 
governance structures, we have also sought 
to understand our existing position on 
environmental management. We have 
completed the Carbon Disclosure Project 
assessment for the first time, which marks 
the beginning of more visible reporting in 
this area and has helped us to understand 
areas which need improvement. 

WGSN’s Sustainability Board, established in 
2017, continues to be a thought leader for our 
business. Established in 2017 and continuously 
evolving, the Board is a dedicated steering 
group of in-house, cross-industry, sustainability 
ambassadors. They ensure that WGSN’s 
research and reporting enable clients to 
improve their environmental contribution and 
shift to circular design within the industries 
they service. The Board has this year aligned 
with UN Sustainability Goal 12, ‘Responsible 
Consumption and Production’. By encouraging 
a circular design system with their clients, they 
are embedding sustainability principles at all 
stages of product design from sourcing and 
manufacture through to purchase and 
post purchase.

Objectives for 2021:
• Early in 2021, we have established the 
Environmental Governance structures 
outlined to the Board in November 2020. 

• Complete climate related disclosures for 
the 2021 financial year consistent with 
the approach set out by the Taskforce on 
Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD). 

• We will work to accurately measure the 

impact of our largest events, allowing us to 
create a specific plan to make each one 
more sustainable. 

• We will use the learning we have gained 
from WGSN to support all our brands to 
further develop the services they can 
provide their customer base, to enable 
them to better manage their 
environmental impact. 

• In 2021 the WGSN Sustainability Board 
will be launching a range of initiatives 
that will continue to upskill our team; 
from educational, networking events 
and workshops to a comprehensive 
sustainability glossary to enhance the 
depth of our reporting, plus cross-industry 
reports to inspire sector transformation. 
It is our goal to become the global go-to 
forecasting authority on sustainability 
strategy for all of the industries we serve.

65

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Corporate and social responsibility report Continued

Signature activity

Supporting 
young people 
in a digital 
world

Headline achievements from 2020:
• Raised over £125,000 for The Prince’s Trust 

entirely virtually, in our eighth year 
participating in The Million Makers 
programme.

• Enabled our teams to design and deliver 
early talent programmes which worked 
for their Business Units and regions.

• Continued to grow our Apprenticeship 

programme in the UK .

Activities in detail:
For the eighth year running we entered 
The Prince’s Trust Million Makers fundraising 
competition and at the time of this 
publication had raised over £212,000. This 
takes the total we have raised for the charity 
over the past eight years over £1,600,000 
and we remain a Gold Patron. 

Fundraising in a virtual world required the 
tenacity and innovation the Ascential Million 
Makers teams are known for. Events this year, 
for the first time, involved global colleagues 
and included Movement to Move, a global 
sponsored fitness challenge which saw 
our colleagues virtually visit every office, 
an online Gala night and silent auction. 
Whilst events remained online, we were still 
able to involve our partners and clients in 
supporting our activities through sponsorship 
and invites to our online events. 

Our partnership with the Million Makers 
programme is developing again in early 2021, 
as we support the Trust to attain Continuous 
Professional Development (CDP) accreditation 
for the programme. This will give Million Makers 
participants the opportunity to attend a series 
of Skills Sessions and TED style seminars with 
top business leaders leading to a professional 
accreditation at the end of the programme. 

66 

Our support for Goals 4 Girls also continued 
in 2020. Goals 4 Girls is an award-winning 
development programme, raising the 
aspirations of young women and girls, 
through football and education. Founded 
by Francesca Brown through the support of 
The Prince’s Trust we have continued to 
partner with both Francesca and Goals4Girls 
to ensure the work we started through The 
Prince’s Trust becomes sustainable long 
term. This year Goals 4 Girls provided a 
powerful online Diversity and Inclusion 
workshop for our colleagues, with young 
people speakers from their programmes. 
The event was donated by Goals 4 Girls, and 
colleagues donated to attend, raising over 
£1600 for The Prince’s Trust. 

In addition to our global support of The 
Prince’s Trust and Goals 4 Girls we have 
continued our ethos of enabling our brands 
and regions to support charities in their local 
communities, providing support where they 
see a need. Examples include Flywheel, 
where the brand matches their colleagues, 
and their under 18 children’s charitable 
giving up to $1,000 per year. In 2020 this 
resulted in Flywheel matching donations of 
$16,522, the brand also donated another 
$50,000 direct to charity, of which $20,000 
went to the NAACP Baltimore Chapter to 
buy masks for Black Lives Matter supporters. 
In São Paulo, the local Social Responsibility 
Committee have partnered with local 
refugee support institutions such as PARR 
and ACNUR, providing professional training 
and counselling – which has led to two 
refugees from these programmes securing 
roles in our São Paulo office.

Due to the circumstances of 2020, we paused 
our global roll-out of a work experience 
programme. While both colleagues and 
many students are home-based we need 
to understand how we can best support 
students in experiencing the world of work. 
However, we have continued to grow our 
Apprenticeship programme in the UK 
and have worked to roll out equivalent 
employment and education programmes in 
other regions. An internship programme will 
be launching in 2021 in a number of brands 
in the US.

Objectives for 2021:
• Continue to support local roll-out of early 
talent programmes, providing central 
frameworks and guidance but enabling 
local delivery.

• Continue to partner with The Prince’s Trust 
forming a new Million Makers team, to 
keep up our long history of successful 
fundraising. 

• We will continue our work to find similar 
organisations to partner with in North 
America, Brazil and China, aligned to our 
ethos of improving social mobility and 
employability of disadvantaged young 
people in our digital world. 

• Colleagues are given one volunteering 
day each year, to use how they wish. 
We will grow our own global volunteering 
opportunities, encouraging our people to 
support initiatives that closely align to our 
signature activity.

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020Streamlined Energy and 
Carbon Reporting (SECR)

Operating responsibly 

Greenhouse gas emissions statement
This carbon report establishes a baseline for 
Ascential to meet the reporting requirements 
under The Companies (Directors’ Report) and 
Limited Liability Partnerships (Energy and 
Carbon Report) Regulations 2018 to implement 
the UK government’s policy on Streamlined 
Energy and Carbon Reporting (SECR). Also 
references the global carbon emissions 
reported from previous years.

In 2019, Ascential completed the mandatory 
ESOS notification to the Environment Agency, 
following the completion of site-specific audits 
to identify potential areas of energy efficiency 
improvements across the UK operations. These 
recommendations included LED lighting, A/C 
temperatures and transport data gathering.

With the impact of Covid-19 in 2020 the 
implementation of these has been delayed 
and further carbon reduction initiatives and 
recommendations are being considered.

Since 2018, we have eliminated our Company 
vehicle fleet which has led to a significant 
decrease in our Scope 1 emissions. Since 
2019, we have been working to establish 
clear governance around our sustainability 
agenda, and strengthen our data collection 
practices. By gathering raw data from our 
global real estate, we are confident that the 
data we have gathered this year provides a 
solid baseline from which to work to reduce 
emissions going forward. 

Methodology and scope
The adopted methodology used is based 
on the Greenhouse Gas Protocol Corporate 
Reporting Standard reporting on equivalent 
CO2 emissions from organisational 
boundary. Information has been gathered 
in the same format as for compliance 
with the ESOS Regulations, for Scope 1 & 2 
emissions, collated into kWh for all 
corresponding UK and global based 
operations, directly owned or operated by 
Ascential (i.e. the organisational boundary).

These have been converted to equivalent 
tonnes of carbon dioxide (tCO2e) using the 
published UK Government GHG Conversion 
Factors for Company Reporting for 2020, 
along with data published for international 
emissions (GCV). Partial scope 3 emissions 
relating to UK business travel and global air 
travel have also been identified.

SECR report
Global Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emissions Summary:
The table below includes combustion of fuels (Scope 1), purchase of energy including 
electricity, heat and cooling (Scope 2) and business travel and hotel emissions (Scope 3)

Emissions Type
Scope 1 1
Scope 2 2 
Total 1&2

Intensity Factors
Total area
Total headcount
Carbon intensity 1
Carbon intensity 2

Scope 3 emissions
Global Car travel 3

Global Air travel 4

Global Rail travel

Global Hotel Nights

Total Scope 3
Total Scope 1, 2 & 3

2018

2019

2020 Unit

5.15 Tonnes of CO2
724.9 Tonnes of CO2
730 Tonnes of CO2

23.6% from UK

% var

-59%
+39%
+29%

22,577 Square metres

1,991 Full time equivalents
32.33 Total kgCO2e/m²
366.65 Total kgCO2e/FTE

–
–
+32%
+12%

48.22
686.73
734.95

12.56
522.54
565.1

24,932
1644
29.47
447.05

23,023
1,719
24.55
328.74

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–

–
–

17.05 Tonnes of CO2

From 98,100km

1495 Tonnes of CO2

From 7,801,850km

5.91 Tonnes of CO2

From 190,000km

44.57 Tonnes of CO2

From 1,869 nights

1,562 Tonnes of CO2
2,292 Tonnes of CO2

–

–

–

–

–

1  Scope 1 emissions from natural gas only.
2   Scope 2 emissions data includes some pro-rata data on landlord supplied energy including an average kWh/m² rate 

for offices without metered billing.

3   Global Business Car Travel is collated from leased company cars as managed assets along with grey fleet expenses returns 

from staff using their own transport. Appropriate fuel rates applied.

4 Global air travel emissions are based on appropriate carbon conversation factors for the relevant haul classifications 
of the flights undertaken.

Looking ahead:
Having established our Sustainability 
Committee and Steering group in early 2021, 
we will be using the latest Global Greenhouse 
Gas Emissions Report to build out clear 
targets for carbon reduction in 2021 and 
implement the associated action plans. 
For full details on our work on Sustainability, 
please read page 65. 

67

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Corporate and social responsibility report Continued 

Compliance  
framework

Our formal compliance framework continues to 
facilitate a structured and consistent approach 
to managing compliance throughout Ascential. 
The framework is structured around 11 Compliance 
Pillars under which we focus our priorities. Where 
appropriate we have policies governing each area 
and further information is provided below. 

Third Party Code of Conduct

G o o d o p eratio n al  
A ctin g with inte grity
g overn a nce

Peo ple

Code of Conduct

Whistleblowing

Competition Law

Anti-Bribery and Corruption

Financial Crime

Listing Requirements  
(inc.MAR)

Economic Sanctions

Data Security

Data Privacy

Health and Safety

Physical Security

68 

Third Party Code of Conduct

Our Third Party Code of Conduct outlines 
our ethical approach to doing business 
and explains the standards we strive to 
ensure that all our suppliers should abide 
by, and we also expect our suppliers’ 
suppliers to adhere to it. The main 
principles of this Code are:

No forced, involuntary or child labour
• There is no forced, involuntary or debt 
bonded labour in any form including 
slavery or trafficking of persons. There 
are no workers under the age of 15, or 
where it is higher, the mandatory school 
leaving age in the local country. The use 
of legitimate workplace apprenticeship 
programmes, which comply with all laws 
and regulations, is supported. 

Freedom of association
• Workers, without distinction, have the 

right to associate freely, join or not join 
labour unions, seek representation and 
join workers’ councils as well as the right 
of collective bargaining in accordance 
with local laws. 

Diversity and equality
• There is equality of opportunity and 
treatment regardless of physical 
attributes or condition (including 
pregnancy), gender, religion (or absence 
of such beliefs), political opinion, 
nationality, sexual orientation, age or 
ethnic background. Equal pay for work of 
equal value is supported. Discrimination 
or intimidation towards and between 
employees is opposed, including all 
forms or threats of physical and 
psychological abuse.

 Read more 

The full Third Party Code of Conduct is  
available on our website: ascential.com

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020Whistleblowing policy 
We have a formal whistleblowing policy 
which encourages all staff to report suspected 
wrongdoing, in the knowledge that their 
concerns will be taken seriously and 
investigated appropriately, and that their 
confidentiality will be respected. Wrongdoing 
includes failure to comply with legal 
obligations or regulations, including bribery 
and corruption. The policy also aims to 
reassure staff that they should be able to raise 
genuine concerns without fear of reprisals, 
even if they turn out to be mistaken. We have 
in place a confidential helpline operated by 
an independent third party. All incidents that 
are reported to us are investigated, managed 
and tracked to completion. The Audit 
Committee receives a report of all such 
incidents, together with the actions taken 
to investigate and resolve the complaint.

Anti-bribery and corruption 
We have a formal anti-bribery and 
corruption policy which applies to all 
Ascential companies, Ascential employees 
and associated third parties. We define 
a bribe as anything of value given in an 
attempt to affect a person’s actions or 
decisions in order to gain or retain a business 
advantage. We define corruption as the 
misuse of a public office or power for private 
gain or the misuse of private power in relation 
to business outside the realm of government. 

Our anti-corruption policy prohibits offering, 
promising or giving a bribe; requesting, 
agreeing to receive, or accepting a bribe; 
and bribing a foreign public official to obtain 
or retain business or a business-related 
advantage. The policy highlights areas where 
there is a higher risk of corruption: 

• Journalists and editorial staff: specific 

risks that certain conduct may amount to 
bribes, for example the use of payments 
to improperly receive information, 
influence editorial decisions, write or 
publish an article with a particular focus 
not in keeping with journalistic integrity 
or reveal source information. 

• Operations and procurement: employees 
who contract with associated third parties 
to supply services are required to be 
transparent about gifts or free services 
offered to incentivise staff to pick that 
supplier or venue over another and must 
comply with the Gifts and Hospitality policy. 

• Facilitation payments: these are unofficial 

payments made to public officials to 
secure or expedite the performance of 
a duty or function. Facilitation payments 
are specifically prohibited.

• Due diligence and contract terms: all 

written contracts with third parties should 
include anti-bribery and corruption 
representations and warranties allowing 
for immediate termination of the contract 
if another contracting party or their agent 
pays or accepts bribes in connection with 
our business. 

• Gifts and Hospitality: our Gifts and 

Hospitality policy is communicated to all 
employees, along with annual and new 
employee induction training to raise 
awareness. The policy and training 
communicates to employees (i) that gifts 
or entertainment given or received must 
not give a feeling of an obligation or an 
incentive to behave in a certain way, (ii) the 
value limits of gifts and hospitality that 
employees may give and receive, and (iii) 
the requirement, prior to giving or receiving 
above certain limits, to declare on a centrally 
maintained register and obtain approval.

• The policy also provides details of how 

employees can ask advice or report any 
suspected bribery or corruption to an 
independent third-party helpline, and 
explicitly confirms that no employee will be 
penalised for losing business by refusing to 
accept or offer a bribe.

• The Ascential Board has appointed the 

Audit Committee to review this policy and 
the Audit Committee periodically monitors 
and audits compliance. 

• There were no reported breaches of the 

Bribery Act during 2020. 

Business integrity
• There is no tolerance of any form 

of corruption, bribery, fraud, extortion 
or embezzlement and business is 
conducted in a manner that avoids 
conflicts of  interest. 

• Fair competition.

• Fair business, advertising and 
competition are supported. 

Intellectual property, privacy  
and data security
• There is respect for and protection of 
intellectual property rights, data and 
confidential information to safeguard 
it against and prohibit loss and 
unauthorised use, disclosure, alteration 
or access. Our intellectual property and 
confidential information are handled 
and data processed on our behalf only 
for the purposes for which they were 
made available, received or collected 
in accordance with the reasonable 
directions provided by us. 

Business continuity
• Any disruptions of business are prepared 
for (including but not limited to natural 
disasters, terrorism or cyber attacks). 
Risks are frequently assessed, and 
appropriate controls put in place and 
regularly tested.

Quality, health, safety and environment
• All required quality, health, safety and 
environment related permits, licences 
and registrations are obtained, 
maintained and kept up to date and 
their operational and reporting 
requirements are followed. Proper 
provision is made for the health, safety 
and welfare of employees, visitors, 
contractors, the community and the 
environment. Health, safety and 
environmental risks are regularly 
assessed, and appropriate controls 
are put in place bearing in mind the 
prevailing knowledge of the industry 
and of any specific hazards. 

69

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Corporate and social responsibility report Continued 

Modern Slavery 
• We have a zero-tolerance approach to 
Modern Slavery of any kind. Our work 
to eliminate Modern Slavery is supported 
by customers, suppliers and Ascential 
employees. We assess the risk of Modern 
Slavery in our internal operations and our 
external supply chain against criteria 
including: (i) geography (countries where 
bonded labour is more prevalent); (ii) sectors 
(the nature of product or service procured 
or supplied and whether it is typically 
associated with unfair labour practices); and 
(iii) the nature of our business operations. 
Our assessments are informed by sources 
such as the Walk Free Foundation. 

• High and medium risk suppliers are required 
to adopt our Third Party Code of Conduct 
and to complete a questionnaire designed 
to identify any areas of non-compliance with 
that code, as well as confirm that our supply 
chain is slavery and human trafficking free. 
We reserve the right to terminate the 
business supplier relationship without 
consequence or liability if a supplier fails to 
fulfil the minimum standards we expect. Our 
full Modern Slavery Statement, which has 
been approved by the Board of Ascential, 
is available on our website ascential.com/
aboutus 

Tax strategy
The Board is ultimately responsible 
for Ascential’s tax strategy and we are 
committed to maintaining full compliance 
with all relevant laws and regulations in 
the countries in which we operate. 

We take a low-risk approach to tax planning 
and we have a strategic objective to achieve 
a low-risk status as determined by HMRC’s 
Business Risk Review process. We seek to 
obtain this status through: 

• Paying the right amount of tax on time

• Submitting all tax returns on a timely basis

• Ensuring that tax returns include sufficient 

detail to enable the tax authorities to 
form an accurate view of the affairs of the 
company filing the return with an adequate 
supporting audit trail and sign-off process

• Maintaining tax accounting arrangements 
which are robust and accurate and comply 
with local regulations and the Senior 
Accounting Officer provisions in the UK

• Working closely with the tax authorities 

at all times 

We seek to ensure that our tax affairs are 
transparent and sustainable for the long 
term. We publish our tax strategy on our 
website to allow stakeholders, including 
shareholders, governments, colleagues and 
the communities in which Ascential operates, 
to understand our approach to taxation. 

We are committed to 
maintaining a working 
environment underpinned 
by decency and fairness 
and where equality and 
diversity are recognised, 
encouraged and valued. 

Equal opportunities
We are committed to maintaining a working 
environment underpinned by decency and 
fairness and where equality and diversity are 
recognised, encouraged and valued. We 
actively encourage equality of opportunity 
for all employees and job applicants. We 
have a formal equal opportunities policy 
which prohibits discrimination against 
anyone on the basis of the protected 
characteristics of: disability; gender 
re-assignment; marriage or civil partnership 
status; pregnancy or maternity; race, colour, 
nationality, ethnic or national origin; religion 
or belief; sex; sexual orientation; and age. 
The policy defines different forms of 
discrimination including direct discrimination, 
indirect discrimination, harassment, 
victimisation and failure to make reasonable 
adjustments. We consider diversity and 
inclusion to be a strategic issue for Ascential 
and more information on our Diversity & 
Inclusion initiatives is given on page 62.

Data privacy, personal data  
and cyber security
Data is integral to Ascential, and our 
colleagues analyse and share data every 
day in providing services to customers. It is 
critical to our business that we protect this 
data, managing it responsibly, and ensuring 
we are collecting and storing it in the most 
compliant, secure and effective way. 

Our global cyber security, data privacy and 
data protection policies are standardised 
across our brands and apply across our 
whole technology estate. We keep these 
policies relevant by undertaking regular 
audits, the results of which are shared 
annually with the Audit Committee. 

Our suppliers commit to following our data 
security and privacy controls. We manage 
this process through our initial supplier due 
diligence and ongoing through contract 
management. 

70 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020Data is integral to 
Ascential, and our 
colleagues analyse and 
share data every day 
in providing services to 
customers. It is critical 
to our business that 
we protect this data, 
managing it responsibly, 
and ensuring we are 
collecting and storing it in 
the most compliant, secure 
and effective way. 

Health & Safety
We continue to maintain our group-wide 
Health & Safety policies and supporting 
procedures, both of which are underpinned 
by clear governance, regular safety risk 
assessments and a formal incident reporting 
and investigation process. All employees, 
and new starters continue to be required to 
complete Health and Safety training. 

The backdrop of the Covid-19 global 
pandemic provided a clear operational 
focus throughout the year and 
demonstrated the strength of both our crisis 
management organisation and of our 
robust approach to safety management 
across all areas of the business. 

A particular focus for the year was mental 
health and wellbeing; supporting the 
movement to home working with online desk 
assessments and the provision of suitable 
office equipment and technology; and the 
safe reopening of our offices. 

More detail on how we protected the Health 
and Safety of our people throughout the 
pandemic is included in the ‘Our People’ 
section on page 56. 

71

Data privacy:
Ascential’s group wide data privacy 
standards and procedures are key to the 
management and maintenance of data 
privacy and security and are the foundation 
to our approach and governance in this 
area. Our eight commitments to data 
privacy and protection are: 

We are clear to respect the rights that 
individuals have in relation to their personal 
data and have processes in place to 
recognise and respond to individuals 
wishing to exercise these rights. We ensure 
that personal data is kept up to date and 
not retained for longer than the purposes 
for which it was collected. 

• Being lawful

• Being fair and transparent

• Respecting individual rights

• Minimising data collection, keeping 
accurate and up-to-date data, and 
following retention policies

• Protecting personal data

• Appropriate safeguard for cross-border 

data transfers

• Good governance

• Accountability

Personal data: 
We have in place group-wide privacy 
policies which apply to all personal data 
processed by the Ascential group as a data 
controller for our own purposes.

Ascential takes steps to ensure it only 
processes personal data for specific and 
lawful purposes which are defined and 
explained to individuals when we process 
their data. Our use of such personal data is 
limited to those purposes and if this 
changes, we make sure the new purposes 
are provided to individuals prior to the 
commencement of such processing. 

Cyber security:
The last Cyber security audit was completed 
in 2020 and presented to the Audit 
Committee in May of the same year, this was 
part of the regular internal audit programme 
and cycle of continuous improvement. 

All employees are required to undertake 
data privacy and security training as part 
of their induction and then cyber security 
training on a yearly basis thereafter. Our 
colleagues are kept up to date with new 
policy changes as required. 

We have global information security policies 
and procedures to manage and maintain 
data security breaches. We are committed 
to implementing leading data security 
safeguards and continue to deploy technical 
solutions to strengthen the management of 
data security and data privacy risk. These 
include multi-factor authentication, data 
loss prevention, access and controls to 
systems and regular auditing of account 
access, and monitoring of compliance with 
our cloud security framework. 

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Governance
Report

72 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020Governance
Chairman’s introduction 
Board of Directors 
Governance framework 
Audit Committee report 
Nomination Committee Report 
Directors’ Remuneration Report 
Directors’ Remuneration Policy 
Annual Report on Remuneration 
Directors’ Report 

74
76
78
83
88
90
92
100
107

73

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020 Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsChairman’s introduction

Chairman’s letter

Scott Forbes
Chairman 

Strong governance, alongside 
the Company’s values and 
behaviours, underpins the integrity 
of our operations, and delivers 
and preserves shareholder value. 

74 

Dear Shareholder, 
We have been able to demonstrate our commitment to corporate 
governance through our full compliance with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code (“the Code”) since our IPO in February 2016 
and this has continued throughout 2020, with the exception of a 
temporary three-month non-compliance with Code Provision 24 
relating to the independence of Paul Harrison which is explained at 
the end of this report. The requirements of the Code are summarised 
on page 78, along with a reference to where we set out in detail how 
we have complied with its various provisions.

2020 has of course been overshadowed by the Covid-19 pandemic 
and its significant impact on so many people and businesses across 
the world. We last met physically as a full Board in February 2020, 
when the impact of the pandemic was not yet clear. The Board held 
an additional meeting on 30 March to fully consider the implications 
of the developing pandemic and agree what actions should be 
taken in response. One of the key decisions prompted by Covid-19 
was whether it would be necessary to cancel the Cannes Lions event 
scheduled to be held in June 2020. After consultation with major 
customers the decision was taken at the beginning of April to 
cancel the June 2020 Cannes Lions event. In light of the financial 
implications for the Company of this action, at the same time the 
Board announced a suspension of the previously announced 2019 
final dividend, suspension of previously proposed salary increases 
for directors and a temporary 25% reduction in the Executive 
Directors’ salaries and Non-Executive fees. Subsequently the 
Company agreed a cost reduction programme as well as a waiver 
and relaxation of its banking covenants to deal with the financial 
implications of event cancellation in 2020.

While still covering all the matters that needed to be covered as 
part of the Company’s governance cycle, the Board has spent 
time at all subsequent meetings reviewing business performance 
scenarios and resultant impacts on the Company’s financings as 
the impacts of Covid-19 have unfolded during this unprecedented 
period of uncertainty. 

Against this backdrop and excluding the impact of the cancellation 
of our live events in 2020, we have delivered well against the 
priorities we set for the year by increasing the rate of Organic 
revenue growth in the Sales Segment, focusing on our service 
offering to further reduce customer churn, delivering product 
superiority across the Company and delivering greater simplicity and 
efficiency throughout the business. You can read more about our 
performance in the Chief Executive’s statement on pages 4 to 7.

Leadership
The Directors continue to provide strong leadership, with an effective 
mix of experience and capabilities. As explained in last year’s report, 
the Nomination Committee had identified that Board composition 
could be strengthened by adding leading eCommerce knowledge, 
consumer retail experience and/or significant experience of 
operating in Asia. Following a formal search process, which is 
described in more detail on page 88, Charles Song joined the 
Board on 1 October 2020. 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020In September 2020, we announced the appointment of Paul 
Harrison, an existing Non-Executive Director and Chair of the Audit 
Committee, as Chief Operating Officer and Executive Director with 
effect from 11 January 2021. Paul has significant experience driving 
growth in innovative digital businesses and this appointment will 
add further depth and breadth to the senior management team. As 
a result of this appointment, the Nomination Committee identified 
the need to appoint two additional Non-Executive Directors with 
strong financial acumen and experience to firstly succeed Paul as 
Chair of the Audit Committee and more generally strengthen the 
composition of the Audit Committee. Following the search process 
explained on page 88, Suzanne Baxter and Funke Igdodaro were 
appointed with effect from 5 January 2021. Details of the newly 
appointed Directors’ skills and experience are set out on page 77.

The Nomination Committee will continue to regularly review the 
composition, balance, skills and experience of the Board to ensure 
that we maintain the optimum Board composition for future periods. 

We have continued to focus on career development and succession 
planning to ensure that we have a healthy talent pipeline for senior 
management and Board roles. The work we have done in this area is 
explained in the Nomination Committee report on page 89.

Effectiveness
It is a key part of good governance that the Board and its 
Committees undertake an annual evaluation to ensure that it 
continues to operate effectively. In accordance with the Code and 
our three-year performance evaluation cycle, this evaluation was 
performed internally for 2020 as we engaged Korn Ferry to facilitate 
the Board performance evaluation for 2019. The Board evaluation 
process confirmed that the Board has worked effectively during the 
year, with a committed Board who are very engaged with the 
Ascential business. All Directors will offer themselves for re-election 
at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting. Full details of the 
evaluation methodology and its outcome are set out on page 89.

The Non-Executive Directors devote considerable time to developing 
their knowledge and understanding of the business. In addition 
to formal Board meetings, the Directors attend an annual offsite 
meeting to review strategy and normally hold one of their meetings 
at an overseas location of the business. These extended meetings 
also give the Board the opportunity to hear directly from external 
speakers, including key customers or experts in a particular sector 
which is relevant to Ascential’s growth plans. Details of the Board’s 
engagement with the business are set out on page 81.

Accountability
The Board considers principal and emerging risks throughout 
the year, as well as formally reviewing principal risks and the 
risk management framework. The Audit Committee reviews the 
system of internal controls and reports this work to the Board, 
which then reviews the effectiveness of internal controls in place 
throughout the year.

You can read more about our principal risks and risk management 
framework on pages 48 to 49, and on the work of the Audit 
Committee on pages 83 to 87.

Diversity
Our practice of conducting periodic internal and externally 
facilitated Board Strategy reviews has become a proven way 
of ensuring that our Board is continuously composed of Directors 
with a diversified range of capabilities as well as business, board 
and life experience. We believe that Directors with diversified 
experience best position the Board to assist the Company to achieve 
its evolving business strategy and success. Our collective view is that 
diversity, including gender and ethnic diversity, immunises the Board 
against ‘group think’ and promotes a culture which keeps business 
practices current and in tune with wider societal norms. A board 
that is diversified is an ideal platform for global expansion and 
recognising and adapting to changing consumer behaviours and 
is better prepared to respond to evolving industry trends and act 
upon new business opportunities.

As at 31 December 2020, Board composition was 50% female and 
13% ethnic minority. Following our recent appointments in January 
2021, Board composition is currently 64% female and 18% ethnic 
minority. This demonstrates good progress with developing a more 
diverse Board composition however we are clear that more needs to 
be done at every level throughout the business. We have taken time 
to ensure that we are responding, not reacting, to recent events 
including the acceleration of the Black Lives Matter movement. 
We conducted a Diversity Data Survey in August 2020 as the first 
important step in enabling understanding and prioritisation of next 
steps. You can read more about our Diversity & Inclusion statistics 
and commitments on page 62. 

Relations with shareholders
As Chairman, I am responsible for effective communication with 
shareholders and for ensuring that the Board understands the 
views of major shareholders. We run an extensive investor activity 
programme throughout the year, which is set out on page 14 
I have met with major shareholders during the year as part of the 
consultation on proposed changes to our remuneration policy and 
the Board receives feedback from me and the Executive Directors 
and is further informed by the Company’s brokers who report 
feedback from investors on an unattributed basis.

You can read more about how we engage with our investors 
on page 82.

Conclusion
I hope you find this report useful in understanding the arrangements 
and processes we have in place, and what we have done to comply 
with the recommendations of the Code. I believe that your Board 
remains effective and continues to work well. We have the right 
balance of skills, expertise and professionalism to continue to 
deliver strong governance whilst supporting the Executive Directors 
to execute the strategy we have designed to deliver sustainable 
long-term performance.

Scott Forbes
Chairman 
12 March 2021

75

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Board of Directors

Our experienced and  
effective leadership

Scott Forbes
Chairman

Duncan Painter
Chief Executive 
Officer

Mandy Gradden
Chief Financial 
Officer

Appointed to the Board
January 2016 

Meetings attended
10/10

Independent
Yes (on 
appointment)

Committees

Appointed to the Board
October 2011

Meetings attended
10/10

Independent
No

Committees
–

Appointed to the Board
January 2013

Meetings attended
10/10

Independent
No

Committees
–

Key areas of prior experience
Board and committee chairing, business 
strategy, digital marketplaces, operations, 
finance, mergers and acquisitions and 
investor relations.

Key areas of prior experience
eCommerce, digital media, consumer 
intelligence systems, mergers & acquisitions, 
business integration, operations, 
transformation.

Current external appointments
 — Chairman, Cars.com
 — Non-Executive Director, ATG

Previous experience
 — Chairman, Rightmove plc
 — Chairman, Orbitz Worldwide
 — Non-Executive Director, 
Travelport Worldwide

 — Managing Director, Cendant Corporation

Current external appointments
 — Non-Executive Director, ITV plc

Previous experience
 — Managing Director, Sky plc
 — Global Product Leader, Experian plc
 — Founder and Chief Executive Officer,  

Clarity Blue

Key areas of prior experience
Chartered accountant, corporate finance, 
mergers & acquisitions, financial 
restructuring, transformation.

Current external appointments
 —  None

Previous experience
 — Non-Executive Director, and  

Chair of Audit Committee, SDL plc
 — CFO, Torex Retail Holdings Limited
 — CFO, Detica Group plc
 — Dalgety plc
 — Price Waterhouse

Judy Vezmar
Non-Executive 
Director

Gillian Kent
Non-Executive 
Director

Charles Song
Non-Executive 
Director

Appointed to the Board
January 2016

Meetings attended
10/10

Independent
Yes

Committees

Appointed to the Board
January 2016

Meetings attended
10/10

Independent
Yes

Committees

Appointed to the Board
October 2020

Meetings attended
2/2

Independent
Yes

Committees
–

Key areas of prior experience
Remuneration, voice of consumer, talent 
management, portfolio management, 
global account sales.

Current external appointments
 — Non-Executive Director, SSP Group plc

Previous experience
 — CEO, LexisNexis International
 — Executive, Xerox Corporation

Key areas of prior experience
Digital media, marketing, brands, 
remuneration, transformation, technology.

Current external appointments
 — Non-Executive Director, Dignity plc
 — Non-Executive Director, Mothercare plc
 — Non-Executive Director, NAHL Group plc
 — Non-Executive Director, SIG plc

Previous experience
 — Non-Executive Director, Pendragon plc
 — Non-Executive Director, Coull Ltd

Key areas of prior experience
Financial technology, business building, 
global capital markets, investment banking, 
commercial banking and corporate finance.

Current external appointments
 — Chairman and CEO, Linklogis

Previous experience
 — President and CEO, China Resources Bank
 — Tencent
 — HSBC

76 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020 
 
 
The Board is committed to maintaining very 
high standards of corporate governance and 
ensuring values and behaviours are consistent 
across the business.

Paul Harrison
Chief Operating 
Officer

Rita Clifton
Senior Independent 
Director

Board gender

Appointed to the Board
January 2016 as NED
January 2021 as COO

Meetings attended
10/10

Independent
No (from 
1 October 2020)

Committees
–

Appointed to the Board
May 2016

Meetings attended
10/10

Independent
Yes

Committees

Key areas of prior experience
Chartered accountant, corporate 
finance, mergers & acquisitions, capital 
markets, financial restructuring, audit, 
voice of consumer.

Current external appointments
 —  None

Previous experience
 — CFO, Just Eat plc
 — Senior Independent Director and Chair 
of Remuneration Committee, Hays plc

Key areas of prior experience
Brands, branding, business leadership, 
global account sales, CPG voice of consumer.

Current external appointments
 — Deputy Chair, John Lewis Partnership
 — Non-Executive Director, Nationwide 

Building Society
 — Chair, Brandcap

Previous experience
 — Non-Executive Director, Asos plc
 — Vice Chair and Strategy Director, Saatchi 

 — Non-Executive Director and Chair of Audit 

& Saatchi

Committee, Hays plc

 — CFO, Wandisco plc
 — CFO, The Sage Group plc

 — CEO and Chair, Interbrand
 — Non-Executive Director, Sustainable 

Development Commission

 — Fellow, World Wildlife Foundation

Suzanne Baxter
Non-Executive 
Director

Funke Igodaro
Non-Executive 
Director

Appointed to the Board
January 2021

Meetings attended
n/a

Independent
Yes

Committees

Appointed to the Board
January 2021

Meetings attended
n/a

Independent
Yes

Committees

Key areas of prior experience
Chartered accountant, corporate finance, 
mergers & acquisitions, business services, 
audit, transformation.

Key areas of prior experience
Chartered accountant, finance, strategy, 
mergs & acquistions, business and technology 
transformation.

Current external appointments
 — External Board member, Pinsent Masons 

International LLP

 — Non-Executive Commissioner, Equality 

and Human Rights Commission

Previous experience
 — Audit Committee Chair, WH Smith plc
 — CFO, Mitie Group plc

Current external appointments
 — Audit and Risk Committee Chair, 

Massmart Holdings Limited

 — Non-Executive Director, Old Mutual Limited
 — Non-Executive Director, Sabvest Limited

Previous experience
 — CFO, Tiger Brands Limited
 — CFO, Primedia Limited
 — Executive Director, Barloworld Limited
– Executive Director, EMTS Limited

   Male

  Female

Board independence

   Independent

  Non-Independent

Key to committees

  Committee Chair 

  Audit  

  Nomination 

  Remuneration 

4

6

7

3

p.83

p.88

p.90

77

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020  
 
Governance framework

Governance 
framework

How we comply with the  
UK Corporate Governance Code
The UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 applied to Ascential 
for the year ending 31 December 2020. This section of the report 
explains how we have complied with the Code by summarising the 
provisions of the Code and linking to where we describe how we 
have complied in more detail. 

Section 1: Board Leadership and Company Purpose
A successful company is led by an effective and entrepreneurial 
board, whose role it is to promote the long-term sustainable success 
of the company, generating value for shareholders and contributing 
to wider society. (See the Directors’ biographies on pages 76 to 77 for 
more information.)

The board should establish the company’s purpose, values and 
strategy, and satisfy itself that these and its culture are aligned. All 
Directors must act with integrity, lead by example and promote the 
desired culture. (See the governance framework on pages 79 to 82 
for more information.)

In order for the company to meet its responsibilities to shareholders 
and stakeholders, the Board should ensure effective engagement with, 
and encourage participation from, these parties. (See the stakeholder 
engagement section on pages 10 to 15 for more information.)

The Board should ensure that workforce policies and practices are 
consistent with the company’s values and support its long-term 
sustainable success. The workforce should be able to raise any 
matters of concern. (See the sections on Our People on pages 56 to 
59 and the Whistleblowing section of the Audit Committee Report on 
page 87 for more information.)

Section 2: Division of Responsibilities
The Chair leads the Board and is responsible for its overall 
effectiveness in directing the Company. They should demonstrate 
objective judgement throughout their tenure and promote a 
culture of openness and debate. In addition, the Chair facilitates 
constructive Board relations and the effective contribution of all 
Non-Executive Directors, and ensures that Directors receive accurate, 
timely and clear information (See the governance framework on 
pages 79 to 82 for more information.)

The Board should include an appropriate combination of Executive 
and Non-Executive (and in particular, Independent Non-Executive) 
Directors, such that no one individual or small group of individuals 
dominates the Board’s decision-making. There should be a clear 
division of responsibilities between the leadership of the Board 
and the executive leadership of the Company’s business. (See the 
governance framework on pages 79 to 82 for more information.)

Non-Executive Directors should have sufficient time to meet their 
Board responsibilities. They should provide constructive challenge, 
strategic guidance, offer specialist advice and hold management 
to account. (See the governance framework on pages 79 to 82 for 
more information.)

The Board, supported by the Company Secretary, should ensure 
that it has the policies, processes, information, time and resources 
it needs in order to function effectively and efficiently. (See the 
governance framework on pages 79 to 82 for more information.)

78 

Section 3: Composition, Succession and Evaluation
Appointments to the Board should be subject to a formal, rigorous 
and transparent procedure, and an effective succession plan should 
be maintained for Board and senior management. Both appointments 
and succession plans should be based on merit and objective criteria 
and, within this context, should promote diversity of gender, social 
and ethnic backgrounds, cognitive and personal strengths. (See 
the Chairman’s introduction to governance on page 75 and the 
Nomination Committee report on page 88 for more information.)

The Board and its committees should have a combination of skills, 
experience and knowledge. Consideration should be given to the 
length of service of the Board as a whole and membership regularly 
refreshed. (See the Chairman’s introduction to governance on 
page 74 and the Nomination Committee report on page 88 for 
more information.)

Annual evaluation of the Board should consider its composition, 
diversity and how effectively members work together to achieve 
objectives. Individual evaluation should demonstrate whether each 
Director continues to contribute effectively. (See the Chairman’s 
introduction to governance on page 74 and the Nomination 
Committee report on page 89 for more information.)

Section 4: Audit, Risk and Internal Control
The Board should establish formal and transparent policies and 
procedures to ensure the independence and effectiveness of internal 
and external audit functions and satisfy itself on the integrity of 
financial and narrative statements. (See the Audit Committee Report 
on pages 83 to 87 for more information.)

The Board should present a fair, balanced and understandable 
assessment of the Company’s position and prospects. (See the Audit 
Committee Report on pages 86 for more information.)

The Board should establish procedures to manage risk, oversee the 
internal control framework and determine the nature and extent of 
the principal risks the Company is willing to take in order to achieve 
its long-term strategic objectives. (See the Risk Management section 
on pages 48 to 50 for more information.)

Section 5: Remuneration
Remuneration policies and practices should be designed to support 
the strategy and promote long-term sustainable success. Executive 
remuneration should be aligned to company purpose and values, 
and be clearly linked to the successful delivery of the company’s 
long-term strategy. (See the Annual Statement from the Chair 
of the Remuneration Committee on page 90 and the Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy on pages 92 to 99 for more information.)

A formal and transparent procedure for developing policy on 
executive remuneration and determining director and senior 
management remuneration should be established. No Director 
should be involved in deciding their own remuneration outcome. 
(See the Directors’ Remuneration Policy on pages 92 to 99 for 
more information.)

Directors should exercise independent judgement and discretion 
when authorising remuneration outcomes, taking account of 
company and individual performance, and wider circumstances. 
(See the Remuneration Report on page 102 for more information.) 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020A strong governance framework
Role and operation of the Board
The Board has ultimate responsibility for the overall leadership of 
Ascential. It oversees the development of a clear strategy, monitors 
operational and financial performance against agreed goals and 
objectives, and ensures that appropriate controls and risk systems 
exist to manage risk.

The Board has agreed a schedule of matters reserved for its decision 
or approval:

• Strategy, annual budgets and medium-term plans

• Annual and interim results

• Material acquisitions and disposals and contracts

• Establishment of risk appetite, review of principal risks and 

approval of both

• Ensuring that a sound system of internal control and risk 

management is maintained

• Changes relating to the Company’s capital structure

• Approval of dividend policy

• Changes to Board composition

At the date of this report, the Board comprises 10 Directors; the 
Chairman, the Chief Executive, the Chief Financial Officer; the Chief 
Operating Officer and six independent Non-Executive Directors.

On 28 September 2020, the Board approved the appointment of 
Paul Harrison as Chief Operating Officer with effect from 11 January 
2021. Paul has continued in his role as Non-Executive Director until 
that date. In light of his forthcoming appointment as COO, the 
Board has determined that Paul Harrison is not considered to be 
an independent Non-Executive Director from 1 October 2020 in 
accordance with the Code, notwithstanding that he has continued 
to act with an independent mindset throughout the year. 

With support from the Company Secretary, the Chairman sets the 
annual Board calendar and Board meeting agendas. He ensures 
that enough time is devoted, both during formal meetings and 
throughout the year, to discuss all material matters including 
strategic, financial, operational, risk, people and governance.

The Directors indicated as part of the Board evaluation process that 
the board materials are relevant, clear and well-presented and 
contribute to a constructive debate and strong Board engagement.

In addition to the schedule of formal Board meetings, the 
Chairman and the Non-Executive Directors meet periodically 
without the Executive Directors present, and the Senior Independent 
Director meets with the other Non-Executive Directors without the 
Chairman present.

Board roles
Chairman
The Chairman provides leadership to the Board, setting its agenda, 
style and tone to promote constructive debate and challenge 
between the Executive and Non-Executive Directors. He ensures that 
there are good information flows from the Executive to the Board, 
and from the Board to the Company’s key stakeholders.

The Chairman leads an annual Board effectiveness review and 
is responsible for ensuring all new Directors have an appropriate 
tailored induction programme.

Chief Executive
The Chief Executive has day-to-day responsibility for the effective 
management of the business and for ensuring that the Board’s 
decisions are implemented. He leads the development of strategy 
for approval by the Board, as well as working with the Chief Financial 
Officer to develop budgets and medium-term plans to deliver the 
agreed strategy.

The Chief Executive is responsible for providing regular reports to 
the Board on all matters of significance, to ensure that the Board 
has accurate, clear and timely information on all key matters.

Chief Financial Officer
The Chief Financial Officer supports the Chief Executive in 
developing and implementing strategy, as well as overseeing the 
financial performance of the Group. She leads the development 
of the finance function to provide insightful financial analysis that 
informs key decision making.

The Chief Financial Officer works with the Chief Executive to develop 
budgets and medium-term plans to deliver the agreed strategy.

The Chief Financial Officer also leads investor relations activities 
and communication with investors alongside the Chief Executive.

Chief Operating Officer
The Chief Operating Officer works in partnership with the CEO and 
CFO to develop and implement strategy. He has responsibility for 
leading and driving continuous improvement through the adoption 
of key technologies and execution of our technology platforms. 
The Chief Operating Officer also has responsibility for Product 
Management, People strategy, Marketing, Diversity & Inclusion, 
ESG and non-organic growth activities. 

Senior Independent Director
The Senior Independent Director acts as an adviser for the Chairman 
and is available to the other Non-Executive Directors, including 
acting as an intermediary where necessary. She is also available 
as an intermediary to shareholders if they have concerns which 
the normal channels through the Chairman or Chief Executive 
have failed to resolve or would be inappropriate. She is also the 
nominated Director to engage with the Ascential Employee Form 
and report feedback directly to the Board. 

Independent Non-Executive Directors
The Non-Executive Directors scrutinise and monitor the performance 
of management, including the constructive challenge of the 
Executive Directors. They bring independence and a different 
perspective to the Board and oversee the integrity of financial 
information, financial controls and systems of risk management.

Company Secretary
The Company Secretary supports the Chairman and is available to 
all Directors to provide governance advice and assistance. She works 
with the Chairman and the Chairs of the Board Committees to develop 
agendas and ensures that the Board receives sufficient, pertinent, 
timely and clear information. She also ensures compliance with the 
Board’s procedures as well as applicable rules and regulations.  

79

Strategic reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Governance reportGovernance framework Continued

Governance structure

Principal Board Committees

Audit Committee
Chaired by Suzanne Baxter

Remuneration Committee
Chaired by Judy Vezmar

Nomination Committee
Chaired by Scott Forbes

Roles and responsibilities
• Reviews the Group’s financial reporting 
and recommends to the Board that the 
Reports and Accounts be approved

• Reviews and reports to the Board on 
the effectiveness of internal controls

Roles and responsibilities
• Sets the Remuneration Policy  

for the Group

• Sets the individual remuneration  
of the Executive Directors and  
senior management

Roles and responsibilities
• Reviews the composition of the Board 

and its Committees

• Ensures that appropriate procedures 

are in place for the nomination, 
selection, training and evaluation 
of Directors

• Assesses the independence and 
effectiveness of the internal and 
external auditors

• Engages and consults with shareholders 

on proposed material changes to 
Remuneration Policy

• Reviews Executive Directors and Senior 

Management succession planning.

• Approves awards under the Group’s 

share-based incentive plans

Audit Committee Report
Page 83

Remuneration Committee Report
Page 90

Nomination Committee Report
Page 88

Reinforcing a Healthy Culture
Established reporting mechanisms within the corporate governance framework are key to Board oversight of cultural matters, which 
are underpinned by our beliefs and behaviours: focus, facts, all-in, no silos, be creative, transparency, trust & openness, and empathy. 
Culture is established by leadership and by example but this also needs to be underpinned by clear policies and codes of conduct.

Risk Management 
Risk management is an integral component 
of our corporate governance. We have a 
formal risk management framework to 
manage risks in accordance with the 
Board-set risk appetite. The Audit 
Committee receives regular updates on risk 
management and the Board reviews the 
principal and emerging risks for the Group.

Ethics, Whistleblowing, Fraud, Bribery 
There is a full suite of formal compliance and 
legal policies which all employees are subject 
to, including Anti Bribery, Privacy, Data 
Protection and Sanctions. Employees can 
report incidents of wrongdoing through both 
internal and external mechanisms, including 
an independent hotline operated by Protect. 
The Audit Committee monitors and reviews 
the Company policies, incidents and trends 
arising from any such incidents and reports 
its findings to the Board.

Our People’s opinions 
We hold regular updates to both inform our 
employees on business progress and answer 
any questions they may have. We conduct 
and act upon our annual employee 
engagement survey which helps us 
understand what people think. We have also 
established the Ascential Employee Forum 
which is facilitated by the Senior Independent 
Director to ensure there is a direct route for 
employee voice in the Boardroom. 

Measuring our culture
We measure compliance with our key policies 
and procedures, as well as Health & Safety 
incidents. Our employee engagement survey 
includes specific questions that help us 
measure our culture such as ‘we see leaders 
living our values’, ‘we feel listened to’ and 
‘we feel proud to work here’. We believe 
that this framework is an important 
contributing factor to the very high scores 
for Organisational Integrity (87%) in our 
engagement survey.

How the Board monitors culture

Aligning remuneration and culture
The Ascential Beliefs and Behaviours are 
directly incorporated into key people 
processes such as Performance Appraisal 
(linked to base salary increases) and 
Development Review. Both of these processes 
focus not just on what has been achieved, 
but how our people act and demonstrate 
alignment to the Ascential Beliefs.

Promoting the success of the Company
The Directors are very aware of their duty to 
promote the success of the Company for the 
benefit of the members as a whole, having 
regard to the interests of employees, the 
impact of the Company’s operations on 
the community and the environment, and 
maintaining a reputation for high standards 
of business conduct. The need to balance 
the interests of sometimes conflicting 
stakeholders is an inherent part of the 
Board’s decision-making processes.

80 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020 
The management and day-to-day running of the Group, including 
the development and implementation of strategy, monitoring 
the operating and financial performance, and the prioritisation 
and allocation of resources, has been delegated to executive 
management. Certain Board responsibilities are delegated to formal 
Board Committees, which play an important governance role through 
the work they carry out.

Board activity during the year
The Board spent its time during the formal meetings held in 2020 
on the following activities:

Strategy
• Held a two-day offsite meeting to refine strategy and assess 
capabilities and opportunities, with key focus on the Digital 
Commerce, Product Design and Marketing segments;

Shareholder engagement
• Reviewed reports from the Company’s brokers and advisers on 

shareholder and analyst feedback following results presentations;

• Reviewed regular investor relations reports relating to share price, 

trading activity and movements in institutional investor 
shareholdings;

• Received reports from the Executive Directors following meetings 

with investors;

• Approved notice of 2020 Annual General Meeting.

For more information on our investor relations programme see page 14.

Performance
• Reviewed business performance, stress tests and financing 

scenarios in light of Covid-19;

• Approved the 2021 annual budget, capital allocation policy and 

• Approved financial outlook and financing strategy based on 

updated medium-term plans in the context of the agreed strategy;

extensive scenario planning;

• Approved the cancellation of Cannes Lions and Money20/20 live 

• Monitored operating and financial performance against plans;

events in response to Covid-19 restrictions;

• Approved disposal of investment in Jumpshot Inc;

• Approved the disposal of Glenigan, Groundsure and DeHavilland 
to allow capital to be allocated to core areas of the Company and 
in particularly the fast-growing Digital Commerce segment;

• Approved strategic investment in digital commerce businesses 

X Target and Intellibrand, and further investment in Hudson MX 
(Marketing Segment); 

• Reviewed the Company’s progress against its Diversity & Inclusion 

strategy; and

• Deep dive of Cannes Lions and Money20/20.

For more information on our strategy see page 20.

People
• Received feedback from the Senior Independent Director following 

Ascential Employee Forum meetings; 

• Met with a range of senior management from across the business; 

• Our Directors met with a range of senior management from across 

the business;

• The Chairman participates as a juror for the annual Ascential 

awards, designed to recognise performance across the 
organisation and every geography; and

• Received updates from the EVP, People on people strategy, 

succession planning and engagement.

For more information on Our People see page 56.

Corporate Responsibility
• Approved formal Corporate Responsibility governance structure;

• Received an update on progress against Corporate Responsibility 

strategy; and

• Agreed approach for complying with Task force for Climate-related 

Financial Disclosure recommendations in 2021.

Risk
• Detailed review of Cyber Risk appetite and risk management;

• Reviewed and approved the risk management framework and the 

principal risk register;

• Reviewed the Group’s annual insurance programme; and

• Reviewed the effectiveness of internal controls, including but not 

limited to a report from the Audit Committee.

For more information on risk management see page 48.

• Approved the year end and interim results; and

• Approved the 2019 Annual Report.

For more information on our performance, see the Chief Executive’s 
statement on pages 04 to 07 and the KPIs on page 22.

Board attendance during the year
In more usual times, we expect all Directors to attend every meeting 
in person except where a meeting is called on short notice. Due to 
Covid-19 restrictions, the majority of Board meetings during the year 
have been held virtually via video conference. If a Director is unable 
to attend a meeting, he or she is provided with the same information 
as the other Directors in advance of the meeting and given the 
opportunity to express their views before the meeting, usually to the 
Chairman who will share with the other Directors at the meeting.

There were six scheduled meetings during the year plus an additional 
four meetings which were called to deal with specific matters arising 
including actions taken in response to Covid-19. All directors 
attended all meetings during the year and since their appointment. 

Understanding the views of the Company’s 
key stakeholders
The Board recognises the importance of considering the Company’s 
responsibilities to both its shareholders and its wider stakeholder 
group and this has always been an integral part of our culture and 
decision-making process. Details of how the Board takes account of 
stakeholder interests are set out on pages 10 to 15 of the Strategic 
Report. The ways we engage with our people are explained further in 
the Our People section on pages 56 to 59. We believe that these 
methods of engagement were effective at bringing the voice of the 
employees into the Boardroom throughout the year. The 
establishment of the Ascential Employee Forum and the 
appointment of Rita Clifton as the designated Non-Executive 
Director for employee engagement further strengthened these 
engagement mechanisms during 2020. 

Induction and development
There is a formal induction process for new Directors which is tailored 
to their personal experience, knowledge and role on the Board. 
Charles Song, Suzanne Baxter and Funke Ighodaro joined the Board 
during 2020/early 2021 and subsequently met with senior executives 
across the Group to develop their understanding of the business, 
strategy, key risks and challenges. They have also been provided 
with key company documents such as the schedule of matters 
reserved for the Board, Committee terms of reference, key 
obligations and duties of a Director briefings and the Company’s 
compliance policies.

81

Strategic reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Governance reportGovernance framework Continued

The Board’s forward agenda is designed to include deep dive 
reviews on all material aspects of the Group to develop Directors’ 
understanding of the business and ensure they meet with a range 
of senior management. 

Annual General Meeting (“AGM”)
The AGM of the Company will take place at 9am on Thursday 6 May 
2021 at 1 Wilder Walk, London W1B 5AP. All shareholders have the 
opportunity to vote by proxy, at the AGM.

All proxy votes received in respect of each resolution at the AGM are 
counted and the balance for and against, and any votes withheld, 
are indicated. At the meeting itself, voting on all the proposed 
resolutions is conducted on a poll rather than a show of hands, 
in line with recommended best practice.

All Directors will be in attendance at the AGM and available to 
answer shareholders’ questions. The Notice of the AGM can be found 
in a separate booklet which is posted to shareholders at the same 
time as this report and is also available on the Ascential website. 
The Notice of AGM sets out the business of the meeting and an 
explanatory note on all resolutions. Separate resolutions are 
proposed in respect of each substantive issue. Results of resolutions 
proposed at the AGM will be published on the Ascential website 
after the meeting.

UK Corporate Governance Code Compliance Statement
We have complied with all principles and provisions of the 2018 UK 
Corporate Governance Code (“the Code”) throughout the financial 
year ended 31 December 2020 with the exception of Code Provision 
24 which requires all members of the Audit Committee to be 
independent Non-Executive Directors. As explained previously in 
this report, Paul Harrison was classified by the Board as a non-
independent Non-Executive Director on 1 October 2020 following his 
appointment as COO taking effect in January 2021. Paul remained 
as Chairman of the Audit Committee during the last quarter of 2020 
whilst an Audit chair successor was recruited. There was one Audit 
Committee meeting during this period and Paul continued to 
operate with an independent mindset, along with the other two 
members of the Audit Committee who are both considered to be 
independent Non-Executive Directors. 

This Corporate Governance Statement and the cross-referenced 
reports within set out our approach to applying the Code.

Louise Meads
Company Secretary
12 March 2021 

Directors’ conflicts of interest
The Board has a procedure in place for Directors to declare conflicts 
of interest and for such conflicts to be considered for authorisation. 
A Director may be required to leave a Board meeting if a matter 
upon which a conflict has been declared is discussed. External 
appointments or other significant commitments of the Directors 
require prior approval by the Chairman. The current external 
appointments of the Directors are set out on page 76.

Internal Control Statement
The Board acknowledges its responsibility for establishing and 
maintaining the Group’s system of internal controls and it receives 
reports identifying, evaluating and managing significant risks within 
the business. The system of internal control is designed to manage, 
rather than eliminate, the risk of failure to achieve business 
objectives and can provide only reasonable and not absolute 
assurance against misstatement or loss.

The Board, assisted by the Audit Committee, has carried out a review 
of the effectiveness of the system of internal controls during the year 
ended 31 December 2020 and the period up to the date of approval 
of the consolidated financial statements contained in the Annual 
Report. The Board confirms that no significant weaknesses or failings 
were identified as a result of this review.

For more information on the system of internal controls in place 
please see page 86 of the Audit Committee report. 

Investor Relations
In addition to the activities explained on page 14, there is an 
ongoing investor relations programme of meetings with institutional 
investors and analysts, and participation in conferences covering 
a wide range of issues within the constraints of publicly available 
information including strategy, performance and governance. 

Institutional shareholders and analysts have regular contact with 
the Executive Directors and the Head of Investor Relations. All 
shareholders are kept informed of significant developments by 
announcements and other publications on our website ascential.
com/investors. There are defined procedures in place to ensure 
that the requirements of the Market Abuse Regulations are met.

The Board receives regular reports from the Head of Investor 
Relations, covering movements in the holdings of institutional 
shareholders and other trading activity. The Board is also provided 
with current analyst opinions and forecasts, as well as feedback from 
FTI and from its joint corporate brokers Goldman Sachs International 
and Numis Securities Limited. This includes direct feedback from 
investors and analysts on a non-attributed basis. All of the Directors 
are available to meet with shareholders although contact with the 
Non-Executive Directors would normally be through the Chairman 
(Scott Forbes) or the Senior Independent Director (Rita Clifton) in the 
first instance.

82 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020Audit Committee Report

Report of the 
Audit Committee

Suzanne Baxter
Chair of the Audit Committee 

Dear Shareholder, 

I am pleased to introduce the Report  
of the Audit Committee for 2020 which 
describes its activities and areas of focus 
during the year. 

The Committee has continued to 
support the Board in fulfilling its 
corporate governance responsibilities, 
including those in the areas of risk 
management and internal control 
framework; internal audit; financial 
reporting practices; the preparation 
and compliance of the Company’s 
Annual Report and Accounts; and 
the external audit process.

Paul Harrison was the Chair of the Audit Committee throughout 2020 
and until I joined the Board as an Independent Non-Executive 
Director and Chair of the Audit Committee on 5 January 2021. During 
2020, the members of the Committee were Paul Harrison, Gillian Kent 
and Rita Clifton. Funke Ighodaro and I joined the Audit Committee 
on 5 January 2021 at which point Paul Harrison stepped down. I 
would like to thank Paul for his leadership of the Committee and for 
his support and counsel as part on my induction programme and in 
taking on the role as Committee Chair.

All current members of the Committee are independent Non-Executive 
Directors who bring a wide knowledge and significant business 
experience in financial reporting, risk management, internal control and 
strategic management. As explained on page 79, Paul Harrison was 
classified by the Board as a non-independent Non-Executive Director 
on 1 October 2020 and therefore the Committee did not comprise solely 
independent Non-Executive Directors during the last quarter of 2020. 
The Board considers that the Committee members as a whole have 
competence relevant to Ascential’s sector. Paul Harrison fulfilled the 
requirement to bring recent and relevant financial experience to the 
Committee during 2020, and both I and Funke Ighodaro fulfil that 
requirement going forward. You can read more about the experience of 
the Committee members in their biographies on pages 76 to 77.

All Committee members were present at the five meetings held in 
2020. At the invitation of the Committee, the Chief Executive Officer, 
Chief Financial Officer and senior representatives of the finance and 
general management teams also attend meetings, as do 
representatives of both internal and external audit. The Committee 
holds meetings with the external auditor and the Head of Internal 
Audit independent of management, and these discussions assist in 
ensuring that reporting, and risk management processes are subject 
to rigorous review throughout the year. 

The principal and emerging risks facing the Company are robustly 
assessed by the Board as a whole. More detail on these risks and the 
risk management framework is set out on page 48. The ongoing 
monitoring and effectiveness review of the Group’s risk management 
and internal control systems are described on page 86. The 
assessment of risk and the review of the risk management systems 
feeds into the process for assessing the longer-term viability of the 
Company, which is described further on page 49. 

The Committee conducts an annual evaluation of its performance as 
part of the wider Board effectiveness review. The review of performance 
in 2020 was conducted internally and confirmed that the Committee is 
working effectively. More detail on the evaluation process can be 
found in the Corporate Governance Report on page 75. 

The Coronavirus pandemic has presented challenges in preparing and 
auditing financial statements and has created a more uncertain 
economic backdrop to some of the judgements included in the 
financial statements. In order to provide flexibility in the year-end 
timetable to ensure that all necessary work has been undertaken to an 
appropriate standard, the timelines for preparing the financial 
statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 was extended by 
three weeks. This has allowed additional flexibility to consider the 
acquisitions and disposals made around the year end and to mitigate 
any potential impact on the timetable arising from Covid-19 -related 
illness, additional caring responsibilities and/or other inefficiencies that 
arise from remote working and other Government imposed restrictions.

83

Strategic reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Governance reportAudit Committee Report Continued

The key focus areas for the Committee are set out in this report. It is 
expected that these will remain key areas of focus for the Committee 
in 2021, as well as oversight of the finance transformation 
programme as it moves towards its first implementation date.

• Recommended the approval of the 2019 Annual Report and the 

2020 interim results to the Board

• Reviewed the effectiveness of internal controls and risk 

management framework

2020 Key activities
• Considered papers from management on the significant financial 

• Considered the independence, plans and performance of the 

external auditor and approved their fees

judgements made during the year

• Reviewed external and Internal Audit findings and met privately 

• Conducted a review of the Annual Report and Accounts to confirm 

with the internal and external auditors

that it was fair, balanced, understandable, and provides the 
information necessary for stakeholders to assess the Company’s 
position, performance, business model and strategy

• Reviewed the Viability Statement and the key judgements  

• Reviewed an update on Compliance 

• Reviewed progress and received updates on the finance 

transformation programme

included therein

• Approved the internal audit plan for 2021

• Considered the impact of Covid-19 on the Group and reviewed 
scenario planning prepared in support of the going concern 
assessment for the interim results in July 2020 and at the year end

Audit Committee focus during 2020

Area of focus
Financial Reporting

Matters considered
The appropriateness and disclosures of accounting 
policies, significant financial judgements and key 
estimates with a particular focus on:

• Going concern and long-term viability;

• Carrying value of goodwill and acquired intangible 

assets; 

• Recognition and valuation of deferred and contingent 

consideration;

Outcome
The accounting policies, judgements and estimates are 
appropriate and balanced. 

The financial statements are prepared on a going concern 
basis. 

The Annual Report, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced  
and understandable and is compliant with relevant 
accounting standards and other legal or regulatory  
financial reporting requirements, including the UK 
Corporate Governance Code.

• Accounting for investments in Hudson MX;

• Disclosure of discontinued operations;

• Alternative performance measures. 

Area of focus
Risk and control 
environment

Matters considered
The effectiveness of the Group’s systems of internal control. 

The effectiveness of the risk management framework and 
the processes for identifying and managing risks. 

The process and assumptions underlying the preparation 
of going concern and viability statements. 

Outcome
Reported to the Board that an effective system of risk 
management and internal control has been in place 
throughout the year. 

Reported to the Board that an appropriate process is in 
place to make the going concern and viability statements. 

Area of focus
Internal audit

Matters considered
The effectiveness of the Internal Audit function, its key 
findings and resolution of those matters. 

Outcome
An effective culture and process is in place for resolving 
key findings of internal audit reviews.

The alignment of the internal audit plan to the key risks of 
the Group.  

The internal audit plan is well designed and aligned to the 
key risks of the Group. 

Area of focus
External audit

Matters considered
The approach, scope and risk assessments of external  
audit and the effectiveness and independence of the 
external auditor.

The extent of the non-audit services provided by the 
external auditor.

Outcome
Approved KPMG’s audit plan and scope. 

Compliance with the Group’s non-audit services policy. 

84 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020Significant financial judgements in 2020
The significant reporting judgements considered by the Committee are set out below.

The Committee received and considered detailed papers from management on each of these areas of accounting judgement along with a 
paper from KPMG setting out the results of their audit work and their comments on the accounting treatment adopted.

Issue
Going concern

Judgement
The Board is required to assess going concern at each reporting period to consider whether the going concern basis of 
accounting is appropriate and also to report to shareholders if there is any material uncertainty. In response to the impacts 
of Covid-related restrictions, a much broader range of scenarios was considered to model potential impacts on the Group of 
continued restrictions around live events as well as realistically possible mitigating responses and material sensitivities to the 
forecast scenarios. In particular, the Committee reviewed these scenarios in the context of the significant available liquidity 
from the new banking facilities put in place at the beginning of 2020 and the recently amended covenants thereon. The 
Committee also considered reasonably plausible severe case scenarios to the projections presented by management and 
available mitigations at the discretion of management to apply. 

The Committee agreed with management’s conclusion that the accounts should be prepared on a going concern basis.

Issue
Carrying value  
of goodwill and 
acquired 
intangible assets

Judgement
The Committee reviewed the carrying value of goodwill and other intangible assets for impairment, including a detailed review 
of the assumptions underlying the “value in use” calculations for businesses identified as cash generating units (“CGU”) and the 
identification of those CGUs. The key assumptions underlying the calculations are primarily the achievability of the long-term 
business plan including anticipated revenue growth rates, CGU specific discount rates, and long-term growth assumptions. 
For further information, please see Note 13 of the consolidated financial statements on pages 144 and 146. The Committee 
reviewed management’s analysis and underlying assumptions, and was satisfied that the goodwill and acquired intangibles of 
two elements of the Retail & Financial Services segment were impaired, resulting in a write down of £9.6m in the RWRC CGU and 
£18.8m in the RFS Price & Promotion CGU. The Committee also reviewed the clarity and adequacy of the impairment disclosure. 

Issue
Recognition and 
valuation of 
deferred and 
contingent 
consideration

Judgement
Where an acquisition agreement provides for an adjustment to the consideration, contingent on future performance over the 
contractual earn-out period, the Group accrues the fair value, based on the estimated additional consideration payable as a 
liability at the acquisition date. To the extent that deferred contingent consideration is payable as part of the acquisition cost 
and is payable after one year from the acquisition date, the deferred consideration is discounted at an appropriate discount 
rate and carried at net present value in the consolidated balance sheet. The liability is measured against the contractually 
agreed performance targets at each subsequent reporting date with any adjustments recognised in the consolidated 
statement of profit or loss.

Acquisition-related employment costs are contingent on future performance of the acquired business against the 
contractually agreed performance targets over the earn-out period but are also dependent on the continued employment 
of the founders over the contractual earn-out period. Consequently they are treated as a remuneration expense in the 
consolidated statement of profit or loss.

The estimation of the liability requires the Group to make judgements concerning future business performance over the 
deferred contingent consideration period.

In respect of acquisitions in previous years, the Committee reviewed significant calculations in respect of deferred 
consideration and acquisition-related contingent employment costs in light of changes in forecast performance, in order to 
ensure these continued to be appropriate.

The Committee reviewed the proposed changes to the fair value of the deferred and contingent consideration which is based 
on a Board approved five Year Plan and is satisfied with its valuation and recognition in the Financial Statements.

Issue
Accounting for 
Investments in 
Hudson MX

Judgement
At the year end, the Group had made investments in the equity and debt of Hudson MX and held 19.8% of the voting rights 
in that company. Further Trade investments in Hudson MX were approved by the Board in February 2021. The investments 
in Hudson MX were classified as Trade Investments at 31 December 2020 and 2019, reflecting, amongst other factors, 
management’s view that Ascential did not have significant influence over the financial and operating strategy decisions 
of that business. The Committee discussed the nature of the investments made by the Group and considered the commercial 
relationship that existed between the two organisations. It challenged management on the key assumptions made and 
concurred with the treatment adopted. 

Issue
Discontinued 
operations

Judgement
Following a strategic decision made in 2020 to dispose of the Built Environment & Policy (BEP) CGU and the instigation of a 
formal process, the Committee considered the classifications and disclosure of the results and assets of BEP as discontinued 
operations and assets held for resale respectively. The Committee was satisfied that the classification and disclosure, including 
the relevant post balance sheet event disclosure, adopted by management was appropriate. 

Issue
Alternative 
performance 
measures

Judgement
The Group uses certain non-GAAP measures of performance, as, in the opinion of the Directors, this provides a better 
understanding of the underlying performance of the business, and provides better comparability with other peer group 
companies. The use and definition of these measures is a matter of judgement.

The Committee ensures that there is equal prominence given to adjusted and statutory performance measures, and that 
there are full reconciliations between the two.

The Committee discussed these measures with both management and advisers, to ensure that the measures were 
reasonable, and reviewed their use in the context of the overall Annual Report to ensure that this was consistent with the 
Code requirement to be fair, balanced and understandable. 

85

Strategic reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Governance reportAudit Committee Report Continued

Viability Statement
We reviewed the process undertaken and conclusions reached to 
support the Company’s Viability Statement which can be found in 
full on page 49. Our review included:

• challenging management on whether the three-year time period 
adopted remained appropriate and aligned with the long-term 
forecasting of the Group;

• challenging whether management’s assessment of the principal 
and emerging risks facing the Group and their potential impact 
was appropriate;

• considering whether there were any additional risks which could 
impair solvency or which, whilst not necessarily principal risks in 
themselves, could become severe if they occur in conjunction with 
other risks;

• considering the likelihood of the risks occurring in the time period 
selected and the severity of the impact in the event that they did 
occur;

• challenging management as to the appropriateness of the 

assumptions used in stress testing and modelling scenarios; and

• review of the disclosure to ensure it was sufficiently fulsome and 

transparent. 

Fair, balanced and understandable
The Board asked the Committee to consider whether the 2020 
Annual Report is fair, balanced and provides the necessary 
information for shareholders to assess the Company’s position and 
prospects, business model and strategy. In performing this review, 
the Committee considered the following questions:

• Is the Annual Report open and honest with the whole story 

being presented?

• Have any sensitive areas been omitted that are material?

• Is there consistency between different sections of the Annual 
Report, including between the narrative and the financial 
statements, and does the reader get the same message from 
reading the two sections independently?

• Is there a clear explanation of key performance indicators and 

their linkage to strategy?

• Is there a clear and cohesive framework for the Annual Report with 

key messages drawn out and written in accessible language?

Following this review, and the incorporation of the Committee’s 
comments, we were pleased to advise the Board that, in our view, the 
Annual Report is fair, balanced and understandable in accordance 
with the requirements of the UK Corporate Governance Code.

Internal controls
The Board, with the assistance of the Audit Committee, regularly 
monitors and reviews the policies and procedures making up the 
Group’s internal control and risk management system. To support 
this monitoring, the Audit Committee reviewed reports from senior 
management, Internal Audit and KPMG, which included analysis of 
the impact of Covid-19 on the Group’s internal control environment.

The major components of the internal controls systems include:

• clearly defined operational structure, accountabilities and 

authority limits;

• detailed operational planning and forecasting;

• thorough monitoring of performance and changes in outlook; and

• established risk management processes.

Specific matters considered in relation to controls effectiveness 
included:

• control self-assessment process and findings;

• regular compliance reports;

• review of tax risks and compliance issues;

• review of treasury controls;

• review of tax controls;

• review of risk in relation to the application of controls to prevent 

the facilitation of tax evasion.

• review of integration of acquisitions;

• key developments in IT controls; 

• fraud, ethical issues and whistleblowing occurrence;

• health and safety governance; and

• management of legal claims.

A formal control self-assessment process was in place during the 
year in relation to financial controls. This process describes each 
control objective, the controls required to meet the objective, the 
frequency of operating the control and the evidence to be retained 
by management to demonstrate the control exists. Management 
teams across the Group self-assess their compliance with this 
framework twice a year and the results are reviewed in detail by 
Internal Audit.

Progress towards completion of actions identified to improve 
internal control is regularly monitored by management and the 
Audit Committee, who provide assurance to the Board. The Board 
considers that none of the areas of improvement identified 
constitute a significant weakness.

External audit
The Committee is responsible for ensuring that the external auditor 
provides an effective source of assurance for the Group’s financial 
reporting and controls, including that the necessary independence 
and objectivity is maintained. The Committee is also responsible for 
recommending the appointment, reappointment or removal of the 
external auditor, and negotiating and agreeing the external audit 
fees. The Group last undertook a formal tender of external audit 
services in 2019 after which KPMG were reappointed for a second 
term. Ian Griffiths was first appointed as the Senior Statutory Auditor 
with effect from the year ended 31 December 2018.

KPMG attend each scheduled meeting of the Committee and 
presented their reports on the Group’s half-year and full-year 
financial results, as well as their planning reports in advance of each 
audit. The Committee meet with KPMG without management 
present at least once a year. These sessions provide an opportunity 
for open dialogue and we typically discuss KPMG’s relationship with 
executive management and particular audit risks identified. The 
Committee also challenge KPMG on the independence of their audit. 
In addition, the Chair of the Audit Committee meets with the audit 
engagement partner outside of the formal Committee environment 
at least once per year and I met with Ian Griffiths, the senior 
statutory auditor both prior to and subsequent to my appointment. 
The Committee also meet with management without KPMG present 
to discuss their view of KPMG’s effectiveness and quality of work 
delivered, as well as reviewing the results of a survey of finance staff 
throughout the Group.

86 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020Whistleblowing
The Committee has approved a whistleblowing policy which 
encourages all staff to report suspected wrongdoing, in the 
knowledge that their concerns will be taken seriously and 
investigated appropriately, and that their confidentiality will be 
respected. The policy also aims to reassure staff that they should be 
able to raise genuine concerns without fear of reprisals, even if they 
turn out to be mistaken. Ascential operates a confidential helpline 
operated by an independent third party, as well as providing 
contact details for the Chair of the Audit Committee within the policy. 
The Committee receives reports on any whistleblowing incidents that 
are reported during the year. Any significant issues relating to 
potential fraud would be escalated to me as the Audit Committee 
Chair immediately.

Suzanne Baxter
Chair of the Audit Committee 
12 March 2020

As part of our work to manage the external auditor relationship, and 
the annual effectiveness review, we consider whether there are 
adequate safeguards to protect auditor objectivity and 
independence. In conducting our annual assessment, we consider 
feedback from the Chief Financial Officer, the level and nature of 
non-audit fees accruing to the external auditor, KPMG’s formal letter 
of independence, and the length and tenure of the external auditor 
and of the audit engagement partner.

The Committee has approved a formal non-audit services policy to 
mitigate any risks threatening, or appearing to threaten, the 
external audit firm’s independence and objectivity arising through 
the provision of non-audit services which either create conflicts of 
interest between the external audit firm and the Group or place the 
external audit firm in the position of auditing its own work. The 
non-audit services policy sets out which services are prohibited and 
cannot be provided by the external auditor. The auditor is generally 
only engaged for audit and related activities (such as annual 
covenant compliance audits). However, if there is a case to use the 
external auditor to provide non-audit services, permission is required 
prior to the engagement of the external auditor in accordance with 
the following table:

Value of non-audit services
<£25,000

£25,000 – £50,000
>£50,000 

Approver
Group Financial Controller or Chief 
Financial Officer
Chair of the Audit Committee
Audit Committee

When considering whether permission should be granted, the 
approver will assess whether the provision of such services impairs 
the auditor’s independence or objectivity, whether the skills and 
experience make the auditor the most suitable supplier of the 
non-audit service, the fee to be incurred and the criteria which 
govern the compensation of the individuals performing the audit.

A breakdown of total audit and non-audit fees paid to KPMG during 
2020 is set out in Note 4 to the financial statements. These non-audit 
services were pre-approved in accordance with the non-audit 
services policy and principally comprised the review of the half-year 
interim financial statements of the Group.

Internal Audit
A formal Internal Audit function was in place during the year, 
utilising a co-sourcing arrangement supported by EY as the Group’s 
externally appointed service partner. The purpose of the Internal 
Audit function is to consider whether the system of internal control is 
adequately designed and operating effectively to respond to the 
Group’s principal risks, and to provide independent objective 
assurance to senior management and to the Board through the 
Audit Committee. Internal Audit accomplishes its objectives by 
bringing a systematic, disciplined approach to evaluate and 
improve the effectiveness of risk management, control and 
governance processes. In order to provide a greater level of 
independence for Internal Audit, its personnel as well as the 
co-sourced party report to the General Counsel, who also acts as 
Director of Internal Audit and is accountable to the Committee in 
respect of that role. The General Counsel is invited to attend all Audit 
Committee meetings and also meet independently with the Chair of 
the Audit Committee.

The Committee approves the annual Internal Audit Plan and 
receives a report on Internal Audit activity and progress against that 
Plan. It monitors the status of internal audit recommendations and 
management’s responsiveness to their implementation. It also 
challenges management where appropriate to provide assurance 
that the Group’s control environment is robust and effective.

87

Strategic reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Governance reportNomination Committee Report

Report of the 
Nomination 
Committee

Scott Forbes
Chair of the Nomination Committee 

Dear Shareholder,

I am pleased to introduce the Report  
of the Nomination Committee for 2020. 

The role of the Nomination Committee 
is primarily to review the Organisation 
and Succession plans, and the structure, 
size and composition of the Board and 
Committees to ensure that resources 
are appropriate to support achievement 
of the Company business strategy 
and meet other governance and 
organisation objectives. 

88 

Board composition
The Committee had previously undertaken an externally facilitated 
Board Strategy review to consider Board composition and the extent 
to which the range of Board capabilities and experience were 
appropriate for the Company’s evolving business and business 
strategy, both currently and for the future. The determination of the 
more recent Board Strategy reviews was that the Board’s balance 
of skills and experience could be further strengthened by adding 
directors possessing experience in eCommerce, finance, consumer 
retail, and operating in mainland China and Asia. Board Services 
search firms were appointed to recruit appropriate candidates from 
diverse backgrounds based on a formal role specification including 
the aforementioned priorities. 

Short lists of candidates were interviewed by the Board Chairman, 
Senior Independent Director, CEO and CFO. The Committee 
recommended and the Board approved the appointment of Charles 
Song to the Board in July 2020, with effect from 1 October 2020. 
Charles has over 25 year’s experience in global capital markets, 
investment banking, commercial banking and corporate finance, 
having held a number of senior roles in global and local financial 
institutions across Asia with particular experience in Chinese 
technology businesses. The Nomination Committee subsequently 
appointed two other non-executive directors that match the priority 
qualifications identified in the recent Board Strategy reviews. 

In September 2020, the Board approved the appointment of Paul 
Harrison, an existing Non-Executive Director, as Chief Operating 
Officer with effect from 11 January 2021. The appointment of a Chief 
Operating Officer adds further depth and breadth to the senior 
management team necessary to manage Ascential’s evolution 
to digitally-focused, multi-national business capable of driving 
long-term growth. In his new role, Paul has taken responsibility for 
the Company’s people strategies, mergers & acquisitions and other 
Group functions including marketing, content and technology, 
previously reporting directly to Duncan Painter, Ascential’s CEO. 
Paul has significant experience driving growth in innovative digital 
business, in senior financial, strategic and non-executive director 
roles over the past twenty years. 

The Nomination Committee recruited additional directors in 2020 
leading to two appointments on 5 January 2021. Suzanne Baxter 
replaced Paul as Chair of the Audit Committee. Suzanne has 
substantial listed company experience, gained in both executive and 
non-executive roles and has held a range of commercially focused 
financial and operational roles in the support services sector where she 
supported businesses through transformative acquisitions and organic 
growth. Suzanne has also served as the Audit Committee Chair of WH 
Smith plc from 2013 to 2021. She is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered 
Accountants in England and Wales. 

Funke Ighodaro was appointed as Non-Executive Director and will 
serve as a member of the Audit and Remuneration Committees. 
She has significant Finance experience and recent, relevant financial 
expertise that will strengthen the Audit Committee. Funke has 
previously served as CFO of several listed companies on the 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020Johannesburg Stock Exchange and has extensive, multi-national 
experience and expertise in finance, strategy, mergers and 
acquisitions, and business and technology transformation. She is a 
Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales. 

Organisation and Succession planning
Paul Harrison was appointed as COO, and the senior leadership 
team was restructured in response to the continued evolution of 
the Company’s business strategy including rapid development of 
Digital Commerce across the US and other geographies. The senior 
leadership team was revised to align more closely with our client 
engagement structure and clear spans of control were maintained 
throughout the organisation. A thorough succession planning 
exercise for our senior leaders was undertaken which considered each 
individual’s potential and ability to grow, as well as development 
plans to maximise an individual’s ability to contributed and prepare 
them for further promotion. Emergency and planned succession 
options for the Executive Directors and the senior leadership were 
evaluated and approved. 

Board effectiveness
The Board undertakes an externally facilitated evaluation of its 
Board, Committees and individual Directors at least once every 
three years and an internal evaluation in all other years. The last 
performance evaluation led by an external specialist firm was in 
2019. Evaluation methodology includes questions that enable the 
Board and the external firm to assess progress based on recurring 
performance criteria as well as the introduction of format and 
new questions that ensure fresh perspective. Directors consistently 
re-evaluate key strengths of the Board, year over year 
improvements, suggestions for continued skills and Board 
development and identification of current and potential future 
business risks. Feedback is submitted to the external facilitator and/
or the Company Secretary and is otherwise anonymous. The Board 
receives the feedback in an anonymised format and the Chairman 
leads the Board discussion at which an action plan is agreed to 
address any areas requiring improvement. The Senior Independent 
Director Chairs a meeting to discuss the Chairman’s performance 
annually. 

The outcome of the 2020 evaluation was that the Board was 
effective and strategically focussed, with a diverse set of skills, 
styles and backgrounds, which has been further enhanced by 
recent recruitments. 

Confirmation of Independence
The UK Corporate Governance Code recommends that a majority of 
the members should be independent Non-Executive Directors and 
that it is chaired by the Board Chairman or a Non-Executive Director. 
The Nomination Committee is chaired by the Board Chairman, Scott 
Forbes, and the other members are Rita Clifton and Judy Vezmar, 
both independent Non-Executive Directors.

Attendance at Committee meetings
The Committee meets at least annually. During 2020, the Committee 
met twice formally, and all members were in attendance at both 
meetings as well as discussions outside of the formal meeting cadence. 

In addition to Committee members and the Company Secretary, the 
Chief Executive and Chief People Officer often attend meetings at 
the invitation of the Committee.

Scott Forbes
Chairman of the Nomination Committee 
12 March 2021

Board appointments policy
The Committee continues to ensure that the Board consists of 
directors that collectively possess a relevant and priority range 
of capabilities, industry knowledge, business and life experience, 
necessary for the effective oversight of the Group. The Board 
undertakes an externally facilitated Board Strategy review at least 
once every three years and continuously considers when gaps in 
director experience and capabilities arise due to Board rotation, 
changes in the business strategy and other reasons. The Board 
Strategy review is the basis for development of director candidate 
role specifications and provides the basis for recruitment by 
independent, professional Board Director search firms and platforms. 
The Committee’s recruitment reflects its commitment to maintain 
and achieve gender and diversity targets appropriate for the 
multi-national and multi-cultural character of Ascential’s business. 

Non-Executive Director appointments to the Board are for an initial 
term of up to three years. Non-Executive Directors are typically 
expected to serve two three-year terms, although the Board may 
invite the Director to serve for an additional period on the 
recommendation of the Committee. Non-Executive Directors are 
appointed under formal appointment letters which are available for 
inspection at the registered office of the Company during normal 
business hours and at the AGM.

External Directorships
The Committee maintains a consent process and monitors the 
number of external directorships held by each Director and regular 
performance evaluations are used to assess Non-Executive 
Directors’ performance and whether directors have sufficient 
available time to fulfil their duties. External appointments or other 
significant commitments of the Directors require the prior approval 
of the Chairman, or, in the case of the Chairman, the Senior 
Independent Director. 

All Directors received votes cast in favour of their re-election in excess 
of 97% at the 2020 AGM. 

89

Strategic reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Governance reportRemuneration Committee Report

Report of the 
Remuneration 
Committee

Judy Vezmar
Chair of the Remuneration Committee 

We believe that a very long-term 
remuneration framework provides  
a true alignment with shareholders  
and a long-term business strategy.

90 

Dear Shareholder, 
I am pleased to present the Remuneration Committee’s report for 
the year ended 31 December 2020.

What does this report include? 
This report includes details of payments made to our Executive 
and Non-Executive Directors for the 2020 financial year as well as 
an explanation of how the Remuneration Policy was applied 
throughout the year. It also includes a proposal for a change to the 
Remuneration Policy to replace the existing three-year Performance 
Share Plan for Executive Directors with a Ten-year Equity Plan.

This annual statement and the annual report on remuneration 
(set out on pages 100 to 106) will be subject to an advisory vote at 
this year’s AGM on 6 May 2021. The Directors’ Remuneration Policy 
will be subject to a binding vote at the AGM as we are proposing a 
revised policy, which is set out on pages 92 to 99.

Business performance 
2020 has presented unprecedented challenges for companies and 
people across the globe. The cancellation of all of our 2020 live 
events has significantly impacted our financial results, with reported 
revenues down 31% compared to 2019 and a reduction in Adjusted 
EBITDA of 74%. Within these headlines results however, the 
Company has shown notable resilience and delivered strongly 
against long-term strategic priorities in a transitional year. 

The pandemic restrictions both accelerated and more clearly 
illuminated the migration in consumer behaviour onto digital 
platforms. This further underpins our strategic position in the 
eCommerce market place. Excluding the impact of deferred and 
cancelled events, revenues were up modestly overall, at 3% 
reflecting the very strong performance of the Digital Commerce 
segment, where revenue grew by 25% (on a proforma basis). The 
acquisitions since the year end of X Target in China and Intellibrand 
in Brazil has further extended capabilities and geographic reach 
for Digital Commerce. The disposal of non-core assets in the Built 
Environment & Policy business unit (Groundsure, Glenigan and 
DeHavilland) has strengthened the Company’s balance sheet 
and supports ongoing investment in organic growth and targeted 
acquisitions. We believe that we are in an excellent position to 
continue to capitalise on the competitive advantage that we have 
established to date and we operate within a total addressable 
market estimated to be $15.7 billion growing at 14% per annum 
over the period from 2020 to 2023. 

For more information on the Company’s performance, priorities 
and outlook please see the CEO’s statement on pages 4 to 7. 

Remuneration Response to Covid-19
As part of a cost reduction programme, the Directors (including 
Non-Executive Directors) and other senior management volunteered 
to reduce their salaries by 25% for six months from 1 April 2020 to 30 
September 2020. This was at a time when some of our employees were 
furloughed under the UK government’s Coronavirus Job Retention 
Scheme and equivalent schemes. 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020The cancellation of our live events in 2020 and the consequent 
reduction in revenue and profit has resulted in no bonus being 
payable to Executive Directors in respect of the year ended 
31 December 2020. The Remuneration Committee is not proposing 
to make any adjustments to the bonus targets set for the year. The 
Annual Incentive Plan that operates for employees more widely in 
the business was linked to achievement of the same bonus targets 
as the Executive Directors and therefore these colleagues also 
received a 0% bonus payout in relation to 2020.

The Performance Share Plan (“PSP”) award granted in March 2018 
was based on a three-year performance period ended 31 December 
2020, with a challenging cumulative adjusted earnings per share 
target accounting for 75% of the award and the remainder subject 
to relative Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”). The impact of the live 
events calculation resulted in none of the EPS part of the award 
vesting. The Company’s relative total shareholder return over the 
period ranked 73 out of 172 companies, which is a vesting result of 
48.68% of the TSR element. This results in an overall vesting level 
of 12.17% of the original award. More detail on the PSP vesting 
calculation is given on page 102. The Executive Directors are subject 
to a two-year holding period for these vested shares, net of any 
shares sold to meet tax and social security liabilities. 

The Committee did not use discretion in relation to FY 2020 
remuneration outcomes. The product of our success in delivering this 
transformation was to achieve above market shareholder returns 
over the period. Given the impact of Covid-19 was to render both the 
FY 2020 annual bonus targets and three-year 2018 PSP EPS targets 
unachievable, the Committee was comfortable that the significantly 
reduced remuneration earned was appropriate and proportionate 
in relation to recognising the business progress achieved but also the 
wider stakeholder experiences during the relevant performance 
periods 

Executive Director Changes
In September, we announced the appointment of Paul Harrison 
as Chief Operating Officer to bring further depth to our senior 
management team as well as his value and experience of driving 
growth in other innovative digital businesses. His remuneration 
package was set in accordance with the Directors’ Remuneration 
Policy and is explained in more detail on page 106. 

Committee membership changes
The Remuneration Committee is chaired by Judy Vezmar, and the 
other members are Gillian Kent and since October 2020, Rita Clifton, 
all of whom are independent Non-Executive Directors. Paul Harrison 
was a member of the Committee during 2020 when he was in the role 
of Non-Executive Director but did not participate in any discussions 
in relation to his potential remuneration package in connection with 
joining Ascential in an executive capacity. Paul ceased to serve on the 
Committee ahead of his transition to his new role of Chief Operating 
Officer. The Committee has therefore solely comprised Independent 
Non-Executive Directors throughout the year. 

Directors’ Remuneration Policy for 2021
In light of the ongoing strategic transformation of our business since 
our initial public offering, we considered taking a bespoke approach 
to remuneration in late 2019. We ultimately decided to further 
evaluate the correlation between strategic progress and the 
three-year performance criteria associated with our performance 
share plan and actual executive director remuneration. This 
evaluation showed that, despite success being achieved through bold 
actions led by Executive Directors, the rewards to Executive Directors 
have not been commensurate with our strategic accomplishments. 
We are very satisfied with Ascential’s progress relative to the ambition 
of our transformative strategic plan, even more so because we 
maintained strong discipline, consistently generating strong profits 
and free cashflow. We are well positioned to expand our global 
leadership as provider of specialist information, analytics and 
eCommerce optimisation platforms to the world’s leading consumer 
brands and their ecosystems. In contrast, PSPs are not considered to 
be generating rewards that are commensurate with the long-term 
value delivered by the Executive Directors. 

We believe that a very long-term remuneration framework provides a 
true alignment with shareholders and a long-term business strategy, 
especially a transformational strategy. A ten-year programme is 
superior to a three-year plan which serves as a proxy indicator of long 
term shareholder success but is not a substitute for the real thing. 
We are therefore proposing to adopt the Ten-Year Equity Plan which 
is a ten-year share programme that aligns executive reward with 
long-term sustainable company value to replace our current PSP 
for at least the next five years. More details on the rationale for this 
programme and the details of its operation are set out on page 92. 
We conducted an extensive consultation with our investors 
representing over 70% of our issued share capital. We recognise 
that our proposed model is innovative compared to the traditional 
three-year PSP, or even a standard restricted share plan. We 
appreciate the high levels and quality of engagement we had with 
our major investors and have taken their feedback, suggestions and 
support into account in finalising our approach. 

We are not proposing any other changes to the Directors 
Remuneration Policy approved at the AGM in May 2020, which, 
in other aspects, is well aligned with current corporate governance 
best practice expectations. Full detail of the revised policy is set out 
on pages 92 to 97. I hope to receive your support in approving the 
proposed Directors’ Remuneration Policy at the Annual General 
Meeting on 6 May 2021.

Judy Vezmar
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
12 March 2021

91

Strategic reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Governance reportDirectors’ remuneration policy

Directors’ 
remuneration policy

Subject to a binding vote at the 2021 AGM

This part of the Remuneration Report sets out Ascential’s 
Remuneration Policy for its Executive and Non-Executive Directors. 
The policy has been developed taking into account the principles of 
the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code, and guidelines from major 
investors. The Directors’ Remuneration Policy will be put to a binding 
shareholder vote at the AGM in May 2021, and, subject to shareholder 
approval, will take effect from that date. As explained on page 91, the 
only change being proposed to the existing policy is to replace future 
awards of Performance Shares to Executive Directors with awards 
under the Ten-Year Equity Plan. 

Policy Overview
When setting the policy for Directors’ remuneration, the Committee 
takes into account the overall business strategy and risk tolerance, 
considering the long-term interest of the Company with a view to 
adequately attracting, retaining and rewarding skilled individuals and 
delivering rewards to shareholders. The Committee’s remuneration 
principles include designing a policy which will: 

• provide a simple remuneration structure which is easily understood 

by all stakeholders; 

• attract, retain and motivate executives and senior management in 

order to deliver the Company’s strategic goals and business outputs;

• promote the long-term success of the business; 

• provide an appropriate balance between fixed and performance- 
related, and immediate and deferred remuneration to support a 
high-performance culture; 

• adhere to the principles of good corporate governance and 

best practice; 

• align executives with the interests of shareholders and other 

external stakeholders; and 

• consider the wider pay environment, both internally and externally. 

What is the rationale for the Ten-Year Equity Plan?
The current strategy has been evolving since the Company’s IPO 
in 2016 when management recognised an unsatisfied demand 
amongst our global Consumer Product Goods clients (CPG) and 
Retailers for data and know-how that better prepares them to 
promote, market and sell merchandise across rapidly evolving digital 
commerce platforms. With the support of the Board, management 
embarked on an ambitious strategic plan to transform the Company 
from a portfolio of exhibitions, festivals and information service 
businesses to the world’s leading digital commerce and data 
analytics platform. 

In executing this strategy, the Company divested higher profit, lower 
growth rate portfolio brands that offered neither digital commerce 
capabilities nor CPG/Retail customer relationships. Proceeds from 
divestitures substantially funded acquisitions of businesses engaged 
in digital commerce. The profile of acquired businesses tends to have 
lower profit but much higher growth rates and are strategically 
value-add to Ascential. During this active process when the 

Company captured global leadership across major geographies, 
we maintained capital allocation discipline and delivered strong 
organic growth and cash flow whilst continuing to innovate on 
behalf of CPG/Retail customers. The Company’s strategic plan 
contemplates further development of the breadth of its digital 
commerce and data capabilities through both M&A, organic 
investments and potentially further refinements of its legacy 
portfolio as we further extend market leadership globally.

The Company targets strong growth over one or three-year periods 
and has the potential for more substantial growth if execution of 
its pioneering strategic plan achieves its goals over a longer period 
of time. The Remuneration Committee believes that delivery of 
objectives executed over the longer term is particularly relevant 
to Ascential’s business profile. Accordingly, we want to encourage 
decision-making and rewards that are consistent with value we 
expect to create on behalf of investors over the long-term as the 
strategic vision is realised. The Remuneration Committee seeks 
to align the measurement period for executive performance with 
investors who invest on the basis of the Company’s long-term 
strategic plan and our Executive Directors are prepared to make 
an extraordinary long-term commitment.

As we continued to evaluate the correlation between the 
performance delivered by the Executive Directors and the reward 
structure the Company has had in place, it was evident that the 
rewards received by Executive Directors were often not commensurate 
with the Remuneration Committee and Board’s assessment of 
performance including achievements relative to strategic goals. 
Furthermore, it became increasingly evident that a three-year 
performance cycle, which is typical of a traditional long-term equity 
plan does not align particularly well with Ascential’s strategy as 
described above. Although possible, the Remuneration Committee 
further considered the complexity of decision-making about the 
quantum and timing of the various divestitures and acquisitions. The 
Company’s strategy has been to reform the business closer to pure 
play digital commerce and other activities in support of consumer 
brands and retail, and that strategy will continue in an effort to 
extend leadership globally. Therefore, the Remuneration Committee 
determined that a fair and motivational reward system relevant to 
Ascential’s business is not encumbered or enhanced by interim 
financial cycles, and the majority of the benefits are available closer 
to the 10th anniversary of the grant. 

In devising the plan, the Remuneration Committee considered 
that a financial underpin is relevant to a three-year plan because 
three years is a proxy for long-term value, and because a financial 
underpin ensures that executive directors are not rewarded 
undeservedly when share prices rise despite financial performance 
below expectations. Conversely, rising shareholder value reflects 
cumulative executive performance and decision-making over many 
years and over a number of positive and negative cycles, thus being 
the most true measure of alignment with shareholders. For this 
reason, the financial underpin for a 10-year program is justifiably 
the share price, the same as for investors.

92 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020The grant under the Ten-Year Equity Plan (“the Award”) is intended to 
be the only equity grant for five years (no further grants under any 
long-term equity plan including the previous Performance Share Plan. 
The notional value of award is equivalent to five years’ of awards that 
would have been issued under the previous PSP. Whilst traditional 
Restricted Share Plans are usually granted at a reduced quantum 
to reflect the reduction in risk to expected value for the participant, 
the Committee concluded that it would not be fair to discount the 
quantum under the Ten-Year Equity Plan because the extraordinary 
time commitment required of each Executive Director means that the 
risk to expected value compared to a traditional PSP is not reduced, 
and in fact, is arguably increased. 

Although 15% of the share award grants vest in 15% tranches at 
each of the first four grant anniversary dates and 40% at the fifth 
anniversary date, the release date (date hold period ends) is five 
years after the vesting date. The net effect is that the weighted 
average release date for vested shares is close to year 9. Vested 
shares are subject to the full holding period in the event of leaving 
employment, clawback provisions and subject to strict Bad Leaver 
provisions (if the Executive leaves to take any job even with a 
non-competing business.) 

Following investor consultation, the Remuneration Committee 
agreed that the final 40% of the award that vests at the fifth 
anniversary of grant (and is subject to a further five-year holding 
period) is forfeited at the end of the five-year holding period in 
entirety or in part, to the extent that total shareholder return over 
the period to 2031 is less than 8% per annum. The forfeiture formula 
operates on a straight-line basis between 0% per annum and 8% 
per annum total shareholder return. 

There are no proposed changes to any other component of the 
Executive Directors’ remuneration framework; base pay, annual 
bonus and pension benefits remain set at conservative levels 
relative to the Company’s peer group. 

A summary of the Ten-Year Equity Plan is set out below:

In designing the above, the Committee is satisfied that the 
Remuneration Policy and its application takes due account of the 
six factors listed in the UK Corporate Governance Code:

• Clarity – the new policy has the benefit of simplicity and so is well 

understood by our management team and has been clearly 
articulated to our shareholders in consultation. 

• Simplicity – the allocation of shares that vest based on remaining 

in employment avoids the complexities of setting long-term 
targets in the context of executing a long-term strategic 
transformation programme which as a result of actively managing 
the portfolio of businesses necessitates complex adjustments to 
long-term financial targets as businesses are acquired and 
divested. This reduces the incentive effect (as it is hard to track 
performance) and so the 10-Year Equity Plan is much better aligned 
with our long-term goal of sustained value creation and simplifies 
our incentive structure substantially at the same time. 

• Risk – our Remuneration Policy is designed to ensure that 

inappropriate risk-taking is not encouraged and will not be 
rewarded via (i) the balanced use of both short and long-term 
incentive plans, (ii) the significant role played by equity in our 
incentive plans over a 10-year period (together with shareholding 
guidelines) and (iii) malus/clawback provisions.

• Predictability – our incentive plans are subject to individual caps, 

with our share plans also subject to market standard dilution limits. 
The scenario charts on page 97 illustrate how the rewards 
potentially receivable by our Executive Directors vary based on 
performance delivered and share price growth.

• Proportionality – there is a clear link between individual awards, 
delivery of strategy and our long-term performance. In addition, 
the significant role played by the value of reward through equity 
with post-employment holding requirements, together with the 
structure of the Executive Directors’ service contracts, ensures that 
poor performance is not rewarded.

• Alignment to culture – Ascential has a relentless focus on 
delivering for our clients and this is fully aligned with our 
Remuneration Policy in that employee personal success is directly 
linked to the Ascential Beliefs and Behaviours through the 
short-term incentive plans and targets we operate. This is 
especially the case at the most senior levels within our business.

2021

2022

2023

2024

2025

2026

2027

2028

2029

2030

2031

QUANTUM

VESTING PERIOD

HOLDING PERIOD

CEO: 
10x salary

Other EDs:
8.75x salary

40% of Award vesting, subject to further five-year holding period

15% of Award vesting subject to further five-year holding period

15% of Award vesting, subject to further five-year holding period

15% of Award vesting, subject to further five-year holding period

15% of Award vesting, subject to further five-year holding period

40% of Award 
released in 
Q1 2031 subject 
to TSR 

15% of Award 
Released for 
sale each year 
from Q1 2027 
to Q1 2030

93

Strategic reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Governance reportDirectors’ remuneration policy Continued

What are the elements of Executive Directors’ Pay?

Element
Base Salary

Purpose and link to strategy
Provides a competitive and 
appropriate level of basic fixed 
pay appropriate to recruit, 
retain and reward Directors of 
a suitable calibre to deliver the 
Company’s strategic goals and 
business outputs. 

Reflects an individual’s 
experience, performance and 
responsibilities within Ascential. 

Element
Benefits

Purpose and link to strategy
Provides market competitive 
and appropriate benefits 
package.  

Operation
Set at a level which provides a fair reward for the role and 
which is competitive amongst relevant peers. 

Normally reviewed annually with any changes taking 
effect from 1 April each year. 

Set taking into consideration individual and Company 
performance, the responsibilities and accountabilities 
of each role, the experience of each individual, his or 
her marketability and Ascential’s key dependencies on 
the individual. 

Reference is also made to salary levels amongst 
relevant peers and other companies of equivalent size 
and complexity. 

The Committee considers the impact of any base salary 
increase on the total remuneration package. 

Opportunity
Increases will normally be in line with 
the general increase for the broader 
employee population, taking into 
account factors such as performance 
of the Company and external factors 
such as inflation. More significant 
increases than standard may be 
awarded from time to time to 
recognise, for example, development 
in role and change in position or 
responsibility, as are also considered 
for the wider workforce for the same 
reasons. 

Current salary levels are disclosed in 
the Annual Report on 
Remuneration. 

Operation
Benefits provided may include private medical insurance, 
life assurance and income protection insurance. 

The benefits provided may be subject to minor 
amendment from time to time by the Committee within 
this policy. In addition, Executive Directors are eligible 
for other benefits which are introduced for the wider 
workforce on broadly similar terms. The Company may 
reimburse any reasonable business-related expenses 
incurred in connection with their role (including tax 
thereon if these are determined to be taxable benefits). 

Opportunity
There is no overall maximum level 
of benefits provided to Executive 
Directors, and the level of some 
of these benefits is not pre-
determined but may vary from 
year to year based on the overall 
cost to the Company. However, 
the Committee monitors annually 
the overall cost of the benefits 
provided to ensure that it remains 
appropriate. 

Element
Pension

Purpose and link to strategy
Provides a competitive 
and appropriate pension 
package.  

Operation
Each Executive Director has the right to participate in 
the pension scheme operated by the Company either via 
a contribution into the Company’s defined contribution 
plan, or via an alternative cash allowance. 

Opportunity
Pension contributions and/or cash 
allowances are set at 9% of base 
salary for existing Executive 
Directors taking into account their 
service in post and the approach 
to pensions applied to the wider 
UK workforce.

For Executive Directors who join 
after the 2020 policy is approved, 
the Company contribution will 
align with the pension provision 
to the wider UK workforce with 
executives eligible to receive a 
maximum Company contribution 
to a pension scheme or a cash 
payment on the following scale:

• 5% of salary: less than 5 years’ 

service

• 7% of salary: less than 10 years’ 

service; and 

• 9% of salary: greater than 10 

years’ service 

Element
All-employee  
share plans

Purpose and link to strategy
Encourages employee share 
ownership and therefore 
increases alignment with 
shareholders. 

Operation
Ascential may from time to time operate tax-approved 
share plans (such as HMRC approved Save As You Earn 
Option Plan and Share Incentive Plan) for which 
Executive Directors could be eligible. 

Opportunity
The schemes are subject to the 
limits set by HMRC or appropriate 
tax authority from time to time. 

94 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020Element
Annual 
bonus

Purpose and link to strategy
Incentivises the execution  
of key annual goals by 
rewarding performance 
against targets aligned 
to delivery of strategy. 

Compulsory deferral of 
a portion of bonus into 
Ascential shares provides 
alignment with shareholders. 

Element
Ten-Year 
Equity Plan

Purpose and link to strategy
Rewards the achievement 
of sustained long-term 
performance that is aligned 
with shareholder interest. 

Facilitates share ownership 
to provide further alignment 
with shareholders.

Retains and motivates 
Executive Directors over 
a long-term period.

Operation
Paid annually, bonuses will be subject to achievement 
of stretching financial performance measures. The 
Committee also has discretion to introduce non-financial 
and/or strategic measures in future years. It is intended, 
however, that financial measures will determine the 
majority of the annual bonus opportunity. 

Opportunity
The maximum bonus payable to 
Executive Directors is 125% of base 
salary with 50% of maximum 
payable for on-target performance 
(62.5% of salary). 0% of salary is 
paid for threshold performance. 

50% of the bonus will normally be deferred into awards 
over shares under the Deferred Annual Bonus Plan (“DABP”), 
with awards normally vesting after a three-year period. 

Executive Directors have the flexibility to voluntarily elect 
to defer up to 100% of any bonus earned into shares for 
three years. 

Recovery and withholding provisions are in operation 
across the annual bonus and the DABP in certain 
circumstances, including where there has been a 
misstatement of accounts, an error in assessing any 
applicable performance conditions, or in the event 
of misconduct on the part of the participant. 

The Committee has discretion to adjust bonus outcomes 
having had regard to overall corporate performance. 

Operation
One-off award of conditional shares with a vesting 
profile of 15% per year in years 1 to 4, with the remaining 
40% vesting at the end of year 5. Following vesting, a 
further five-year holding period will apply to the awards 
where by Executive Directors will be restricted from selling 
the net of tax shares which vest.

The 40% tranche vesting at the end of year 5 and 
releasable at the end of year 10 is subject to a total 
shareholder-return performance-based clawback.

Recovery and withholding provisions operate in certain 
circumstances, including where there has been a 
misstatement of accounts, an error in assessing any 
applicable performance conditions, or in the event 
of misconduct on the part of the participant. These 
provisions apply for at least three years from the date 
on which an award vests. 

Dividends may accrue on DABP 
awards over the vesting period 
and be paid out either as cash 
or as shares on vesting. 

Opportunity
The maximum opportunity is 10x 
base salary for the Chief Executive 
Officer and 8.75x base salary for 
other Executive Directors

Dividends may accrue on the 
award over the vesting period and 
be paid out either as cash or as 
shares on vesting in respect of the 
number of shares that have vested. 

Element
Shareholding 
guideline

Purpose and link to strategy
Encourages Executive 
Directors to build a 
meaningful shareholding 
in Ascential so as to 
further align interests 
with shareholders. 

Operation
Each Executive Director must build up and maintain a 
shareholding in Ascential equivalent to 200% of base 
salary. If an Executive Director does not meet the guideline, 
they will be expected to retain at least half of the net shares 
vesting under the Company’s discretionary share-based 
employee incentive schemes until the guideline is met. 

Opportunity
Not applicable

Element
Post-
employment 
share 
ownership 
requirements.

Purpose and link to strategy
Ensures there is an 
appropriate amount of 
‘tail risk’ for executives’ post 
cessation of employment. 

Operation
Executives leaving employment as good leavers (e.g. due 
to retirement) will continue to hold share awards until the 
later of their original vesting date or the conclusion of a 
holding period on the vested shares. 

Opportunity
Not applicable

Deferred share bonus awards and any Performance Share 
awards granted under prior year Director Remuneration 
Policies or the Ten-Year Equity Plan will only be eligible to 
vest at the normal vesting date (i.e. three years from grant 
and subject to performance in the case of the PSP, and the 
vesting profile explained above in relation to the Ten-Year 
Equity Plan). Vested Performance Shares and Ten-Year 
Equity Plan shares subject to a holding period will remain 
subject to the holding period (i.e. vesting and release will 
not be brought forward from year 5 to year 3 in the case of 
Performance Shares, or from years 6 to year 10 in the case 
of the Ten-Year Equity Plan). An exceptional circumstances 
provision will apply so that these provisions could be 
overridden (e.g. in the event of death). 

Bad leavers’ unvested share awards will lapse on 
cessation of employment. 

95

Strategic reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Governance report 
Directors’ remuneration policy Continued

What discretion does the Committee retain  
in operating the incentive plans? 
The Committee operates Ascential’s various incentive plans 
according to their respective rules. To ensure the efficient operation 
and administration of these plans, the Committee retains discretion 
in relation to a number of areas. Consistent with market practice, 
these include (but are not limited to) the following:

• Selecting the participants;

• The timing of grant and/or payments;

• The size of grants and/or payments (within the limits set out in the 

policy table above);

• The extent of vesting based on the assessment of performance; 

• Determination of good leaver and, where relevant, the extent of 

vesting in the case of the share-based plans; 

• Treatment in exceptional circumstances such as change of control, 
in which the Committee would act in the best interests of Ascential 
and its shareholders;

• Making the appropriate adjustments required in certain 

circumstances (e.g. rights issues, corporate restructuring events, 
variation of capital and special dividend);

• Cash settling awards; and

• The annual review of performance measures, weightings and setting 

targets for the discretionary incentive plans from year to year. 

Any performance conditions may be amended or substituted if one 
or more events occur which cause the Committee to reasonably 
consider that the performance condition would not without alteration 
achieve its original purpose. Any varied performance condition would 
not be materially less difficult to satisfy in the circumstances. 

How does the Committee choose performance  
measures and set targets? 
The performance metrics (including underpins) used for the annual 
bonus plan and the Ten-Year Equity Plan have been selected to 
reflect Ascential’s key performance indicators. 

The annual bonus is based on performance against a stretching 
combination of financial measures, with the flexibility to include 
non-financial performance measures if considered to be 
appropriate. The financial measures are set taking account of 
Ascential’s key operational objectives but will typically include a 
measure of profitability (such as EBITDA which is also closely 
correlated with the generation of cash) and/or revenue (which 
reflects the Company’s growth focus) as these are key performance 
indicators. In 2021, the annual bonus will be measured on revenue 
(50%) and profit (50%) targets. 

The performance underpin for the Ten-Year Equity Plan is based 
on absolute total shareholder return which has been selected as 
it reflects the output from a successful execution of Ascential’s 
long-term transformation strategy. 

A sliding scale of challenging performance targets is set for both of 
these measures and further details of the targets applied are set out 
in the Annual Report on Remuneration. 

What about pre-existing arrangements? 
In approving this Directors’ Remuneration Policy, authority is given 
to the Remuneration Committee to honour any commitments 
entered into with current Directors that pre-date the approval of the 
policy. Details of any payments to current or former Directors will be 
set out in the Annual Report on Remuneration if and when they arise. 

Are the view of shareholders taken into account?
The Committee values and is committed to dialogue with 
shareholders. In preparing the 2021 Directors’ Remuneration Policy 
we have sought feedback from our major shareholders representing 

96 

over 70% of our issued share capital and the shareholder 
representative bodies IVIS and ISS and Glass Lewis. We will continue 
to carefully consider any shareholder feedback received in relation 
to the AGM this year and in future. In addition, the Committee will 
continue to engage proactively with shareholders and ensure that 
shareholders are consulted in advance, where any material changes 
to the Directors’ Remuneration Policy are proposed. Through the 
process of review this year, the Committee Chair has consulted with 
shareholders who in aggregate hold a majority of our shares and 
they were largely supportive of our proposal.

How are wider employment conditions taken into account?
The Committee seeks to ensure that the underlying principles 
which form the basis for decisions on Executive Directors’ pay are 
consistent with those on which pay decisions for the rest of the 
workforce are taken. For example, the Committee takes into account 
the general salary increases for the broader employee population 
when conducting the salary review for the Executive Directors. 
During 2020, previously announced Board pay rises were deferred 
and the Executive and Non-Executive Directors accepted a 
temporary 25% reduction in base salary/fees at the time that pay 
rises were frozen for all employees. 

The Company operates UK and International Sharesave and US 
Stock Purchase saving plans for employees wishing to invest in the 
Company’s shares. A formal employee consultation on remuneration 
is not operated; however, employees are able to provide feedback 
on the Company’s remuneration policies to their managers or the 
Human Resources department informally, as well as through the 
employee engagement survey and formal performance review 
process. The Ascential Employee Forum was established during the 
year which has provided an additional channel for consulting with 
employees on issues affecting them, including Remuneration Policy. 
Fixed ratios between the total remuneration levels of different roles 
in Ascential are not applied, as this may prevent us from recruiting 
and retaining the necessary talent in competitive employment 
markets. We have however adopted a formal job banding 
framework, which helps to ensure that remuneration is appropriate 
and consistent across the organisation. 

The Executive Directors’ Remuneration Policy (as set out on pages 92 
to 99) reflects differences compared to the broader employee base 
that are appropriate to leadership to ensure alignment with 
shareholder interests. A greater weight is placed on performance-
based pay through the quantum and participation levels in 
incentive schemes. 

How does the executive pay policy differ from  
that for other Ascential employees?
The Remuneration Committee considers the Executive Directors’ 
remuneration in the context of the wider employee population. All 
of the Company’s employees have the opportunity to participate in 
share-based rewards such as SAYE and the wider leadership team 
of the Company participate in annual bonus arrangements. The 
Remuneration Policy for the Executive Directors is more heavily 
weighted towards variable pay than for other employees, to make 
a greater part of their pay conditional on the successful delivery of 
business strategy. This aims to create a clear link between the value 
created for shareholders and the remuneration received by the 
Executive Directors.

How much could an Executive Director earn  
under the Remuneration Policy? 
A significant proportion of total remuneration is linked to Company 
performance, particularly at maximum performance levels. 

The chart below illustrates how the Executive Directors’ potential 
reward opportunity varies under three different performance 
scenarios: fixed pay only, on-target and at maximum. Illustrations are 
intended to provide further information to shareholders regarding 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020the pay for performance relationship. Actual pay delivered will be 
influenced by changes in share price and the vesting levels of awards. 

The Executive Directors can participate in the two all-employee share 
schemes on the same basis as other employees. The value that may 
be received under these schemes is subject to tax approved limits. 
For simplicity, the value that may be received from participating in 
these schemes has been excluded from the below chart. 

The below charts are presented in accordance with The Large and 
Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) 
Regulations 2008 and therefore includes (a) annual figures for salary 
and bonus and (b) the full 2021 award under the Ten-Year Equity 
Plan.  Awards under the Ten-Year Equity Plan are made once every 
five years and therefore the chart shows five-years’ worth of award 
value.  The rationale for the Ten-Year Equity Plan along with details 
of the extended vesting profile and holding periods of awards 
granted thereunder, are set out on pages 93 and 94.

Duncan Painter
CEO  £’000

10,000

9,000

8,000

7,000

6,000

5,000

4,000

3,000

2,000

1,000

0

£9,763

£6,559

85%

£6,951

81%

£3,998

84%

16%

5%
10%

10%
9%

Below target

Target

Maximum

Mandy Gradden
CFO  £’000

10,000

9,000

8,000

7,000

6,000

5,000

4,000

3,000

2,000

1,000

0

£4,285

83%

£4,451

79%

6%
11%

11%
10%

£2,598

83%

17%

Below target

Target

Maximum

Paul Harrison
COO  £’000

10,000

Maximum
(with share
price growth)

£6,330

Maximum
(with share
price growth)

£6,946

£4,696

84%

£4,978

79%

£2,840

83%

17%

6%
9%

11%
10%

Below target

Target

Maximum

Maximum
(with share
price growth)

Fixed Pay
50% share price growth on TEP

Annual Bonus

Ten-Year Equity Plan

9,000

8,000

7,000

6,000

5,000

4,000

3,000

2,000

1,000

0

What would a new Executive Director be paid?
The ongoing remuneration package for a new Executive Director 
would be set in accordance with the terms of Ascential’s shareholder-
approved Remuneration Policy at the time of appointment and the 
maximum limits set out therein. It is the Remuneration Committee’s 
policy that no ongoing special arrangements will be made, and in 
the event that any deviation from standard policy is required to 
recruit a new hire on an ongoing basis, approval would be sought 
at the Annual General Meeting. 

Base salary levels will be set in accordance with Ascential’s 
Remuneration Policy, taking into account the experience and calibre 
of the individual. Salaries may be set at a below market level initially 
with a view to increasing them to the market rate subject to 
individual performance and developing into the role by making 
phased above inflation increases. 

Benefits will be provided in line with those offered to the other 
Executive Directors, taking account of local market practice. 

What would the ongoing incentive arrangements  
be for a newly-appointed Executive Director?
Currently, for an Executive Director, annual bonus payments will not 
exceed 125% of base salary and participation in the Ten-Year Equity 
Plan would not exceed 10x base salary for the Chief Executive Officer 
and 8.75X for other Executive Directors (not including any 
arrangements to replace forfeited entitlements). 

Where necessary, specific annual bonus may be used for an individual 
for the first year of appointment if it is appropriate to do so to reflect the 
individual’s responsibilities and the point in the year in which they joined 
the Board. A Ten-Year Equity Plan award can be made shortly following 
an appointment (assuming the Company is not in a close period). 

What payments could a newly appointed  
Executive Director receive beyond the policy?
The Committee retains flexibility to offer additional cash and/or share 
based awards on appointment to take account of remuneration 
or benefit arrangements forfeited by an Executive on leaving their 
previous employer. If shares are used, such awards may be made 
under the terms of the PSP or as permitted under the Listing Rules. 

Such payments would take into account the nature of awards 
forfeited and would reflect (as far as possible) performance conditions, 
the values foregone and the time over which they would have vested 
or been paid. Awards may be made in cash if the Company is in a 
prohibited period at the time an Executive joins the Company. 

The Committee may also agree that the Company will meet certain 
relocation, legal, tax equalisation and any other incidental expenses 
as appropriate so as to enable the recruitment of the best people 
including those who would need to relocate. 

What about an internal appointment?
In the case of an internal Executive Director appointment, any 
variable pay element awarded in respect of the prior role may be 
allowed to pay out according to its terms, and adjusted as relevant 
to take into account the appointment. In addition, any other 
ongoing remuneration obligations existing prior to appointment 
may continue. Where a temporary internal promotion occurs, 
base salary may be subject to an adjustment to better reflect the 
temporary role or an additional allowance may be payable to 
reflect the additional responsibilities for the period they operate.

Are the Executive Directors allowed  
to hold external appointments?
Executive Directors are permitted to accept external appointments 
with the prior approval of the Board and where there is no impact on 
their role with Ascential. The Board will determine on a case-by-case 
basis whether the Executive Directors will be permitted to retain any 
fees arising from such appointments and, where any such fees are 
retained, they will be disclosed in the Annual Report on Remuneration. 

97

Strategic reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Governance reportDirectors’ remuneration policy Continued

What are the Directors’ terms of employment? What are their notice periods?
The Executive Directors have entered into service agreements with an indefinite term that may be terminated by either party on 12 months’ 
written notice. Contracts for new appointments will be terminable by either party on a maximum of 12 months’ written notice. 

Executive Directors
Duncan Painter
Mandy Gradden
Paul Harrison

Date of service contract / 
appointment

21 Jan 2016
21 Jan 2016
11 Jan 2021

Notice Period

12 months
12 months
12 months

Unexpired term of 
contract at 31 December 
2020

Rolling contract
Rolling contract
Rolling contract

What payments will an Executive Director  
receive when they leave the Company?
An Executive Director’s service contract may be terminated summarily without notice and without any further payment or compensation, 
except for sums accrued up to the date of termination, if they are deemed to be guilty of gross misconduct or for any other material breach 
of the obligations under their employment contract. 

The Company may suspend the Executive Directors or put them on a period of garden leave during which they will be entitled to salary, 
benefits and pension only. 

If the employment of an Executive Director is terminated in other circumstances, compensation may include base salary due for any 
unexpired notice period, pro-rata bonus (normally based on performance assessed after the year end), and any amount assessed by the 
Committee as representing the value of other contractual benefits which would have been received during the period. The Company may 
choose to continue providing some benefits instead of paying a cash sum, representing their cost. The cash element of any annual bonus 
paid to a departing Executive Director would normally be paid at the normal payment date, and reduced pro-rata to reflect the actual 
period worked. 

Any statutory entitlements or sums to settle or compromise claims in connection with a termination (including, at the discretion of the 
Committee, reimbursement for tax or legal advice and provision of outplacement services) would be paid as necessary. 

Executive Directors’ service contracts are available for inspection at Ascential’s registered office during normal business hours and will be 
available for inspection at the AGM. 

How are outstanding share awards treated when an Executive Director leaves Ascential? 
Any share-based entitlements granted to an Executive Director under Ascential’s share plans will be treated in accordance with the relevant 
plan rules. Usually, any outstanding awards lapse on cessation of employment. However, in certain prescribed circumstances, such as death, 
injury, disability, retirement with the consent of the Committee, the sale of the entity that employs him/her out of Ascential or any other 
circumstances at the discretion of the Committee, “good leaver” status may be applied. 

For good leavers under the Ten-Year Equity Plan, awards would be treated as follows:

Circumstance
“Good leaver” (redundancy, 
ill-health, genuine retirement 
to the satisfaction of the 
Committee, death, any other 
reason – see below) 

Resignation

Between Q1 2021 – Q1 2026
15% tranches which have not vested lapse, and 
usual holding period requirements continue for 
vested shares (other than death or terminal 
illness, where shares may be released early)
40% tranche lapses

15% tranches which have not vested lapse, and 
usual holding period requirements continue for 
vested shares 
40% tranche lapses

15% 
tranches

40% 
tranche
15% 
tranches

40% 
tranche

Between Q1 2026 – Q1 2031
15% tranches released on normal time-horizons 
(other than death, where shares may be 
released early)

40% tranche released in Q1 2031 (normal time), 
subject to application of TSR underpin
15% tranches released on normal time-frame

40% tranche released in Q1 2031 (normal time), 
subject to application of TSR underpin

For good leavers under the DABP, unvested awards will vest at the original vesting date unless the Committee exercises its discretion and 
allows the award to vest in full on, or shortly following, the date of cessation. However, in line with the Company “post cessation of employment 
share ownership guideline” it is envisaged this would only be applied in exceptional circumstances. 

In determining whether a departing Executive Director should be treated as a “good leaver”, the Committee will take into account the 
performance of the individual and the reasons for their departure. 

What happens to their outstanding share awards if there is a takeover or other corporate event? 
Outstanding awards on a takeover or winding up of the Company will vest early to the extent that the performance condition has been satisfied, 
and would normally be reduced on a pro-rata basis to reflect the period of time which has elapsed between the grant date and the date of the 
takeover or other corporate event, relative to the normal vesting date of each tranche of the award although the Committee would retain 
discretion to waive time pro-rating of an award if it regards it as appropriate to do so in the particular circumstances. 

In the event of a demerger, special dividend or other event which, in the opinion of the Committee, may affect the current or future value 
of shares, the Committee may decide that awards will vest on a basis which would apply in the case of takeover. In the event of an internal 
corporate reorganisation, awards will be replaced by equivalent new awards over shares in a new holding company, unless the Committee 
decides that awards should vest on a basis which would apply in the case of a takeover. 

98 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020How are the Non-Executive Directors Paid?

Element
Non-
Executive 
Director fees

Purpose and link to strategy
To attract and retain a  
high-calibre Chairman and 
Non-Executive Directors by 
offering market competitive 
fee levels.

Opportunity
The fees are subject to maximum 
aggregate limits as set out in the 
Company’s Articles of Association 
(£2,000,000).

The Committee is guided by the 
general increase for the broader 
employee population, but on 
occasions may need to recognise, for 
example, changes in responsibility, 
and/or time commitments. 

Current fee levels are disclosed in the 
Annual Report on Remuneration. 

Operation
The Company Chairman is paid an annual fee. The 
Non-Executives (including the Senior Independent 
Director) are paid a basic fee, with the Chairs of the 
main Board Committees, the Senior Independent 
Director and the Non-Executive Director designated 
as the employee representative, paid additional fees 
to reflect the extra responsibilities and time 
commitments. If there is a temporary yet material 
increase in the time commitments for Non-Executive 
Directors, the Board may pay extra fees on a 
pro-rata basis to recognise the additional workload. 

The level of fees is reviewed periodically by the 
Committee and CEO for the Company Chairman, and 
by the Company Chairman and Executive Directors 
for the Non-Executive Directors, and is set taking into 
consideration market levels in comparably sized FTSE 
companies, the time commitment and responsibilities 
of the role and to reflect the experience and expertise 
required. The Company Chairman and the Non-
Executive Directors are not eligible to participate in 
incentive arrangements or to receive benefits, save 
that they are entitled to reimbursement of reasonable 
business expenses and any tax thereon. 

Dates of Directors’ service contracts/letters of appointment

Date of service 
contract / 

appointment Notice Period

Unexpired term of 
contract at 31 
December 2020

Non-Executive 
Directors
Scott Forbes
Rita Clifton
Judy Vezmar
Gillian Kent
Charles Song
Suzanne Baxter
Funke Ighodaro

11 Jan 2016
12 May 2016
11 Jan 2016
11 Jan 2016
1 Oct 2020
5 Jan 2021
5 Jan 2021

3 months
3 months
3 months
3 months
3 months
3 months
3 months

n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a

What would a new Chairman or  
Non-Executive Director be paid?
For a new Chairman or Non-Executive Director, the fee arrangement 
would be set in accordance with the approved Remuneration Policy 
in force at that time. 

What are the terms of appointment for the Chairman and 
Non-Executive Directors?
All Non-Executive Directors have letters of appointment with the 
Company for an initial period of three years (save for the Chairman 
who is appointed for a nine-year term), subject to annual re-election 
by the Company at a general meeting.

The appointment of each Chairman and Non-Executive Director  
may be terminated by either party with three months’ written notice. 
The appointment of each may also be terminated at any time if he 
or she is removed as a Director by resolution at a general meeting 
or pursuant to the Articles, provided that in such circumstances 
the Company will (except where the removal is by reason of their 
misconduct) pay the Chairman or Non-Executive an amount in lieu of 
his or her fees for the unexpired portion of his or their notice period. 

Directors’ letters of appointment are available for inspection at the 
registered office of Ascential during normal business hours and will 
be available for inspection at the AGM. 

99

Strategic reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Governance reportAnnual report on remuneration Continued

Annual report  
on remuneration

Subject to an advisory vote at the 2021 AGM

This report has been prepared in accordance with the provisions 
of the Companies Act 2006 and the Large and Medium-sized 
Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 
(as amended). This report has also been prepared in line with the 
recommendations of the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code.

This part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report sets out a summary 
of how the Directors’ Remuneration Policy was applied during 2020. 
The policy in place for the year was approved by shareholders at the 
2020 AGM. This Annual Report on Remuneration will be subject to an 
advisory vote at the 2021 AGM. Various disclosures in this report 
about the Directors’ remuneration have been audited by Ascential’s 
independent auditor, KPMG LLP. Where information has been 
audited, this has been clearly indicated.

What is the composition of the Remuneration Committee?
The Committee is made up of independent Non-Executive Directors 
and there is cross-membership with the Audit Committee, whose 
remit includes review of risk management, to ensure that there is 
alignment between the Group’s key risks and its Remuneration 
Policy. Regular attendees include the external remuneration adviser, 
Chief Executive and EVP, People. No attendee is present when their 
own individual remuneration is being discussed.

• consulting with shareholders and their advisory bodies in advance 

of significant changes to Remuneration Policy; 

• approving the design of, and determining targets for, performance-
related pay schemes operated by Ascential and approving the total 
annual payments made under such schemes; and 

• reviewing the design of all share incentive plans for approval by 
the Board and shareholders. For any such plans, the Committee 
determines each year whether awards will be made and, if so, the 
overall amount of such awards, the individual awards to Executive 
Directors and other senior management, and the performance 
targets to be used. 

Committee attendance during the year
The Committee held three formal meetings during the year, and 
additionally met several times to discuss the remuneration policy 
proposal and consultation. All members attended all meetings. 

Key activities of the Committee
The Committee’s key activities during the 2020 financial year were:

• creating a revised remuneration plan that is relevant and 

appropriate for executives and shareholders, including extensive 
consultation with major investors; 

What is the role of the Remuneration Committee?
The Remuneration Committee (“the Committee”) has responsibility 
for determining the overall pay policy for Ascential. In particular, 
the Committee is responsible for:

• reviewing base salaries for Executive Directors and senior management; 

• approving the bonus outturn for Executive Directors and senior 

management; 

• determining the framework or broad policy for the fair 

• setting bonus targets for Executive Directors and approving them 

for senior management; 

• approving awards under the Company’s share plans; and

• approving this Remuneration Committee Report.

remuneration of Ascential’s Executive Directors and Chairman, 
and certain other senior management including the direct reports 
of the Chief Executive Officer; 

• approving their remuneration packages and service contracts, 

giving due regard to the UK Corporate Governance Code as well as 
the Financial Conduct Authority’s rules and associated guidance; 

• ensuring that the Remuneration Policy is adequate and 

appropriate to attract, motivate and retain personnel of high 
calibre and provides, in a fair and responsible manner, reward 
for their individual contributions; 

• reviewing the ongoing appropriateness and relevance of the 

Remuneration Policy, overseeing any major changes in remuneration 
and employee benefits structures throughout Ascential; 

100 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020Total remuneration for the financial year to 31 December 2020 (Audited)
The following table reports the total remuneration receivable in respect of qualifying services by each Director for the year ended 31 December 2020.

£’000

Executive
Duncan Painter

Mandy Gradden

Non-Executive
Scott Forbes

Rita Clifton

Paul Harrison

Gillian Kent

Judy Vezmar

Charles Song

Total
Total

2020
2019
2020
2019

2020
2019
2020
2019
2020
2019
2020
2019
2020
2019
2020
2019

2020
2019

Salary & fees1

Taxable
benefits2

Pension3

Total  
Fixed Pay

Annual

Bonus4 

Long-Term
 Incentive5

Total  
Variable Pay

Total 
Remuneration 

483
 548 
335
 370 

156
 178 
50
 57 
72
 62 
46
 52 
55
 62 
14
–

7
 10 
5
 5 

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

50
 49 
34
 33 

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

540
 607 
374
 408 

156
 178 
50
 57 
72
 62
46
 52 
55
 62 
14
–

-
 177 
-
 120 

107
 897 
63
 537 

107
 1,074 
63
 657 

647
 1,681 
438
 1,065 

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

156
 178
50
 57 
72
 62 
46
 52 
55
 62 
14
–

1,211
 1,329 

12
 15 

84
 82 

1,307
 1,426 

–
 297 

170
 1,434 

170
 1,731 

1,477
 3,157 

1   Salary & fees includes a temporary reduction in base salary and fees of 25% for 6 months from 1 April 2020 to 30 September 2020 as part of the Board’s response to the impact of the 

Coronavirus pandemic. Fees paid to Paul Harrison include £17,300 consulting fees in relation to consultation on a strategic project in December 2020.

2  Benefits includes private medical insurance, life assurance, income protection insurance and use of a company driver. 
3  Pension amounts are the cash allowance paid in lieu of pension contributions which are calculated as 9% of salary.
4 No bonus was payable in respect of 2020 as targets were not met as a result of the impact of the cancellation of live events during the year. 
5   The PSP award granted in March 2018 has a performance period ended 31 December 2020 and will vest in March 2021 at a level of 12.17%. As vesting is post the year end, an average 
share price for Q4 2020 has been used to calculate the long-term incentive value in the above table. See page 102 for details of the performance conditions. The long-term incentive 
value of the prior year has been restated using the actual share price on the vesting date of 3 March 2020 (£2.97)

Duncan Painter is also a non-executive director of ITV plc and received fees totalling £62,209 in 2019 (2019: £69,997) from that external 
appointment. Mandy Gradden was also a non-executive director of SDL plc up until 3 November 2020 and received fees totalling £48,700 
in 2020 from that external appointment (2019: £57,000).

101

Strategic reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Governance reportAnnual report on remuneration Continued

How was the annual bonus payment determined? (Audited)
The bonus elements with targets for the year, performance against these targets, and the resulting payouts are set out below.

Weighting

Threshold

Target

Maximum

%
50
50

Required 
result (£’m)
402.7
103.9

Payout as 
% of 
maximum
0
0

Required 
result (£’m)
447.4
115.4

Payout as a 
% of 
maximum
50
50

Required 
result (£’m)
451.9
118.3

Payout as a 
% of 
maximum
100
100

Actual result 
(£’m)
263.7
45.6

Actual
Payout as a 
% of 
maximum
0
0

payout as 
% of target
0
0

0

0

Target
Revenue
EBITA

Total

The Committee confirmed that a zero payout level for the 2020 bonus was appropriate given the reduction in 2020 Revenue and Adjusted 
EBITA as a result of the impact of Covid-19. At the time of setting the targets the Committee considered the target ranges to provide an 
appropriate balance between being achievable at the bottom end of the performance ranges and providing a stretch target at the top end 
of the ranges. At the time they were set the targets were considered similarly demanding to those set for 2019 allowing for changes to the 
Company’s portfolio of businesses and, for any bonuses to become payable, a threshold EBITDA was set at £103.9m which was ahead of the 
threshold target set in 2019 of £1.2m. 

What equity awards have been included in the single figure table? (Audited)
The Executive Directors received an award in 2018 under the Performance Share Plan (“PSP”) which vests to the extent performance 
conditions are met over the period to 31 December 2020. The 2018 award was based on EPS and relative TSR performance. Overall, 87.83% 
of the award will lapse based on Ascential’s performance as summarised in the table below.

Performance measure
Adjusted EPS growth 

Weighting
75% of award

Threshold 
performance
8% p.a.

Threshold vesting
25%

Relative TSR vs FTSE 250

25% of award Median ranking

25%

Total

Maximum 
performance
12% p.a.
Upper quartile 
ranking

Actual 
performance
(53%)
Rank: 73 out of 
172 companies

Proportion of 
award to vest
0%

48.68%

12.17%

With regards to the EPS performance target, the Committee considered whether any adjustments were necessary to ensure that material 
events during the measurement period had not made the performance conditions materially more or less difficult to satisfy. However, having 
considered the adjustments that would need to be made to adjust for material M&A activity during the period (e.g. by removing Ascential 
Exhibitions from the base year EPS, and adding acquisition case EPS for subsequent acquisitions during the performance period) so as to 
ensure that the targets were no more or less challenging than when they were set having had regard to the M&A activity it was clear that the 
targets would not be met. As a result, the Committee did not use discretion to adjust the targets and confirmed 0% vesting in relation to the 
EPS target. 

The 2018 PSP awards will therefore vest as follows:

Director

Duncan Painter

Mandy Gradden

Shares awarded
Number / value on 
award
 263,078 
£1,049,997
 155,216 
£619,498

Percent vesting

% of award

12.17%

Shares due to vest
Number / value on 
award
 32,016 
£127,785
 18,889 
£75,393

Value from share 

£
(£20,368)

price increase Dividend equivalents Total value on vesting
Number / value on 
vest
 33,381 
£132,364
 19,694 
£78,094

Number / value on 
vest
1,365
£4,580
805
£2,701

(£12,017)

1  Value of share price decrease based on a 399.12p share price at the time of grant of the award in March 2018, to the three-month average share price to 31 December 2020 of 335.5p. 
2   Value of shares based on a three-month average share price to 31 December 2020 of 335.5p. This value will be restated next year based on the actual share price on the date of vesting. 

The vested shares will be subject to the Company’s two-year holding requirement.

What equity awards have been granted during the year? (Audited)
The Executive Directors received the following awards under the Performance Share Plan (“PSP”) and the Deferred Annual Bonus Plan 
(“DABP”) during the year. The Awards made under the DABP relate to the mandatory deferral of 50% of the bonus payable to Executive 
Directors in relation to the financial year ended 2019 into shares.

Duncan Painter

Mandy Gradden

Type of award Number of shares
381,626
61,409
225,229
20,709

PSP
DABP
PSP
DABP

Face value (£)
1,102899
177,472
650,912
59,849

Face value as a % 
of salary¹
200%
32%
175%
16%

Threshold vesting

End of performance 
period
25% 30 September 2023
–
25% 30 September 2023
–

–

–

1 Face value as a percentage of salary has been calculated on the Directors’ annual salary on the usual grant date of March 2020, notwithstanding that the DABP and PSP awards were 
granted in October 2020. Duncan Painter elected to defer 100% of his bonus into deferred shares. 

The 2020 PSP and DABP awards were both granted as conditional awards. The average closing share price for the five business days immediately 
preceding the date of grant for both awards was £2.89. Awards under the DABP are not subject to performance criteria as they are the element of 
the 2019 performance related to annual bonus paid as deferred shares which will normally vest three years after the date of grant. 

102 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020The Remuneration Committee deferred its plans to award shares to the Executive Directors under the Company’s PSP and DABP plans, 
normally granted in March 2020, in response to the uncertainty presented by Covid-19 and the consequent challenges with establishing 
appropriate performance conditions for the PSP award. In light of the continuing challenges with forecasting earnings over a three-year 
period, the Remuneration Committee concluded that the most appropriate performance criterion for this grant is 100% relative total 
shareholder return (measured against the constituents of the FTSE 250 Index excluding Investment Trusts) with performance to be measured 
over the three-year period running from the date of grant (1 October 2020). This is intended to ensure alignment with shareholders during a 
period of continued uncertainty. The relative total shareholder return performance condition will also be subject to a financial underpin that 
will require the Remuneration Committee to consider the vesting outcome to be appropriate in light of the underlying financial performance 
of the Company over the three-year period. If this is not the case, the Remuneration Committee has the ability to reduce vesting. 

The 2020 PSP awards are therefore subject to the following performance criteria: 

Threshold 

Performance criteria
Relative Total Shareholder Return1

Weighting
100%

(25% vesting) Stretch (100%) Measurement period
Upper 
quartile

Median

Average Net Return Index of Company and each member of the 
constituent group (“Average Return”) during the three-month 
period ending on 30 September 2020 to the Average Return 
during the three-month period to 30 September 2023

1 The Comparator Group for the purposes of the TSR performance condition is the constituents of the FTSE 250 Index (excluding investment trusts).

What other interests do the Directors have in Ascential share plans? (Audited)
The Executive Directors both participate in the Ascential Save As You Earn scheme on the same terms as those open to the wider workforce. 
Share options are granted at an option price which is a 20% discount on the share price on the date of offer. Options normally vest following 
the conclusion of a three- year savings contract and will ordinarily be exercisable for a period of six months after the vesting date. 

The table below summarises the outstanding awards made to the Executive Directors.

Duncan Painter 

 1,391,900 

 453,891 

 (50,984) 

(691,488)

 1,103,319 

in year Lapsed in year
 – 
(50,984) 
 – 
 – 

in year Lapsed in year
 – 
 (30,549) 
 – 
 – 

Scheme
PSP
PSP
PSP
PSP
PSP
DABP
DABP
DABP
DABP
SAYE
SAYE

Total

Mandy Gradden 

Scheme
PSP
PSP
PSP
PSP
PSP
DABP
DABP
DABP
DABP
SAYE
SAYE

Total

Interests at  
1 Jan 2020
 415,574 
 307,219 
 263,078 
 314,693 
–
 19,201 
 37,842 
19,549 
–
 8,823 
 5,921 

Interests at  
1 Jan 2020
 243,924 
 184,081 
 155,216 
185,712 
–
 13,099 
 25,606 
13,184 
–
 8,823 
5,921 

Granted  

– 
 10,856 
 – 
– 
381,626
 – 
 – 
 – 
61,409
 – 
– 

Granted  

– 
 6,505 
 – 
 – 
225,229
 – 
 – 
 – 
20,709
 – 
– 

Exercised  
in year
(415,574)
267,091 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
–
(8,823)
 – 

Interests at  

31 Dec 2020 Date of grant
21-Mar-16
07-Mar-17
08-Mar-18
29-Mar-19
1-Oct-20
07-Mar-17
08-Mar-18
29-Mar-19
1-Oct-20
30-Sep-16
26-Sep-19

– 
– 
 263,078 
 314,693 
381,626
 19,201 
 37,842 
 19,549 
61,409
– 
 5,921 

Exercised  
in year
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
–
(8,823)
 – 

Interests at  

31 Dec 2020 Date of grant
21-Mar-16
07-Mar-17
08-Mar-18
29-Mar-19
1-10-20
07-Mar-17
08-Mar-18
29-Mar-19
1-Oct-20
30-Sep-16
26-Sep-19

 243,924 
 160,037 
 155,216 
 185,712 
225,229
 13,099 
 25,606 
 13,184 
20,709
 – 
 5,921 

 – 
 – 
 – 
–
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
–
 – 
 – 

Exercise  
price (£)
nil
nil
nil
nil
nil
nil
nil
nil
nil
2.04
3.04

Exercise  
price (£)
nil
nil
nil
nil
nil
nil
nil
nil
nil
2.04
3.04

Vesting date
21-Mar-19
07-Mar-20
08-Mar-21
29-Mar-22
1-Oct-23
07-Mar-20
08-Mar-21
29-Mar-22
1-Oct-23
01-Nov-19
01-Nov-22

Expiry date
20-Mar-26
06-Mar-27
n/a
n/a
n/a
06-Mar-27
n/a
n/a
n/a
30-Apr-20
30-Apr-23

Vesting date
21-Mar-19
07-Mar-20
08-Mar-21
29-Mar-22
1-Oct-23
07-Mar-20
08-Mar-21
29-Mar-22
1-Oct-23
01-Nov-19
01-Nov-22

Expiry date
20-Mar-26
06-Mar-27
n/a
n/a
n/a
06-Mar-27
n/a
n/a
n/a
30-Apr-20
30-Apr-23

 835,566

 252,443 

( 30,549) 

(8,823)

1,048,637

The closing share price of Ascential’s ordinary shares at 31 December 2020 was 384.0p and the closing price range from 1 January 2020 to  
31 December 2020 was 177p to 421p.

Ordinary shares required to fulfil entitlements under the PSP, DABP, SAYE and SIP may be provided by Ascential’s Employee Benefit Trusts 
(“EBT”). As beneficiaries under the EBT, the Executive Directors are deemed to be interested in the Ordinary Shares held by the EBT which, at  
31 December 2020, amounted to 1,219,261 . Assuming that all awards made under Ascential’s share plans vest in full, Ascential has utilised 
3.9% of the 10% in ten years and 3.1% of the 5% in five years dilution limits.

103

Strategic reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Governance reportAnnual report on remuneration Continued

What pension payments were made in 2020? (Audited)
The table below provides details of the Executive Directors’ pension benefits:

Duncan Painter
Mandy Gradden

Cash in lieu of contributions to 
Defined Contribution type 
pension plan (£’000s)
50
34

Each Executive Director has the right to participate in Ascential’s defined contribution pension plan or to elect to be paid some or all of their 
contribution in cash. Pension contributions and/or cash allowances are capped at 9% of salary. 

Were there any payments made to past Directors during 2020? (Audited)
There were no payments made to any past Directors during the year.

What are the Directors’ shareholdings and is there a guideline? (Audited)
Details of the Directors’ interests in shares (including those of their connected persons) are shown in the table below.

Director
Duncan Painter
Mandy Gradden
Scott Forbes
Rita Clifton
Paul Harrison
Judy Vezmar
Gillian Kent
Charles Song

Total

Beneficially 
owned at  
31 Dec 2020
3,752,346
781,120
206,050
–
2,820
50,000
–
–

Beneficially 
owned at  
31 Dec 2019
 3,636,081 
 772,294 
 206,050 
 – 
 2,820 
 50,000 
 – 
–

Shareholder 
guideline 
achieved?
Yes
Yes
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a

Outstanding awards

PSP
959,397
970,118
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

DABP
138,001
72,598
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

SAYE
5,921
5,921
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

4,792,336

 4,667,245 

1,929,515

210,599

11,872

To align the interests of the Executive Directors with shareholders, each Executive Director must build up and maintain a shareholding in 
Ascential equivalent to 200% of base salary. Until the guideline is met, Executive Directors are required to retain 50% of any PSP and DABP 
share awards that vest (or are exercised) net of tax.

How does the CEO’s pay compare to Ascential’s performance?
This graph shows a comparison of Ascential’s total shareholder return (share price growth plus dividends paid) with that of the FTSE 250 
(excluding investment trusts) since Admission. This index has been selected as it comprises companies of a comparable size and complexity 
and provides a good indication of Ascential’s relative performance.

)

d
e
s
a
b
e
r
(

)
£
(
e
u
a
V

l

250

200

150

100

0

8 Feb 2016

31 Dec 2016

31 Dec 2017

31 Dec 2018

31 Dec 2019

31 Dec 2020

Ascential plc

FTSE 250 (excluding investment trusts)

This graph shows the value, by 31 December 2020, of £100 invested in Ascential plc at the IPO Offer Price on 08 February 2016, compared with the value of £100 invested in the FTSE 250 
(excluding investment trusts). Source: Datastream (Thomson Reuters)

The total remuneration figure for the CEO for each year since IPO is shown below. The total remuneration figure includes the annual bonus which 
was awarded based on performance in those years. Where that bonus was subject to deferral, it is shown in the year in which it was awarded. 

Total Remuneration (£’000)
Annual bonus (% of maximum)
Long Term Incentive Plan (% of maximum vesting)

2016
565
20
n/a

2017
856 
48
n/a

2018
2,167
20
100

2019
1,681
26
83

2020
647

0
12

104 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
How does the change in the Directors pay compare to that for Ascential employees?
The movement in the salary and annual bonus for the Directors between the current and previous financial year compared to the change in 
average salary for all employees is shown below.

Duncan Painter
Mandy Gradden
Scott Forbes
Rita Clifton
Paul Harrison
Judy Vezmar
Gillian Kent
Charles Song2
All employees

Average percentage change 2019-2020
Taxable 
benefits Annual Bonus
(100%)
(100%)
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
nm

Salary/fee
(11%)
(8%)
(12%)
(12%)
16%
(12%)
(12%)
n/a
(4%)

nm
nm
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
nm

What is the ratio of CEO pay to the average UK employee?
The below table sets out the CEO’s total remuneration as a ratio to UK employees’ total remuneration on the 25th, 50th and 75th percentile.

Year
1 January to 31 December 2020

25th percentile 

Method
Option A

pay ratio Median pay ratio
16.02

27.64

75th percentile 
pay ratio
9.91

The salary and total pay of the employee on each of the 25th, 50th and 75th percentiles are shown below: 

Percentile
25th
Median
75th

Total Salary
22,087
37,500
61,823

Total Pay
23,275
40,167
64,914

We have adopted Method A to calculate the above ratios as it is the most statistically accurate. This means that we have calculated total 
pay for all UK employees, using the same methodology that is used to calculate the CEO’s single figure, using 31 December 2020 as the 
reference date. We will comment on changes in the median ratio in future years when prior year comparison data is available.

Our principles for pay setting and progression are consistent across the organisation as a whole. Underpinning our principles is a need 
to provide a competitive total reward so as to enable the attraction and retention of high calibre individuals without over-paying and 
providing the opportunity for individual development and career progression. The pay ratios reflect the changes in individual accountability 
which is recognised through our pay structures which include greater variable pay opportunity for more senior positions. This is reflected 
in the fact that the CEO’s variable pay opportunity is higher than those employees noted in the table reflecting the weighting towards 
long-term value creation and alignment with shareholder interests inherent in his role. We are satisfied that the median pay ratio is consistent 
with our wider pay, reward and progression policies for employees. All our employees have the opportunity for annual pay increases, career 
progression and development opportunities.

What changes have there been in the fixed pay of Directors?

£000’s
Director

Chairman
Scott Forbes
Executive Directors
Duncan Painter
Mandy Gradden
Non-Executive Directors
Rita Clifton
Paul Harrison
Judy Vezmar
Gillian Kent
Charles Song2

2020

%

2019

%

2018

%

2017

%

20161

156

(12)

540
374

(11)
(8)

50
55
55
46
14

(12)
(12)
(12)
(12)
n/a

3

3
2

2
2
2
2

178

607
408

57
62
62
52
n/a

2

7
6

2
2
2
2

173

591
398

56
61
61
51
n/a

170

nm

nm
nm

nm
nm
nm
nm

554
375

55
60
60
50
n/a

150

449
304

35
53
53
44
n/a

1 Directors appointed for part of the year
2 Appointed 1 October 2020
3 Fees paid to Paul Harrison include £17,300 consulting fees in relation to consultation on a strategic project in December 2020 which have been excluded from the above table to aid 
comparability.

How much does Ascential spend on pay and dividends? (Audited)

Total employee costs
Dividend per ordinary share1

2020
£177.3m
-

2019
£175.0m
1.8p

1   The 2019 figure of 1.8p is the interim dividend per ordinary share paid in respect of the 2019 financial year. In March 2020, as part of the Covid-19-related cash preservation measures, 
the Board decided not to declare the final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2019 of 4.0p that had been previously announced. There was no interim dividend in respect of the 
year ended 31 December 2020 and the Board are not proposing a final dividend.

105

Strategic reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Governance reportAnnual report on remuneration Continued

What advice did the Committee receive?
Korn Ferry are the appointed advisers to the Remuneration Committee and provide advice and information on market practice, the 
governance of executive pay and the operation of employee share plans. The total fees paid to Korn Ferry in respect of their services for 
the 2020 financial year were £63, 364 plus VAT. Korn Ferry provides other consulting services to the Board in relation to its recruitment of 
Non-Executive Directors which is provided by an entirely separate team independent from the team advising the Committee. As a result, 
the advice to the Committee is therefore considered independent. Korn Ferry are signatories to the Remuneration Consultant’s Code of 
Conduct, which requires that advice be objective and impartial.

What votes were received in relation to the Directors’ Remuneration Policy at the 2019 AGM and the Annual Report on 
Remuneration at the 2020 AGM?

Votes cast in favour
Votes cast against
Total votes cast
Abstentions

Remuneration 
Policy
365,711,635
10,790,339
376,501,974
537,988

%
97.1
2.9
100.0

Annual Report on 
Remuneration
375,339,447
1,162,527
376,501,974
–

%
99.7
0.3
100.0

How will the Directors’ Remuneration Policy be used in the 2021 financial year?
Base salary
The base salaries of the CEO and CFO will be increased by 0.7% in 2021, below the 2%-3% awarded to the wider workforce. The CEO and 
CFO’s base salary will therefore be £555,310 and £411,863 respectively with effect from 1 April 2021. Paul Harrison, who was appointed as Chief 
Operating Officer with effect from 11 January 2021, has a base salary of £450,000 per annum. The salary is at a lower rate than the individual 
received at his former employer taking into account the relative size and complexity of his former employer compared to Ascential. 

Annual bonus plan
The annual bonus plan will continue to be subject to a maximum of 125% of base salary and measured against stretching financial targets. 
50% of the bonus will be based on Adjusted EBITDA and 50% will be based on revenue. Half of any bonus earned will be deferred into shares 
which vest after a three-year period.

The Committee has chosen not to disclose, in advance, the performance targets for the forthcoming year as these include items which the 
Committee considers commercially sensitive. An explanation of bonus payouts and performance achieved, along with the targets set, will be 
provided in next year’s Annual Report on Remuneration.

Ten-Year Equity Plan
Subject to approval at the AGM on 6 May 2021, awards under the Ten-Year Equity Plan will be made to the Executive Directors as described 
on page 92.

Chief Operating Officer joining arrangements
As a result of his decision to leave Just Eat Takeaway (JET), Paul Harrison forfeited shares that, on joining Ascential, would have had an 
aggregate value of £1.5m, with 40% of these shares due to vest on 5 September 2021 and 60% on 14 March 2022. No performance conditions 
had been set in respect of these shares at the point when Paul Harrison left JET and no such conditions have subsequently been conveyed. 
During his discussions with Ascential at that time, it was agreed in principle that, should he join Ascential as Chief Operating Officer, he would 
be compensated for any value forfeited on leaving his employer. 

As a result, after taking into account the period of time between leaving his former employer and joining Ascential, the Committee agreed to 
provide compensation for the value forfeit but on a reduced basis. Accordingly, Paul will receive an award over 184,177 shares which will vest 
on 5 September 2021 and 129,159 Ascential shares that will vest on 14 March 2022. Vesting is contingent on remaining in employment and 
subject to performing in line with the Board’s expectations following appointment. The number of shares which were converted to Ascential 
shares on his date of joining of 11 January 2021 had a value on that date of circa £1.13m, which is an approximate 25% discount to the value 
forfeited in recognition of the elapse of time between leaving his former employer and joining Ascential.

The format and structure of the award is consistent with the Company’s remuneration policy in that the value forfeited, the timing of receipt 
of the shares and the structure of the award mirrors what was forfeited and also reflects the timing of the appointment. The awards will be 
granted under an individual arrangement put in place by the Company in accordance with Listing Rule 9.4.2 to enable the arrangement to 
mirror the vesting schedule of the awards forfeited and will be settled using market purchase shares. The net of tax number of shares will be 
retained towards complying with the Company’s share ownership guide

What are the current and future Non-Executive Director fees?
As the fees of the Chairman and Non-Executive Director were reviewed and increased in 2020, there will be no change in fees payable in 
2021.

Board Chairman
NED Basic fee
Additional fee for Senior Independent Director
Additional fee for Committee Chairs

2021
220,000
55,000
10,000
10,000

2020
220,000
55,000
10,000
10,000

% Change
–
–
–
–

This Directors’ Remuneration Report was approved the Board of Directors on 12 March 2021 and signed on its behalf by Judy Vezmar, Chair of 
the Remuneration Committee.

106 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020Directors’ report

Directors’ report

Index to principal Directors’ Report and Listing Rule 
disclosures
Relevant information required to be disclosed in the Directors’ 
Report may be found in the following sections:

Information
Business model
Principal risks and 
uncertainties
Disclosure of information  
to auditor
Directors in office during the 
year
Directors indemnities
Corporate responsibility
Greenhouse gas emissions

Financial instruments – risk 
management objectives  
and policies
List of subsidiaries and 
branches outside of the UK
Future developments  
of the Company
Employment policies and 
employee involvement
Stakeholder engagement
Structure of share capital, 
including restrictions on  
the transfer of securities, 
voting rights and interests  
in voting rights
Political donations
Rules governing changes  
to Articles of Association
Going concern statement
Post balance sheet events

Section in Annual Report
Strategic Report
Strategic Report

Directors’ Report

Corporate Governance 
Report
Directors’ Report
Strategic Report
Corporate Responsibility 
Report
Notes to the Financial 
Statements

Notes to the Financial 
Statements
Strategic Report

Strategic Report  
and Directors’ Report
Strategic Report
Directors’ Report

Directors’ Report
Directors’ Report

Strategic Report
Notes to the Financial 
Statements

Pages
20
50

108

79

107
60
67

155

163

20

56 and 108

10
107

108
108

43
159

The above information is incorporated by reference and together 
with the information on pages 107 to 109 forms the Directors’ Report 
in accordance with section 415 of the Companies Act 2006.

Strategic Report
The Strategic Report is set out on pages 2 to 71 and was approved by 
the Board on 12 March 2021. It is signed on behalf of the Board by 
Duncan Painter, Chief Executive Officer.

Cautionary statement
The review of the business and its future development in the Annual 
Report has been prepared solely to provide additional information 
to shareholders to assess the Group’s strategies and the potential for 
these strategies to succeed. It should not be relied on by any other 
party for any other purpose. The review contains forward looking 
statements which are made by the Directors in good faith based on 
information available to them at the time of the approval of these 
reports and should be treated with caution due to inherent 
uncertainties associated with such statements. The Directors, in 
preparing the Strategic Report, have complied with s417 of the 
Companies Act 2006.

Directors’ indemnities
The Company maintained appropriate insurance to cover Directors’ 
and Officers’ liability for itself and its subsidiaries and such insurance 
was in force for the whole of the year ended 31 December 2020.

The Company also indemnifies the Directors under deeds of 
indemnity for the purposes of section 236 of the Companies Act 
2006. Such indemnities contain provisions that are permitted by 
the director liability provisions of the Companies Act 2006 and the 
Company’s Articles of Association.

Share capital and rights attaching to shares
Details of the Company’s share capital and movements during the 
year are set out in Note 23 to the financial statements, which is 
incorporated by reference into this report. This includes the rights 
and obligations attaching to shares and restrictions on the transfer 
of shares. The ordinary shares of £0.01 each are listed on the London 
Stock Exchange (LSE: ASCL.L). The ISIN of the shares is 
GB00BYM8GJ06.

All ordinary shares (this being the only share class of the Company) 
have the same rights (including voting and dividend rights and 
rights on a return of capital) and restrictions as set out in the Articles.

Without prejudice to any rights attached to any existing shares and 
subject to relevant legislation, the Company may issue shares with 
such rights or restrictions as determined by either the Company by 
ordinary resolution or, if the Company passes a resolution to so 
authorise them, the Directors.

Subject to legislation, the Articles and any resolution of the 
Company, the Directors may offer, allot (with or without conferring 
a right of renunciation), grant options over or otherwise deal with or 
dispose of any shares to such persons, at such times and generally 
on such terms as the Directors may decide. The Company may issue 
any shares which are to be redeemed, or are liable to be redeemed, 
at the option of the Company or the holder, on such terms and in 
such manner as the Company may determine by ordinary resolution 
and the Directors may determine the terms, conditions and manner 
of redemption of any such shares. No such resolutions are currently 
in effect.

Subject to recommendation of the Board, shareholders may receive 
a dividend. Shareholders may share in the assets of the Company 
on liquidation.

107

Strategic reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Governance reportDirectors’ report Continued

Voting rights
Each ordinary share entitles the holder to attend, speak and vote at 
general meetings of the Company. A resolution put to the vote of the 
meeting shall be decided on a poll rather than a show of hands in 
line with recommended best practice.

On a poll, every member who is present in person or by proxy shall 
have one vote for every share of which they are a holder. The Articles 
provide a deadline for submission of proxy forms of not less than 48 
hours before the time appointed for the holding of the meeting or 
adjourned meeting. No member shall be entitled to vote at any 
general meeting either in person or by proxy, in respect of any share 
held by him, unless all amounts presently payable by him in respect 
of that share have been paid. Save as noted, there are no 
restrictions on voting rights nor any agreement that may result in 
such restrictions.

Shares held by the Employee Benefit Trust (“EBT”)
The Group has an Employee Benefit Trust which can hold shares to 
satisfy awards under employee share schemes. At 31 December 2020, 
the EBT held 1,219,261 shares. Voting rights in relation to any shares 
held in the EBT are exercisable by the trustee; however, in accordance 
with best practice guidance, the trustee abstains from voting.

Restrictions on transfers of securities
The Articles do not contain any restrictions on the transfer of 
ordinary shares in the Company other than the restrictions imposed 
by laws and regulations.

Interest in voting rights
Details of the share capital of the Company are set out in Note 23 to 
the Financial Statements.

As at 31 December 2020 and 12 March 2021, the Company received 
notifications in accordance with the FCA’s Disclosure Guidance and 
Transparency Rule 5.1.2 of the following interests in the voting rights 
of the Company.

Shareholder
Jupiter Fund Management Plc
Ameriprise Financial, Inc
Black Rock Inc
Majedie Asset Management Ltd
T Rowe Price Associates, Inc
AXA Investment Managers
Ninety One UK Ltd
Kayne Anderson Rudnick 
Investment Management LLC
Franklin Templeton Institutional, LLC
Norges Bank

As at 31 December 
2020 Percentage of 
voting rights over 
ordinary shares of 
£0.01 each
17.94%
5.06%
5.23%
n/a
5.07%
4.95%
4.92%
4.00%

As at 12 March 
2021 Percentage of 
voting rights over 
ordinary shares of 
£0.01 each
17.94%
5.06%
5.78%
5.11%
5.07%
4.95%
4.92%
4.00

3.91%
3.35%

3.91%
3.35%

Changes to the Company’s Articles
The Company’s Articles of Association may only be amended by a 
special resolution at a general meeting of shareholders. A resolution 
to approve and adopt amended Articles of Association will be 
proposed at the AGM on 6 May 2021. Full details of the proposed 
changes are set out in the notice of AGM dated 12 March 2021.

Authority to allot shares
Under the Companies Act 2006, the Directors may only allot shares 
if authorised to do so by shareholders in a general meeting. The 
authority conferred on the Directors at a general meeting of 
shareholders held on 6 May 2020 expires on the date of the 
forthcoming AGM, and ordinary resolution 17 seeks a new authority 
to allow the Directors to allot ordinary shares up to a maximum 
nominal amount of £2,685,751 (268,575,124) shares, representing 
approximately two-thirds of the Company’s issued share capital 
at 11 March 2021, of which 134,287,562 shares (representing 
approximately one-third of the Company’s issued ordinary share 
capital) can only be allotted pursuant to a rights issue. 

Political donations
The Company’s policy is to not make political donations and it has 
not done so during 2020, nor has it made any contributions to a 
non-EU political party during the financial year. 

Significant contracts
The only significant contract to which the Company is a party that 
takes effect, alters or terminates upon a change of control of the 
Company is the Revolving Credit Facility dated 14 January 2020, 
which contains customary prepayment, cancellation and default 
provisions including mandatory repayment of all loans provided on 
a change of control.

Employment practices
All employment decisions are made irrespective of colour, race, age, 
nationality, ethnic or national origin, sex, gender identity, mental 
or physical disabilities, marital status or sexual orientation. For 
employees who may have a disability, the Group ensures proper 
procedures and equipment are in place to aid them. When it comes 
to training, career development and promotion, all employees are 
treated equally and job applications are always judged on aptitude. 
Further details on the Group’s policies on engagement and 
employment practices are set out on pages 56 to 59.

Auditor
Each of the Directors has confirmed that:

a. so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit 
information of which the Company’s auditor is unaware; and 

b. the Director has taken all reasonable steps that he or she ought 
to have taken as a Director to make himself or herself aware of any 
relevant audit information and to establish that the Company’s 
auditor is aware of that information. 

This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in accordance 
with section 418 of the Companies Act 2006.

108 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020Post balance sheet events
There were four events after the reporting date: the acquisition 
of Hangzhou DuozhunData Technology Co. Ltd and Intellibrand, 
the disposal of Groundsure and the completion of the disposal of 
Glenigan. Please see Note 30 for more detail.

Annual General Meeting
The AGM of the Company will take place at 9am on 6 May 2021 
at The Prow, 1 Wilder Walk, London W1B 5AP, United Kingdom.

The Notice of AGM can be found in a separate booklet which is 
being mailed out at the same time as this report. It is also available 
at ascential.com. The Notice sets out the resolutions to be proposed 
at the AGM and an explanation of each resolution. The Directors 
consider that all of the resolutions set out in the Notice of AGM are in 
the best interests of the Company and its shareholders as a whole. 
To that end, the Directors unanimously recommend that 
shareholders vote in favour of each of them.

• assess the Group and parent Company’s ability to continue as a 

going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going 
concern; and 

• use the going concern basis of accounting unless they either 

intend to liquidate the Group or the parent Company or to cease 
operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so. 

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the parent Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the 
financial position of the parent Company and enable them to ensure 
that its financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. 
They are responsible for such internal control as they determine is 
necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are 
free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and 
have general responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably 
open to them to safeguard the assets of the Group and to prevent 
and detect fraud and other irregularities.

Directors’ Responsibilities Statement
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and 
the Group and parent Company financial statements in accordance 
with applicable law and regulations.

Under applicable law and regulations, the Directors are also 
responsible for preparing a Strategic Report, Directors’ Report, 
Directors’ Remuneration Report and Corporate Governance 
Statement that complies with that law and those regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare Group and parent 
Company financial statements for each financial year. Under that 
law they are required to prepare the Group financial statements in 
accordance with international accounting standards in conformity 
with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and applicable 
law and have elected to prepare the parent Company financial 
statements in accordance with UK accounting standards and 
applicable law, including FRS 102, the Financial Reporting Standard 
applicable in the UK and Republic of Ireland. In addition, the Group 
financial statements are required under the UK Disclosure Guidance 
and Transparency Rules to be prepared in accordance with 
International Financial Reporting Standards adopted pursuant to 
Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union 
(“IFRSs as adopted by the EU”).

Under company law the Directors must not approve the financial 
statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair 
view of the state of affairs of the Group and parent Company and of 
their profit or loss for that period. In preparing each of the Group and 
parent Company financial statements, the Directors are required to:

• select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently; 

• make judgements and estimates that are reasonable, relevant, 

reliable and prudent; 

• for the Group financial statements, state whether they have been 

prepared in accordance with international accounting standards in 
conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and 
International Financial Reporting Standards adopted pursuant to 
Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union 
(“IFRSs as adopted by the EU”); 

• for the parent Company financial statements, state whether 

applicable UK accounting standards have been followed, subject 
to any material departures disclosed and explained in the parent 
Company financial statements;

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of 
the corporate and financial information included on the Company’s 
website. Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and 
dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation 
in other jurisdictions.

Responsibility Statement of the Directors in respect 
of the annual financial report
We confirm to the best of our knowledge:

• The financial statements, prepared in accordance with the 

applicable set of accounting standards, give a true and fair view 
of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the 
Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation 
taken as a whole; and 

• The Strategic Report includes a fair review of the development and 
performance of the issuer and the undertakings included in the 
consolidation taken as a whole, together with description of the 
principal risks and uncertainties that they face. 

We consider the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, is 
fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s position and 
performance, business model and strategy.

The Directors’ Report of Ascential plc was approved by the Board 
and signed on its behalf by

Louise Meads
Company Secretary 
12 March 2021

109

Strategic reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Governance reportFinancial  
statements

110 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020Financial statements
Independent Auditor’s Report 
Consolidated statement  
of profit or loss 
Consolidated statement of  
other comprehensive income 
Consolidated statement  
of financial position 
Consolidated statement  
of changes in equity 
Consolidated statement  
of cash flows 
Notes to the financial  
statements 
Parent Company balance sheet 
Parent Company statement  
of changes in equity 
Notes to the Company  
financial statements 

112

120

121

122

123

124

125
160

161

162

111

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Independent auditor’s report

Independent 
auditor’s report 

to the members of Ascential plc 

1.  Our opinion is unmodified 
We have audited the financial statements of Ascential plc (“the 
Company”) for the year ended 31 December 2020 which comprise the 
Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss, Consolidated Statement of 
Other Comprehensive Income, Consolidated Statement of Financial 
Position, Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity and 
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, Parent Company Balance 
Sheet, Parent Company Statement of Changes in Equity and the 
related notes, including the accounting policies in note 1 to the 
Group financial statements and note 2 to the parent Company 
financial statements. 

In our opinion:
• the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the 

Group’s and of the parent Company’s affairs as at 31 December 
2020 and of the Group’s loss for the year then ended; 

• the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in 

accordance with international accounting standards in conformity 
with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and 
International Financial Reporting Standards adopted pursuant to 
Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union; 

• the parent Company financial statements have been properly 

prepared in accordance with international accounting standards in 
conformity with the requirements of, and as applied in accordance 
with the provisions of, the Companies Act 2006; and 

• the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with 
the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the 
Group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation to the 
extent applicable. 

Basis for opinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International  
Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law.  
Our responsibilities are described below. We believe that the  
audit evidence we have obtained is a sufficient and appropriate 
basis for our opinion. Our audit opinion is consistent with our  
report to the audit committee. 

We were first appointed as auditor by the directors on 16 July 2016. 
The period of total uninterrupted engagement is for the five 
financial years ended 31 December 2020. We have fulfilled our 
ethical responsibilities under, and we remain independent of the 
Group in accordance with, UK ethical requirements including the FRC 
Ethical Standard as applied to listed public interest entities. No 
non-audit services prohibited by that standard were provided. 

Overview

Materiality:
Group financial 
statements as a whole 

£2.5m (2019:£2.0m) 
0.9% (2019: 4.6%) of revenue from 
continuing operations (2019: normalised 
profit before tax from continuing 
operations)

Coverage

74% (2019:86%) of revenue from 
continuing operations 74% (2019:89%)  
of normalised profit before tax from 
continuing operations

Key audit matters vs 2019 

Event driven 

Recurring risk 

New: Going concern –
impact of uncertainties due to 
Covid-19 pandemic 
Valuation of contingent
consideration for Flywheel  
and Yimian acquisitions 
New: Impairment of goodwill 
and other assets relating to 
Retail Week & WRC and RFS 
Price & Promotion
Flywheel Digital revenue
recognition 

Parent Company 
recurring risk 

Recoverability of cost of 
investment in subsidiary and 
intra-group debtors 

112 

Ascential plc Annual Report 20202.  Key audit matters: our assessment of risks of material misstatement 
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the financial statements and 
include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified by us, including those which had the 
greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit ; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. We 
summarise below the key audit matters, in decreasing order of audit significance, in arriving at our audit opinion above, together with our key audit 
procedures to address those matters and, as required for public interest entities, our results from those procedures. These matters were addressed, 
and our results are based on procedures undertaken, in the context of, and solely for the purpose of, our audit of the financial statements as a whole, 
and in forming our opinion thereon, and consequently are incidental to that opinion, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. 

Going concern – impact of 
uncertainties due to COVID-19 
pandemic 

Refer to page 85 (Audit 
Committee Report) and page 
125 (accounting policy). 

The risk 

Disclosure quality 

Our response 

Our procedures included: 

The financial statements explain how the 
directors have formed a judgement that it 
is appropriate to adopt the going concern 
basis of preparation for the Group and the 
parent Company. 

The judgement is based on an evaluation 
of the inherent risks to the Group and 
parent Company’s business model and 
how those risks might affect the Group and 
parent Company’s financial resources or 
ability to continue operations over a 
period of at least a year from the date of 
approval of the financial statements. 

The risks most likely to adversely affect the 
Group and parent Company’s available 
financial resources over this period are: 

• the length of time that the impact of 
COVID-19 will significantly disrupt the 
Group’s events businesses including the 
barriers to running these events, and the 
size and success of these events; 

• the financial and operational resilience 
of the Group’s other businesses during a 
significant global downturn; and 

• the impact on the Group’s ability to meet 
the Group bank debt covenants during 
the directors’ forecast period which is not 
less than twelve months from the date of 
approval of the financial statements. 
This could threaten the availability of 
existing facilities in the absence of 
agreement of changes to facility terms 
and existing covenants. 

The risk for our audit was whether or not 
those risks were such that they amounted 
to a material uncertainty that may cast 
significant doubt about the ability to 
continue as a going concern. Had they 
been such, then that fact would have been 
required to have been disclosed. 

Clear and full disclosure of the assessment 
undertaken by the directors and the 
rationale for the use of the going concern 
assumption, represents a key financial 
statement disclosure requirement. There is 
a risk that insufficient details are disclosed 
to allow a full understanding of the 
assessment undertaken by the directors. 

• Funding assessment: We considered the directors’ assessment of 

COVID-19 related sources of risk to the Group’s financial and 
operational resilience compared with our own understanding of these 
risks and knowledge of the business. Our procedures included: 

 — We agreed the Group’s committed level of financing, the availability 

of facilities and related covenant requirements to signed agreements. 

 — We critically assessed the ability of the Group to meet the revised 

terms and financial covenants within existing facility agreements in 
reasonably foreseeable downside scenarios brought about by the 
COVID-19 pandemic. These included challenging and assessing the 
ability of the Group to withstand an extended and prolonged 
period of economic downturn with no events taking place. 

 — Through enquiry and inspection of recent management information, 

our evaluation included challenge of the assumptions and an 
evaluation of the ability of the directors to take any assumed mitigation 
actions based on our own expectations based on our knowledge of the 
entity and experience of the industry in which it operates. 

 — Through enquiry and inspection of the latest banking agreements 
and the changes to the terms of both the facility agreements and 
the related covenants, we considered the intent of the Group’s 
lenders to continue to support the Group with existing facilities. 

• Key dependency assessment: The continued operation of the Group 

business is a critical factor in assessing the risk of failure; as is the 
continued availability of the Group’s £450m Revolving Credit Facility (refer 
above) throughout the assessment period. Our procedures included: 

 — We gained an understanding of and assessed the Group’s plans 

and progress to try to ensure the continued operation of the Group 
in the face of the disruption caused by COVID-19; and 

 — Using our industry experience, we challenged and evaluated the 
degree to which reasonably foreseeable downside scenarios that 
may impact the Group were factored into the financial resilience 
modelling that the Group has performed. 

• Historical comparisons: We assessed the directors’ actual forecasts to 

date versus actual cashflows during the COVID-19 pandemic. 
• Benchmarking assumptions and our sector experience: We 
evaluated and challenged the assumptions used in cash flow 
forecasts using our knowledge of the business and our sector 
experience and assessing the potential risk of management bias. 
• Sensitivity analysis: We considered sensitivities over the level of 
available financial resources indicated by the Group’s financial 
forecasts taking account of reasonably possible (but not unrealistic) 
adverse effects that could arise from these risks individually and 
collectively. This included an assessment of the Group’s ability to 
continue to meet its debt covenants through considering a more 
severe downside to stress test the modelling. 

• Evaluating directors’ intent: Through enquiry we evaluated the 

achievability of the actions the directors may consider they would 
take to improve the position as risks materialise. 

• Assessing transparency: We critically assessed the completeness and 
accuracy of the matters covered in the going concern disclosure by 
agreeing to supporting evidence and performing inquiries of the 
directors, which included challenging the transparency of 
assumptions in the severe but plausible downside stress scenarios 
performed in making this assessment. 

We performed the tests above rather than seeking to rely on any of the 
Group’s controls because the nature of the balance is such that we 
would expect to obtain audit evidence primarily through the detailed 
procedures described. 

Our findings 
• We found the going concern disclosure without any material 

uncertainty to be acceptable (2019 result: acceptable). 

113

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020 Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report Continued

Valuation of contingent 
consideration for the Flywheel 
and Yimian acquisitions 

Refer to page 85 (Audit 
Committee Report), page 127 
(accounting policy) and page 
150 (financial disclosures). 

Flywheel Digital revenue 
recognition 

Refer to page 126 (accounting 
policy). 

The risk 

Our response 

Forecast-based valuation 

Our procedures included: 

The Group has recognised significant 
contingent consideration liabilities in 
respect of the Flywheel and Yimian 
acquisitions which are substantially all of 
the Level 3 total deferred and contingent 
consideration liability of £96.5m (2019: 
£68.4m) disclosed in note 20. There is 
inherent uncertainty involved in 
forecasting revenue of an acquired 
business, which determines the fair value of 
the liability as at the balance sheet date. 

The effect of these matters is that, as part 
of our risk assessment, we determined that 
the fair value of the contingent 
consideration liability has a high degree of 
estimation uncertainty, with a potential 
range of reasonable outcomes greater 
than our materiality for the financial 
statements as a whole. The financial 
statements (note 20) disclose the range of 
outcomes estimated by the Group. 

• Assessing forecasts: We challenged the changes in the forecast 

revenue growth compared to the forecasts used as the basis for the 
initial contingent consideration calculation, current forecasts, and 
assessed against the recent performance of the business. 

• Assessing the discount rate: We challenged the reasonability of  

the discount rate used by conducting sensitivity analyses based on 
our independently developed rate and the Group’s impairment 
discount rate. 

• Test of details: We agreed the basis of the earn out calculation and 
values of key inputs such as potential consideration values to signed 
agreements, taking into account changes in the agreements made in 
the year. 

• Assessing transparency: We assessed the adequacy of the Group’s 

disclosures about the potential range of overall future payments, and 
the estimates and judgements made by the Group in this regard. 

We performed the tests above rather than seeking to rely on any of the 
Group’s controls because the nature of the balance is such that we 
would expect to obtain audit evidence primarily through the detailed 
procedures described. 

Our results 
• As a result of our work we found the carrying amount of contingent 

consideration recognised to be acceptable (2019: acceptable) 

The risk

Our response

Flywheel Digital revenue 

Our procedures included: 

• Test of details: We selected a sample of sales invoices during the 

period to assess whether revenue has been recognised in the correct 
financial period, by checking the date, amount, description and 
quantity to relevant documentation, such as contract, proof of 
payment or other third-party acknowledgement of receipt. 

• Test of details: We select a substantive sample of revenue related 

accounts such as accounts receivable, deferred income and accrued 
revenue to assess whether revenue has been recognised or deferred in 
the appropriate financial year, by checking the date, amount, 
description and quantity to relevant documentation, such as contract, 
proof of payment or other third-party proof of delivery of the service. 

We performed the tests above rather than seeking to rely on any of 
Flywheel’s controls because of the nature of the control environment. 
The Group anticipates transferring Flywheel’s accounting processes and 
systems to a new group-wide platform in 2021/22. Accordingly, it was 
more appropriate to obtain audit evidence through the procedures 
described above. 

Our results 
• As a result of our work we found the amount of revenue recognised  
for Flywheel Digital in the current financial year to be acceptable 
(2019: acceptable) 

Professional standards require us to make 
a rebuttable presumption that the fraud 
risk from revenue recognition is a 
significant risk. 

We consider the risk to be in respect of 
overstatement of current year revenues for 
the Flywheel Digital business which is 
subject to a higher level of management 
pressure given the focus on the year on 
year growth of this newly acquired and 
high growth business. 

The risk has been heighted as the 
Ascential Group’s other revenue streams 
being impacted by COVID-19 economic 
downturn comparative to the Digital 
Commerce segment. 

Revenue is the largest driver of the 
Flywheel Digital earnout payment to be 
made by the Group and thus increases the 
incentive of those who will receive that 
payment to overstate the revenue. 

We continue to perform procedures over 
the recognition of other revenue streams 
of the Group. However, given the nature of 
revenue recognition, we have not assessed 
the other revenue streams as one of the 
most significant risks in our current year 
audit and, therefore, we have not 
separately identified that revenue in our 
report this year. 

114 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020Impairment of goodwill and 
other assets relating to Retail 
Week & WRC and RFS Price & 
Promotion 

(£28.4 million; 2019: Nil) 

Refer to page 85 (Audit 
Committee Report), page 127 
(accounting policy) and pages 
144 to 146 (financial disclosures). 

The risk

Our response

Forecast-based assessment 

Our procedures included: 

The recoverability of goodwill and other 
assets relating to the Retail Week & WRC 
and RFS Price & Promotion cash 
generating units (“CGUs”) is assessed using 
forecast financial information within a 
discounted cash flow model (“the model”). 

The model is highly sensitive to changes in 
key assumptions, relating to forecast 
financial performance, in particular 
revenue growth and operating margins, as 
well as external factors such as future 
growth of the category as a whole 
(including how strongly, or otherwise, the 
businesses recover from the COVID-19 
pandemic), discount rates and terminal 
growth rates. 

In the current year the Group has 
recognised an impairment loss of £28.4 
million against the goodwill and other 
assets. This primarily reflects global 
restrictions arising from the COVID-19 
pandemic impacting the wider retail and 
events industries. 

The valuation of the CGUs – and 
consequent impairment loss – is subject to 
a high degree of estimation uncertainty. 

Where a substantial impairment must be 
recognised, there may be incentive for the 
Group to use assumptions that are 
excessively cautious, leading to an 
overstatement of the impairment. 
Conversely, if assumptions are over-
optimistic, the impairment loss may be 
understated. 

The effect of these matters is that, as part 
of our risk assessment, we determined that 
there exists a reasonably possible set of 
changes in these key assumptions that 
would result in a change to the valuation 
and associated impairment loss well in 
excess of our materiality for the financial 
statements as a whole and possibly many 
times that amount. The financial 
statements (note 13) disclose the sensitivity 
estimated by the Group. 

It is also important that disclosures give 
relevant information and reflect 
uncertainties inherent in the impairment 
assessment and its outcome. 

• Methodology implementation: We assessed the principles and 

integrity of the model are in accordance with the relevant accounting 
standards. 

• Methodology implementation: Following the restructuring of the 

Group and the redetermination of the RFS Price & Promotion CGU, we 
challenged the composition of assets that are allocated to the CGU 
by our own expectations based on our knowledge of the entity and 
experience of the industry in which it operates. 

• Sensitivity analysis: We considered the sensitivity of each 

assumption, identified changes to these assumptions since previous 
forecasts, and focused our attention on those assumptions we 
considered to be most sensitive, judgemental or otherwise prone to 
management bias. 

• Historical comparisons: we evaluated the track record of historical 

assumptions used against actual results achieved, such as the 
performance of various CGUs prior to and during the COVID-19 
pandemic, against the historical results and budgets. 

 — We compared the recent performance of these CGUs against plan 

and evaluated this in relation to forecast growth. 

 — We challenged the operating margin projections by reference to 

those achieved historically both and during the COVID-19 
pandemic. 

• Personnel interviews: We compared judgements made centrally to 
direct discussion with local Finance Directors. We considered and 
challenged the Group’s assumptions with reference to alternative 
views provided locally. 

• Our valuation expertise: We independently derived a reasonable 

range of appropriate discount rates with the assistance of our 
valuation specialists, compared these to those calculated by the 
Group and identified any differences in assumptions between the 
calculations. 

• Assessing transparency: We assessed whether the Group’s 

disclosures reflected the risks inherent in the assessment of the 
recoverable amount of goodwill and other assets. 

We performed the tests above rather than seeking to rely on any of the 
Group’s controls because the nature of the balance is such that we 
would expect to obtain audit evidence primarily through the detailed 
procedures described. 

Our results 
• We found the goodwill and other assets balances, and the related 
impairment charge, to be acceptable (2019: we found the Group’s 
conclusion that there is no impairment of goodwill and other assets to 
be acceptable). 

115

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020 Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report Continued

Recoverability of cost of 
investment in subsidiary and 
intra-group debtors 

Investment (£452.8 million;  
2019 £452.8 million) 

Intra-group debtors  
(£223.4 million;  
2019: £208.4 million) 

Refer to page 162  
(accounting policy) 
and pages 163 and 164 
(financial disclosures). 

The risk 
Low risk, high value 

Our response 
Our procedures included: 

The amount of the parent Company’s 
investment in its subsidiary, which acts as 
an intermediate holding company for the 
rest of the parent Company’s subsidiaries, 
represents 67% (2019: 68%) of the parent 
Company’s assets. The carrying amount of 
the intra-group debtors balance comprises 
the remaining 33% (2019: 32%). 

Their recoverability is not at a high risk of 
significant misstatement or subject to 
significant level of judgement. However, 
due to their materiality in the context of 
the parent Company financial statements, 
this is considered to be the area that had 
the greatest effect on our overall parent 
Company audit. 

• Tests of detail: We compared the carrying amount of parent 

Company’s only investment with the subsidiary’s draft balance sheet 
and whether its net assets, being an approximation of their minimum 
recoverable amount, were in excess of their carrying amount and 
assessing whether the Group headed by the subsidiary has historically 
been profit-making. 

• Tests of detail: We assessed a sample of the highest value intra-

group debtors representing 100%(2019: 99%) of the Group debtor 
balance to identify, with reference to the relevant debtors’ draft 
balance sheet, whether they have a positive net asset value and 
therefore coverage of the debt owed, as well as assessing whether 
those debtor companies have historically been profit-making. 

•  Comparing valuations: We compared the carrying amount of the 

investment in the subsidiary to the Group’s market capitalisation as 
adjusted to exclude the liabilities of the parent Company, being an 
approximation of the recoverable amount of the investment. 

We performed the tests above rather than seeking to rely on any of the 
parent Company’s controls because of the nature of the balance meant 
that detailed testing is inherently the most effective means of obtaining 
audit evidence. 

Our results 
• We found the directors’ conclusion that there is no impairment to the 

carrying amounts of the investment in the subsidiary and the 
intra-group debtors to be acceptable (2019: acceptable). 

Following a reorganisation in the Group, as the Edge goodwill is now monitored as part of the Digital Commerce businesses, we therefore we 
have no longer assessed this goodwill as a key audit matter in our current year audit and, therefore, it is not separately identified in our 
report this year. We continue to perform procedures over impairment risk of goodwill and other non-current assets and in particular this year 
have identified the impairment of goodwill and other assets relating to Retail Week & WRC and RFS Price & Promotion as a key audit matter 
(see above). 

3.  Our application of materiality and an overview of the scope of our audit 
Materiality for the Group financial statements as a whole was set at £2.5m (2019: £2.0m ), determined with reference to a benchmark of Group 
revenue, of which it represents 0.9% (2019: 4.6% of Group profit before tax, normalised to exclude acquisition related contingent employment 
costs and capital costs). We now consider Group revenue to be the most appropriate benchmark as it provides a more stable measure than 
Group profit before tax given the fall in profits of the non digital commerce businesses and the high growth of the digital commerce 
businesses. 

The parent Company is a component of the Group audit. Materiality of £125,000 (2019: £1,000,000), has been applied to the audit of the 
parent Company. This is lower than the materiality we would otherwise have determined by reference to total assets, and represents 0.02% 
of the parent Company’s total assets (2019: 0.2%). 

In line with our audit methodology, our procedures on individual account balances and disclosures were performed to a lower threshold, 
performance materiality, so as to reduce to an acceptable level the risk that individually immaterial misstatements in individual account 
balances add up to a material amount across the financial statements as a whole. 

Performance materiality was set at 75% (2019: 75%) of materiality for the financial statements as a whole, which equates to £1.9 m (2019: 
£1.5m) for the group and £93,750 (2019: £750,000) for the parent Company. We applied this percentage in our determination of performance 
materiality because we did not identify any factors indicating an elevated level of risk.

We agreed to report to the Audit Committee any corrected or uncorrected identified misstatements exceeding £125,000 (2019: £100,000), in 
addition to other identified misstatements that warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. 

Of the Group’s 82 (2019: 81) reporting components, we subjected 7 (2019: 10) to full scope audits for group purposes and 1 (2019: 5) to specified 
risk-focused audit procedures. The latter was not individually financially significant enough to require a full scope audit for group purposes, 
but did present specific individual risks that needed to be addressed. 

116 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020The components within the scope of our work accounted for the 
percentages illustrated below. 

Profit benchmark
£263.7m (2019: Normalised  
profit of £43.3m)

Group Materiality
£2.0m (2018: £2.0m)

£2.5m 
Whole financial statements 
materiality (2019: £2.0m)

£1.9m 
Whole financial statements 
performance materiality 
(2019: £1.5m)

£1.3m 
Range of materiality at 8 
components (£0.1m-£1.3m)  
(2019: £0.2m-£1.4m)

£125,000 
Misstatements reported to 
the audit committee (2019: 
£100,000)

 Profit Benchmark
 Group materiality

Group revenue 

Group profit before tax on 
continuing operations

4.  Going concern 
The directors have prepared the financial statements on the going 
concern basis as they do not intend to liquidate the Group or the 
parent Company or to cease their operations, and as they have 
concluded that the Group’s and the parent Company’ financial position 
means that this is realistic. They have also concluded that there are no 
material uncertainties that could have cast significant doubt over their 
ability to continue as a going concern for at least a year from the date 
of approval of the financial statements (“the going concern period”). 

An explanation of how we evaluated management’s assessment of 
going concern is set out in the related key audit matter in section 2 of 
this report. 

Our conclusions based on this work: 

• we consider that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of 

accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is 
appropriate; 

• we have not identified, and concur with the directors’ assessment 

that there is not, a material uncertainty related to events or 
conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast significant 
doubt on the Group’s or parent Company’s ability to continue as a 
going concern for the going concern period; 

• we have nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to 
the directors’ statement in note 1 to the financial statements on the 
use of the going concern basis of accounting with no material 
uncertainties that may cast significant doubt over the Group and

• parent Company’s use of that basis for the going concern period, 

and we found the going concern disclosure in note 1 to be 
acceptable; and 

29%

38%

• the related statement under the Listing Rules set out on page 43 is 
materially consistent with the financial statements and our audit 
knowledge. 

11%

9%

74%

(2019: 86%)

65%

75%

52%

74%

(2019: 89%)

45%

 Full scope for group audit purposes 2019
 Specified risk-focused audit procedures 2019
 Full scope for group audit purposes 2018
 Specified risk-focused audit procedures 2018
 Residual components

Group total assets 

11%

5%

82%

(2019: 92%)

78%

77%

The remaining 26% (2019: 14%) of total Group revenue, 26% (2019: 
11%) of Group profit before tax and 18% (2019: 13%) of total Group 
assets is represented by 74 (2019: 66) reporting components, none of 
which individually represented more than 3% (2019: 5%) of any of 
total Group revenue, Group profit before tax or total Group assets. 
For the residual components, we performed analysis at an 
aggregated Group level to re-examine our assessment that there 
were no significant risks of material misstatement within these. 

The work on all components including the parent Company was 
performed by the Group team (2019: all). All audit procedures were 
performed remotely including using video and telephone conference 
meetings on account of travel restrictions (2019: none). 

However, as we cannot predict all future events or conditions and as 
subsequent events may result in outcomes that are inconsistent with 
judgements that were reasonable at the time they were made, the 
above conclusions are not a guarantee that the Group or the parent 
Company will continue in operation. 

5.  Fraud and breaches of laws and regulations –  
ability to detect 
Identifying and responding to risks of material misstatement due 
to fraud 
To identify risks of material misstatement due to fraud (“fraud risks”) 
we assessed events or conditions that could indicate an incentive or 
pressure to commit fraud or provide an opportunity to commit fraud. 
Our risk assessment procedures included: 

• Enquiring of directors, the audit committee and internal audit and 
inspection of policy documentation as to the Group’s high-level 
policies and procedures to prevent and detect fraud, including the 
internal audit function, and the Group’s channel for 
“whistleblowing”, as well as whether they have knowledge of any 
actual, suspected or alleged fraud. 

• Reading Board, audit committee and nomination committee minutes. 

• Considering remuneration incentive schemes and performance 
targets for management, directors and sales staff including the 
adjusted earnings per share target for management remuneration. 

• Using analytical procedures to identify any usual or unexpected 

relationships. 

• Using our own forensic specialists to assist us in identifying fraud 
risks based on discussions of the circumstances of the Group and 
parent Company. 

We communicated identified fraud risks throughout the audit team 
and remained alert to any indications of fraud throughout the audit. 

117

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020 Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report Continued

As required by auditing standards, and taking into account possible 
pressures to meet profit targets, we perform procedures to address the 
risk of management override of controls and the risk of fraudulent 
revenue recognition, in particular the risk that Flywheel Digital revenue 
is recorded in an inappropriate financial year and the risk that Group 
and component management may be in a position to make 
inappropriate accounting entries and the risk of bias in accounting 
estimates and judgements such as the related accrued revenue. 

We also identified a fraud risk related to contingent consideration  
in response to possible pressures to understate contingent 
consideration liabilities. 

Further detail in respect of the valuation of contingent consideration 
for the Flywheel and Yimian acquisitions is set out in the key audit 
matter disclosures in section 2 of this report. 

In determining the audit procedures we took into account the results 
of our evaluation and testing of the operating effectiveness of the 
Group-wide fraud risk management controls 

We also performed procedures including: 

• Identifying journal entries to test for all full scope components 
based on risk criteria and comparing the identified entries to 
supporting documentation. These included those posted to 
unusual accounts. 

• Assessing significant accounting estimates for bias. 

We discussed with the audit committee matters related to actual or 
suspected fraud, for which disclosure is not necessary, and 
considered any implications for our audit. 

Identifying and responding to risks of material misstatement due 
to non-compliance with laws and regulations 
We identified areas of laws and regulations that could reasonably be 
expected to have a material effect on the financial statements from 
our general commercial and sector experience and through discussion 
with the directors and other management (as required by auditing 
standards), and discussed with the directors and other management 
the policies and procedures regarding compliance with laws and 
regulations. 

As the Group is regulated, our assessment of risks involved gaining an 
understanding of the control environment including the entity’s 
procedures for complying with regulatory requirements. 

We communicated identified laws and regulations throughout our 
team and remained alert to any indications of non-compliance 
throughout the audit. 

The potential effect of these laws and regulations on the financial 
statements varies considerably. 

Firstly, the Group is subject to laws and regulations that directly affect 
the financial statements including financial reporting legislation 
(including related companies legislation), distributable profits 
legislation and taxation legislation, and we assessed the extent of 
compliance with these laws and regulations as part of our procedures 
on the related financial statement items. 

Secondly, the Group is subject to many other laws and regulations 
where the consequences of non-compliance could have a material 
effect on amounts or disclosures in the financial statements, for 
instance through the imposition of fines or litigation. We identified the 
following areas as those most likely to have such an effect: health and 
safety, anti-bribery, employment law and certain aspects of company 
legislation recognising the nature of the Group’s activities. Auditing 
standards limit the required audit procedures to identify non-
compliance with these laws and regulations to enquiry of the directors 
and other management and inspection of regulatory and legal 
correspondence, if any. Therefore, if a breach of operational 
regulations is not disclosed to us or evident from relevant 
correspondence, an audit will not detect that breach. 

We discussed with the audit committee other matters related to actual 
or suspected breaches of laws or regulations, for which disclosure is not 
necessary, and considered any implications for our audit

Context of the ability of the audit to detect fraud or breaches of 
law or regulation 
Owing to the inherent limitations of an audit, there is an unavoidable 
risk that we may not have detected some material misstatements in 
the financial statements, even though we have properly planned 
and performed our audit in accordance with auditing standards. For 
example, the further removed non-compliance with laws and 
regulations is from the events and transactions reflected in the 
financial statements, the less likely the inherently limited procedures 
required by auditing standards would identify it. 

In addition, as with any audit, there remained a higher risk of 
non-detection of fraud, as these may involve collusion, forgery, 
intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal 
controls. Our audit procedures are designed to detect material 
misstatement. We are not responsible for preventing non-compliance 
or fraud and cannot be expected to detect non-compliance with all 
laws and regulations. 

6.  We have nothing to report on the other information in 
the Annual Report 
The directors are responsible for the other information presented in 
the Annual Report together with the financial statements. Our opinion 
on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, 
accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except as explicitly 
stated below, any form of assurance conclusion thereon. 

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, 
consider whether, based on our financial statements audit work, the 
information therein is materially misstated or inconsistent with the 
financial statements or our audit knowledge. Based solely on that 
work we have not identified material misstatements in the other 
information. 

Strategic report and directors’ report 
Based solely on our work on the other information: 

• we have not identified material misstatements in the strategic 

report and the directors’ report; 

• in our opinion the information given in those reports for the 

financial year is consistent with the financial statements; and 

• in our opinion those reports have been prepared in accordance 

with the Companies Act 2006. 

Directors’ remuneration report 
In our opinion the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be 
audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the 
Companies Act 2006. 

Disclosures of emerging and principal risks and longer-term viability 
We are required to perform procedures to identify whether there is a 
material inconsistency between the directors’ disclosures in respect 
of emerging and principal risks and the viability statement, and the 
financial statements and our audit knowledge. 

Based on those procedures, we have nothing material to add or 
draw attention to in relation to: 

• the directors’ confirmation within the directors’ Long-term viability 

statement on page 49 that they have carried out a robust 
assessment of the emerging and principal risks facing the Group, 
including those that would threaten its business model, future 
performance, solvency and liquidity; 

• the Principal Risks disclosures describing these risks and how 

emerging risks are identified, and explaining how they are being 
managed and mitigated; and 

• the directors’ explanation in the directors’ Long-term viability 

statement of how they have assessed the prospects of the Group, 

118 

Ascential plc Annual Report 20208.  Respective responsibilities 
Directors’ responsibilities 
As explained more fully in their statement set out on page 109, the 
directors are responsible for: the preparation of the financial 
statements including being satisfied that they give a true and fair 
view; such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable 
the preparation of financial statements that are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; assessing the Group 
and parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, 
disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern; and 
using the going concern basis of accounting unless they either 
intend to liquidate the Group or the parent Company or to cease 
operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so. 

Auditor’s responsibilities 
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether 
the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue our opinion 
in an auditor’s report. Reasonable assurance is a high level of 
assurance, but does not guarantee that an audit conducted in 
accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or 
error and are considered material if, individually or in aggregate, 
they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial statements. 

A fuller description of our responsibilities is provided on the FRC’s 
website at www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. 

9.  The purpose of our audit work and to whom  
we owe our responsibilities 
This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in 
accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and 
the terms of our engagement by the Company. Our audit work has 
been undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s members 
those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report 
and the further matters we are required to state to them in 
accordance with the terms agreed with the Company, and for no 
other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not 
accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company 
and the Company’s members, as a body, for our audit work, for this 
report, or for the opinions we have formed. 

Ian Griffiths (Senior Statutory Auditor) 
for and on behalf of KPMG LLP, Statutory Auditor  
Chartered Accountants 

15 Canada Square  
London E14 5GL  
United Kingdom 

12 March 2021 

over what period they have done so and why they considered that 
period to be appropriate, and their statement as to whether they 
have a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to 
continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over 
the period of their assessment, including any related disclosures 
drawing attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions. 

We are also required to review the directors’ Long-term viability 
statement set out on page 49 under the Listing Rules. Based on the 
above procedures, we have concluded that the above disclosures 
are materially consistent with the financial statements and our audit 
knowledge. 

Our work is limited to assessing these matters in the context of only 
the knowledge acquired during our financial statements audit. As we 
cannot predict all future events or conditions and as subsequent 
events may result in outcomes that are inconsistent with judgements 
that were reasonable at the time they were made, the absence of 
anything to report on these statements is not a guarantee as to the 
Group’s and parent Company’s longer-term viability. 

Corporate governance disclosures 
We are required to perform procedures to identify whether there is a 
material inconsistency between the directors’ corporate governance 
disclosures and the financial statements and our audit knowledge. 

Based on those procedures, we have concluded that each of the 
following is materially consistent with the financial statements and 
our audit knowledge: 

• the directors’ statement that they consider that the annual report 
and financial statements taken as a whole is fair, balanced and 
understandable, and provides the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the Group’s position and performance, 
business model and strategy; 

• the section of the annual report describing the work of the Audit 

Committee, including the significant issues that the audit 
committee considered in relation to the financial statements, and 
how these issues were addressed; and 

• the section of the annual report that describes the review of the 

effectiveness of the Group’s risk management and internal control 
systems. 

We are required to review the part of Corporate Governance 
Statement relating to the Group’s compliance with the provisions of 
the UK Corporate Governance Code specified by the Listing Rules for 
our review. 

We have nothing to report in this respect. 

7.  We have nothing to report on the other matters on 
which we are required to report by exception 
Under the Companies Act 2006, we are required to report to you if, in 
our opinion: 

• adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent 

Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been 
received from branches not visited by us; or 

• the parent Company financial statements and the part of the 

Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement 
with the accounting records and returns; or 

• certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are 

not made; or 

• we have not received all the information and explanations we 

require for our audit. 

We have nothing to report in these respects. 

119

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020 Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsFinancial statements

Consolidated statement 
of profit or loss

For the year ended 31 December 2020

(£ million)
Continuing operations
Revenue
Cost of sales
Sales, marketing and administrative expenses

Operating profit / (loss)

Adjusted EBITDA

Depreciation and amortisation
Exceptional items
Share-based payments

Operating profit / (loss)

Share of the (loss) / profit of joint ventures and 
associates
Finance costs
Finance income

2020

Note

Adjusted 
results

Adjusting 
items

Restated*

2019

Adjusted 
results

Adjusting 
items

3

3

3
5
7

15
8
8

263.7
(106.6)
(151.1)
6.0

28.5

(22.5)
–
–
6.0

(0.2)
(17.6)
1.9

Total

263.7
(106.6)
(323.6)
(166.5)

28.5

(56.2)
(140.4)
1.6
(166.5)

–
–
(172.5)
(172.5)

–

(33.7)
(140.4)
1.6
(172.5)

–
(1.9)
–

(0.2)
(19.5)
1.9

380.3
(143.4)
(149.7)
87.2

109.0

(21.8)
–
–
87.2

0.9
(14.8)
4.5

Total

380.3
(143.4)
(235.1)
1.8

–
–
(85.4)
(85.4)

–

109.0

(35.6)
(41.4)
(8.4)
(85.4)

(0.3)
–
–

(57.4)
(41.4)
(8.4)
1.8

0.6
(14.8)
4.5

(Loss) / profit before taxation

(9.9)

(174.4)

(184.3)

77.8

(85.7)

(7.9)

Taxation

9

1.5

33.9

35.4

(17.1)

18.5

1.4

 (Loss) / profit from continuing operations

(8.4)

(140.5)

(148.9)

60.7

(67.2)

(6.5)

Discontinued operations
Profit / (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

10

16.7

(3.2)

13.5

15.1

(0.5)

14.6

Profit / (loss) for the year

8.3

(143.7)

(135.4)

75.8

(67.7)

8.1

Profit / (loss) attributable to:
Owners of the Company
Non-controlling interest

Earnings / (loss) per share (pence)
Continuing operations
– Basic
– Diluted
Discontinued operations
– Basic
– Diluted
Total
– Basic
– Diluted

*Restated for discontinued operations (see Note 10).

7.6
0.7

(143.7)
–

(136.1)
0.7

75.6
0.2

(67.7)
–

7.9
0.2

11
11

11
11

11
11

(2.3)
(2.3)

(35.0)
(35.0)

(37.3)
(37.3)

4.2
4.2

1.9
1.9

(0.9)
(0.9) 

3.3
3.3

(35.9)
(35.9) 

(34.0)
(34.0)

15.1
15.1

3.7
3.7

18.8
18.8

(16.7)
(16.7)

(0.1)
(0.1)

(16.8)
(16.8)

(1.6)
(1.6)

3.6
3.6

2.0
2.0

The accompanying notes on pages 125 to 159 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. Adjusting items are detailed in 
Note 5.

120 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020Consolidated statement of 
other comprehensive income

For the year ended 31 December 2020

(£ million)
(Loss) / profit for the year from continuing operations
Profit / (loss) for the year from discontinued operations

Profit / (loss) for the year

Other comprehensive expense
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
Foreign exchange translation differences recognised in equity from 
continuing operations

Total other comprehensive expense, net of tax

Adjusted 
results
(8.4)
16.7
8.3

2020

Adjusting 
items
(140.5)
(3.2)
(143.7)

Adjusted 
results
60.7
15.1
75.8

2019

Adjusting 
items
(67.2)
(0.5)
(67.7)

Total
(148.9)
13.5
(135.4)

Total
(6.5)
14.6
8.1

(10.5)

(10.5)

–

–

(10.5)

(10.5)

(8.2)

(8.2)

–

–

(8.2)

(8.2)

Total comprehensive (expense) / income for the year

(2.2)

(143.7)

(145.9)

67.6

(67.7)

(0.1)

Total comprehensive (expense) / income attributable to:
Owners of the Company
Non-controlling interest

(2.9)
0.7

(143.7)
–

(146.6)
0.7

67.4
0.2

(67.7)
–

(0.3)
0.2

The accompanying notes on pages 125 to 159 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

121

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Financial statements Continued

Consolidated statement
of financial position

As at 31 December 2020

(£ million)
Assets
Non-current assets 
Goodwill
Intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Right of use assets
Investments 
Investment property
Deferred tax assets
Other receivables

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Assets classified as held for sale
Other investments, including derivatives
Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Liabilities 
Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Deferred income
Deferred and contingent consideration
Lease liabilities
Liabilities classified as held for sale
Current tax liabilities 
Provisions

Non-current liabilities 
Deferred income
Deferred and contingent consideration
Lease liabilities
External borrowings
Deferred tax liabilities
Provisions

Total liabilities 
Net assets

Equity
Share capital 
Share premium
Merger reserve
Group restructure reserve
Translation reserve
Treasury share reserve
Retained earnings
Non-controlling interest

Total equity 

Note

2020

2019

13
13
14
27
15
27
9

16
17
10

18

19

20

10

22

20

21
9
22

23
23

467.4
206.7
5.5
15.4
32.4
0.8
55.0
0.7
783.9

2.1
197.9
40.2
–
78.2
318.4
1,102.3

512.9
247.8
8.4
21.6
67.9
2.1
42.7
–
903.4

4.1
141.4
–
1.4
111.7
258.6
1,162.0

137.3
91.2
113.5
6.7
13.3
2.4
7.4
371.8

0.6
22.7
13.7
309.5
4.6
1.6
352.7
724.5
377.8

4.0
3.0
9.2
157.9
(45.7)
(0.1)
248.2
1.3
377.8

85.7
98.5
63.1
9.4
–
6.1
1.0
263.8

0.7
40.1
17.4
282.6
22.9
2.4
366.1
629.9
532.1

4.0
1.7
9.2
157.9
(35.2)
(0.1)
394.0
0.6
532.1

The accompanying notes on pages 125 to 159 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. The consolidated financial 
statements on pages 120 to 159 were approved by the Board of Directors on 12 March 2021 and were signed on its behalf by Directors: 
Duncan Painter and Mandy Gradden. 

122 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020Consolidated statement
of changes in equity

For the year ended 31 December 2019

(£ million)
At 1 January 2019
Profit / (loss) for the year
Other comprehensive expense
Total comprehensive (expense) / 
income
Issue of shares
Acquisition of subsidiary with 
non-controlling interest
Share-based payments 
Taxation on share-based 
payments
Dividends paid

At 31 December 2019
(Loss) / profit for the year
Other comprehensive expense
Total comprehensive (expense) / 
income
Issue of shares
Share repurchase
Treasury shares sold
Share-based payments
Taxation on share-based 
payments

At 31 December 2020

Attributable to owners of the Company

Share 
capital
4.0
–
–

Share 
premium
0.5
–
–

Merger 
reserve
9.2
–
–

Group 
restructure 
reserve
157.9
–
–

Translation 
reserve
(27.0)
–
(8.2)

Treasury 
share 
reserve
(0.1)
–
–

Retained 
earnings
401.0
7.9
–

Non-
controlling 
interest
–
0.2
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

4.0
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
4.0

–
1.2

–
–

–
–

1.7
–
–

–
0.7
–
0.6
–

–
3.0

–
–

–
–

–
–

9.2
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

157.9
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
9.2

–
157.9

(8.2)
–

–
–

–
–

(35.2)
–
(10.5)

(10.5)
–
–
–
–

–
(45.7)

–
–

–
–

–
–

(0.1)
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

7.9
–

–
7.7

0.3
(22.9)

394.0
(136.1)
–

(136.1)
–
(9.2)
–
(1.4)

–
(0.1)

0.9
248.2

0.2
–

0.4
–

–
–

0.6
0.7
–

0.7
–
–
–
–

–
1.3

Total 
equity
545.5
8.1
(8.2)

(0.1)
1.2

0.4
7.7

0.3
(22.9)

532.1
(135.4)
(10.5)

(145.9)
0.7
(9.2)
0.6
(1.4)

0.9
377.8

The accompanying notes on pages 125 to 159 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

123

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Financial statements Continued

Consolidated statement 
of cash flows

For the year ended 31 December 2020

(£ million)
Cash flow from operating activities
Loss before taxation on continuing operations
Profit before taxation on discontinued operations
Adjustments for:
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets
Amortisation of software intangible assets 
Amortisation of right of use assets
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 
Impairment of assets
Deferred and contingent consideration: revaluation and contingent
employment costs
Share-based payments
Share of the loss / (profit) in equity-accounted investees, net of tax
Net finance costs 

Cash generated from / (used in) operations before changes in working capital, provisions and 
deferred and contingent consideration 
Deferred and contingent consideration paid
Changes in: 
Inventories 
Trade and other receivables 
Trade and other payables** 
Provisions 

Cash generated from operations 
Cash generated from operations before exceptional operating items
Cash inflows for discontinued operations
Cash outflows for acquisition-related contingent employment costs
Cash outflows for other exceptional operating items from continuing operations

Cash generated from operations
Tax paid

Net cash generated from operating activities 
Cash flow from investing activities 
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired
Deferred and contingent consideration paid 
Acquisition of investments 
Disposal of equity-accounted investments
Acquisition of software intangibles and property, plant and equipment
Disposal of businesses net of cash disposed of

Net cash used in investing activities 
Cash flow from financing activities 
Proceeds from external borrowings
Repayment of external borrowings 
Proceeds from issue of shares
Proceeds from sale of SIP shares
Share repurchase
Interest and arrangement fees paid
Lease liabilities paid
Dividends paid to shareholders

Net cash used in financing activities 
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January 
Effect of exchange rate changes
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December***

Note

2020

Restated*
2019

10

(184.3)
17.4

13
13
27
14
13, 14, 27

20
7

8

20

20

12
20
15
15

21
21

24

33.9
11.4
7.6
4.4
31.9

97.6
(1.6)
0.2
17.6

36.1
(23.1)

2.2
(70.8)
61.0
5.7
11.1
25.7
19.8
(23.1)
(11.3)
11.1
(3.3)
7.8

(2.7)
(46.0)
(16.8)
55.1
(24.0)
–
(34.4)

311.5
(285.8)
0.7
0.6
(9.2)
(12.0)
(8.9)
–
(3.1)
(29.7)
111.7
(1.8)
80.2

(7.9)
18.1

35.8
11.6
7.3
3.8
–

33.1
8.5
(0.6)
10.3

120.0
(11.5)

(0.3)
(25.2)
10.2
(2.8)
90.4
94.2
19.0
(11.5)
(11.3)
90.4
(3.2)
87.2

(16.8)
(20.3)
(64.5)
–
(18.5)
(2.3)
(122.4)

–
–
1.2
–
–
(6.2)
(9.0)
(22.9)
(36.9)
(72.1)
182.0
1.8
111.7

*  Restated for discontinued operations (see Note 10).
**  Net of interest payable and inclusive of deferred income.
*** Includes £2.0m of cash and cash equivalents classified as held for sale.

The accompanying notes on pages 125 to 159 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

124 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020Notes to the  
financial statements

For the year ended 31 December 2020

1.  Basis of preparation and accounting policies 
Basis of preparation
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in 
accordance with applicable law and international accounting 
standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 
2006 (“Adopted IFRS”) and prepared in accordance with 
international financial reporting standards adopted pursuant to 
Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union 
(“IFRSs as adopted by the EU”).

Ascential plc (the “Company”) is a public company, which is listed on 
the London Stock Exchange and incorporated in the United 
Kingdom. The registered office is located at The Prow, 1 Wilder Walk, 
London W1B 5AP. The Company principally provides information 
services which provide industry-specific business intelligence, insights 
and forecasting through data and digital subscription tools. The 
principal activities are information services for product design, 
marketing, digital commerce, and retail & financial services.

The consolidated financial statements are presented in pounds 
sterling (“GBP”), which is the Company’s functional currency, and 
have been rounded to millions to the nearest one decimal place 
except where otherwise indicated. 

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a 
going concern basis (see further details below) and under the 
historical cost convention, with the exception of items that are 
required by IFRS to be measured at fair value, principally certain 
financial instruments. 

Going concern 
After considering the current financial projections and facilities 
available and severe but plausible sensitivities, the Directors of the 
Company are satisfied that the Group has sufficient resources for its 
operational needs and will remain in compliance with the financial 
covenants in its bank facilities for at least the next 12 months from 
the date of approving these financial statements. The process and 
key judgements in coming to this conclusion are set out below. 
Further to this, the Directors have assessed the Group’s prospects 
and viability over a three-year period and the viability statement 
can be found on page 49.

The Board is required to assess going concern at each reporting 
period. These assessments are significantly more difficult currently 
given the uncertainties about the impact of Covid-19, the extent and 
duration of social distancing measures and the impact on the 
economies in which we operate. The level of judgement to be applied 
has therefore increased considerably. The Directors have considered 
three main factors in reaching their conclusions on going concern – 
liquidity, covenants and scenario planning – as set out below.

Liquidity
In January 2020, the Group entered into a new 5-year multi-currency 
revolving credit facility (“RCF”) of £450m plus an accordion to raise 
further debt amounts, at the option of the lenders, of up to the 
greater of £120m or 150% of EBITDA. The maturity of the facility may 
be extended for a further one or two year term on the second 
anniversary of the facility, subject to individual lender approval. At 31 
December 2020 the borrowings were subject to interest at a margin 
of 2.50% over LIBOR. These facilities provide ample liquidity when 
judged against the net debt of the Company of £229.3m at 31 
December 2020.

Covenants
The more sensitive aspects of the Company’s financing are the 
application by the lenders of covenant tests to these facilities and the 
most sensitive covenant is Net Debt Leverage (broadly, the ratio of 
Net Debt to Adjusted EBITDA). This is primarily because Adjusted 
EBITDA in 2020 has reduced considerably, largely as a result of event 
cancellation. The facility covenants include a maximum net leverage 
of 3.25x with the benefit of additional 0.5x leverage spikes for 
relevant acquisitions and a minimum interest cover of 3.00x and are 
tested semi-annually. To address the uncertain business environment 
and ensure maximum flexibility in the medium term, across a broad 
range of business planning scenarios, the Group agreed the following 
covenant amendments with its banking group (subject to minimum 
liquidity of £100m at December 2020 and £125m thereafter):

• At the December 2020 testing point – a full waiver of the leverage 

and interest cover covenants.

• At the June 2021 testing point – the leverage covenant ratio limit 

has been relaxed to 4.75x.

• At the December 2021 testing point – the leverage covenant ratio 
limit has been relaxed to between 3.50x and 4.50x depending on 
the scale of profits from live events in 2021.

• At the June 2022 testing point – if either Money20/20 Europe or 

USA do not take place in 2021, the leverage covenant limit at June 
2022 will be 3.75x.

At the December 2020 testing point, the minimum liquidity 
requirements have been met with £217.5m of available liquidity. 

Scenario planning
In assessing going concern, the Directors consider a variety of 
plausible scenarios in the context of the Covid-19 pandemic. These 
scenarios are not the forecasts of the Company and are designed to 
stress test liquidity and covenant compliance. The two most relevant 
scenarios reviewed to test going concern are as follows:

• Successful vaccine rollout 2021 – the scenario envisages a robust 
recovery in global economic activity from the Summer of 2021. The 
scenario assumes that Cannes Lions takes place in June 2021 and 
that Money20/20 takes place in Europe in September 2021 and in 
the US in October 2021.

• Severe case: slow rollout and recovery – the most severe modelled 

scenario that the directors currently see as plausible for going 
concern stress testing assumes that Covid-19 continues to impact 
2021 resulting in the cancellation of all events in 2021 and most 
economies not returning to pre-crisis levels until 2023. The normal 
events roster recommences June 2022.

In their review of the downside scenarios, the Directors have 
considered a number of mitigations that are at their discretion, 
including but not limited to: future dividend cancellation, the option 
of the Company to pay a significant portion of the Flywheel Digital 
deferred consideration in its own shares, the use of debt factoring 
arrangements, and further restructuring and cost cutting measures. 
In these downside scenarios there is still sufficient headroom with 
regards to these covenants.

Accordingly, the Directors continue to believe that the preparation of 
these consolidated financial statements should be on the basis of a 
going concern.

Accounting policies
The principal accounting policies in the preparation of the 
consolidated financial statements have been applied consistently to 
both periods presented. 

125

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 1.  Basis of preparation and accounting policies Continued

Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial 
statements of the parent Company, its subsidiaries and share of the 
results of its associates and joint ventures drawn up to 31 December 
2020 using consistent accounting policies throughout the current and 
preceding years. 

The trading results of business operations are included in profit from 
continuing operations from the date of acquisition or up to the date 
of disposal. Intra-group balances and transactions are eliminated in 
full on consolidation. 

Foreign currency translation
The functional currency of subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures 
is the currency of the primary economic environment in which they 
operate. The consolidated financial statements are presented in 
sterling, which is the presentational currency of the Group and the 
functional currency of the parent Company.

Foreign currency transactions are recorded at the exchange rate 
ruling at the date of transaction. Foreign currency monetary assets 
and liabilities are translated at the rates of exchange ruling at the 
balance sheet date. All differences are taken to the consolidated 
income statement except for those on foreign currency borrowings 
that provide a hedge against an investment in a foreign entity. 
These are taken directly to equity until the disposal of the 
investment, at which time they are recognised in the consolidated 
income statement. Tax charges and credits attributable to exchange 
differences on those borrowings are also dealt with in equity. 
Non-monetary items that are measured at historical cost in a foreign 
currency are translated using the exchange rate in force at the date 
of the initial transaction. 

As at the reporting date, the assets and liabilities of overseas 
subsidiaries are translated into pounds sterling at the rate of 
exchange applicable at the reporting date and their consolidated 
income statements are translated at the average exchange rates for 
the period. The exchange differences arising from the retranslation 
of foreign operations are taken directly to a separate component of 
equity. On disposal of a foreign operation, the cumulative amount 
recognised in equity relating to that operation is recognised in the 
consolidated income statement as part of the gain or loss on sale. 
Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a 
foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign 
entity and translated at the closing rate at the reporting date.

Changes in fair value of derivative financial instruments entered into 
to hedge foreign currency net assets, and that satisfy the hedging 
conditions of IFRS 9, are recognised in the currency translation 
reserve.

Discontinued operations 
The Group classifies an operation as discontinued when it has 
disposed of or intends to dispose of a business component that 
represents a separate major line of business or geographical area of 
operations. The post-tax profit or loss of the discontinued operations 
is shown as a single line on the face of the consolidated income 
statement, separate from the continuing operating results of the 
Group. When an operation is classified as a discontinued operation, 
the comparative consolidated income statement is represented as if 
the operation had been discontinued from the start of the 
comparative year.

126 

Assets and liabilities held for sale
Where the Group expects to recover the carrying amount of a group 
of assets through a sale transaction rather than through continuing 
use, and a sale is considered to be highly probable at the reporting 
date, the assets are classified as held for sale and measured at the 
lower of cost and fair value less costs to sell. No depreciation or 
amortisation is charged in respect of non-current assets classified as 
held for sale once the classification has been made.

Revenue
Revenue is measured based on the consideration specified in a 
contract with a customer. If multiple performance obligations exist 
within a contract, the revenue is allocated to the obligations based 
on the stand alone selling price, with any discounts allocated evenly 
across the obligations. For contracts with rebates and therefore 
variable consideration, revenue is recognised based on the best 
estimate of the revenue net of the rebated amount. Revenue is 
recognised when the Group satisfies the performance obligations, the 
timing of which is set out in Note 3. Digital Subscriptions & Platforms 
revenue is recognised evenly over the time period for which the 
subscription services are provided. Advisory revenue is recognised 
over time where we have the right to payment for performance 
completed to date, based on an input method of measurement. 
Events and benchmarking awards revenue is recognised at the point 
in time that the events and awards take place. Pre-paid subscription 
and event revenues are shown as deferred income and released to 
the income statement in accordance with the revenue recognition 
criteria above. 

Barter transactions are those where goods and services, rather than 
cash, are exchanged between two third parties and revenue is 
recognised at fair value for the goods or services provided. Where 
goods or services are provided at a discount and dissimilar to the 
goods or services received, the discounted price is recorded as 
revenue with the corresponding amount included in operating costs. 

Alternative Performance Measures
The consolidated financial statements include Alternative 
Performance Measures, including Adjusted EBITDA, as another 
measure of profitability of the trading performance of the 
continuing operations of the Group. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-IFRS 
measure, defined as the Group’s operating profit before expensing 
depreciation of tangible fixed assets and amortisation of software, 
exceptional items, amortisation of acquired intangible assets, 
impairment of tangible fixed assets and software intangibles, 
share-based payments and one-off finance costs. Refer to pages 
44 to 47 for further details on Alternative Performance Measures.

Exceptional items
Exceptional items are those which are considered significant by 
virtue of their nature, size or incidence. These items are presented as 
exceptional within their relevant income statement category to assist 
in the understanding of the performance and financial results of the 
Group as these types of cost do not form part of the underlying 
business. Examples of items that are considered by the Directors for 
designation as exceptional items include, but are not limited to:

• significant capital structuring costs as these can be material and 

are not a reflection of the underlying business;

• costs incurred as part of the acquisition and integration of acquired 

businesses as these can be material. Acquisition-related employment 
costs, which, absent the link to continued employment, would have 
been treated as consideration are designated as exceptional items;

• gains or losses on disposals of businesses are considered to be 

exceptional in nature as these do not reflect the performance of 
the group; 

Notes to the financial statements ContinuedFinancial statements ContinuedAscential plc Annual Report 2020• material restructuring and separation costs within a segment 

incurred as part of a significant change in strategy as these are not 
expected to be repeated on a regular basis; and

• significant one-off items such as the impairment of intangible 

assets and the recognition of provisions for onerous contracts that 
do not reflect underlying performance. 

If provisions have been made for exceptional items in previous years, 
then any reversal of these provisions is treated as exceptional.

Finance costs and income
Finance cost or income is recognised using the effective interest 
method. The ‘effective interest rate’ is the rate that discounts 
estimated future cash payments or receipts through the expected 
life of the financial instrument to the gross carrying amount of the 
financial asset, or the amortised cost of the financial liability.

Income tax
The Group is primarily subject to corporation tax in the UK, the US, 
Brazil and China and judgement and estimates of future profitability 
are required to determine the Group’s deferred tax position. If the 
final tax outcome is different to that assumed, resulting changes will 
be reflected in the consolidated income statement, unless the tax 
relates to an item charged to equity, in which case the changes in 
tax estimates on those items will be reflected in equity.

Income tax on the profit or loss for the period comprises current tax 
and deferred tax. Income tax is recognised in the consolidated 
income statement, except to the extent that it relates to items 
recognised directly in equity, in which case it is recognised in equity.

consideration is discounted at an appropriate interest rate and, 
accordingly, carried at net present value in the consolidated balance 
sheet. The discount component is then unwound as an interest 
charge in the consolidated income statement over the life of the 
obligation. Where a business combination agreement provides for 
an adjustment to the cost of a business acquired contingent on 
future events, the Group accrues the fair value of the additional 
consideration payable as a liability at acquisition date. This amount 
is reassessed at each subsequent reporting date with any 
adjustments recognised in the consolidated income statement. If the 
business combination is achieved in stages, the fair value of the 
acquirer’s previously held equity interest in the acquiree is re-
measured at the acquisition date through the consolidated income 
statement. Transaction costs are expensed to the consolidated 
income statement as incurred. 

Acquisition-related expenses include contingent consideration 
payments agreed as part of the acquisition and contractually linked 
to ongoing employment as well as business performance 
(acquisition-related employment costs). Acquisition-related 
employment costs are accrued over the period in which the related 
services are received and are recorded as exceptional costs. 
Payments related to this type of contingent consideration are 
reported within operating activites within the consolidated 
statement of cash flows and other consideration payments are 
reported within investing activities.

The non-controlling interest at acquisition date is measured at the 
percentage of the identifiable assets purchased and liabilities assumed.

Current tax is tax payable based on taxable profits for the period, 
using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted at 
the reporting date, along with any adjustment relating to tax 
payable in previous years. Taxable profit differs from net profit in the 
consolidated income statement in that income or expense items that 
are taxable or deductible in other years are excluded, as are items 
that are never taxable or deductible.

Intangible assets 
Goodwill
Goodwill arises where the fair value of the consideration given for a 
business exceeds the fair value of net identifiable assets of the 
business at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is allocated or grouped 
at the lowest levels, for which there are identifiable cash flows, 
known as cash generating units or CGUs. 

Using the liability method, deferred tax is provided on temporary 
differences at the reporting date between the tax bases of assets 
and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting 
purposes, except for certain temporary differences, such as goodwill 
that is not deductible for tax purposes. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that 
are expected to apply to the year in which the asset is realised or the 
liability is settled, based on tax rates that have been enacted or 
substantively enacted at the reporting date. 

The deferred tax assets and liabilities are only offset where they 
relate to the same taxing authority and the Group has a legal right 
to offset.

Business combinations
In accordance with IFRS 3 “Business Combinations”, the fair value of 
consideration paid for a business combination is measured as the 
aggregate of the fair values at the date of exchange of assets given 
and liabilities incurred or assumed in exchange for control. The 
assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquired entity are 
measured at fair value as at the acquisition date. When the initial 
accounting for a business combination is determined, it is done so 
on a provisional basis with any adjustments to these provisional 
values made within 12 months of the acquisition date and are 
effective as at the acquisition date. To the extent that deferred 
consideration is payable as part of the acquisition cost and is 
payable after one year from the acquisition date, the deferred 

Goodwill arising on acquisition is capitalised and subject to impairment 
review, both annually and when there are indications that the carrying 
value may not be recoverable. For goodwill impairment purposes, no 
CGU is larger than the reporting segments determined in accordance 
with IFRS 8 “Operating Segments”. The recoverable amount of goodwill 
is assessed on the basis of the value-in-use estimate for CGUs to which 
the goodwill relates. Where the carrying value exceeds the recoverable 
amount the goodwill is considered impaired. Any impairment is 
recognised in the consolidated income statement.

Other intangibles
Intangible assets other than goodwill are those that are distinct and 
can be sold separately or arise from legal rights. Intangible assets 
acquired as part of a business combination are capitalised at fair 
value at the date of acquisition. Intangible assets purchased 
separately are capitalised at cost. 

The cost of intangible assets is amortised and charged to the 
consolidated income statement on a straight-line basis over their 
estimated useful lives as follows:

Brands 
Customer relationships
Content
Technology
Software

1-30 years
8-10 years
3-10 years
3-10 years
2-5 years

127

Strategic reportGovernance reportAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Financial statements1.  Basis of preparation and accounting policies Continued

Useful lives are examined every year and adjustments are made, 
where applicable, on a prospective basis. 

Website development costs (included under content and technology) 
relating to websites which are revenue generating are capitalised 
and amortised over three to five years. Development costs relating 
to websites which are not revenue generating are taken immediately 
to the consolidated income statement.

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated 
depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. Cost comprises 
expenditure directly attributable to the purchase of the asset. Assets 
are depreciated to their estimated residual value, on a straight-line 
basis, over their estimated useful life as follows:

Short leasehold property 
Office equipment

over the period of the lease
2-5 years

Estimated useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each 
reporting date. 

An item of property, plant or equipment is written off either on 
disposal or when there is no expected future economic benefit from 
its continued use. Any gain or loss on derecognition of the asset 
(calculated as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and 
the carrying value of the asset) is included in the consolidated 
income statement in the year the item is derecognised.

Investments in associates and joint ventures 
Associates are those entities in which the Group has significant 
influence, but not control or joint control, over the financial and 
operating policies. Joint ventures are arrangements in which the 
Group has joint control, whereby the Group has rights to the net 
assets of the arrangement, rather than rights to its assets and 
obligations for its liabilities. 

Interests in associates and joint ventures are accounted for using the 
equity method. They are initially recognised at cost, which includes 
transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, the consolidated 
financial statements include the Group’s share of the profit or loss 
and other comprehensive income of equity accounted investees, 
until the date on which significant influence or joint control ceases. 
Where the Group’s share of losses in an associate or joint venture 
exceeds its investment, the Group ceases to recognise further losses 
unless an obligation exists for the Group to fund those losses.

Trade investments
Investments in equity instruments are measured at fair value 
through profit or loss unless or until such time as we are deemed to 
have significant influence or control over the investee. 

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. 
Cost represents purchase cost, including attributable overheads, and 
is determined using a first-in, first-out basis. Net realisable value is 
the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less 
estimated costs of completion and costs necessary to make the sale. 

Trade and other receivables
Trade receivables are recognised initially at fair value and 
subsequently measured at amortised cost, less loss allowances. 

Loss allowances are calculated for lifetime expected credit losses. 
Expected credit losses are a probability weighted estimate of credit 
losses and are calculated based on actual historical credit losses over 

the past three years and adjusted to reflect differences between the 
historical credit losses and the Group’s view of the economic 
conditions over the expected lives of the receivables. The amount 
of the loss is recognised in the consolidated income statement. 
When a trade receivable is uncollectible, it is written off against the 
allowance account for trade receivables. Subsequent recoveries of 
amounts previously written off are credited to the consolidated 
income statement. 

Other receivables include amounts due from customers for pass-
through costs principally in relation to the purchase of media. These 
costs comprise amounts paid to external suppliers which are 
charged directly to clients. The amounts due to external suppliers in 
these relationships are recognised in other payables. The Group acts 
as principal in these transactions and therefore recognises the gross 
amounts in other receivables and other payables.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash, cash in transit, short-term 
deposits and other short-term highly liquid investments with an 
original maturity of three months or less. For the purpose of the 
consolidated cash flow statement, cash and cash equivalents are as 
defined, net of outstanding bank overdrafts.

Borrowings 
Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value, net of transaction costs 
incurred. Borrowings are subsequently stated at amortised cost; any 
difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the 
redemption value is recognised in the consolidated income statement 
over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method, 
with the exception of debt repurchases which are recognised in the 
consolidated income statement in the year of the repurchase.

Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or 
constructive obligation as a result of a past event, when it is probable 
that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation 
and when a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the 
obligation. Where the Group expects some or all of a provision to be 
reimbursed, the reimbursement is recognised only when it is virtually 
certain. The expense relating to any provision is presented in the 
consolidated income statement net of any reimbursement. If the time 
value of money has a material effect on quantifying the provision, the 
provision is determined by discounting the expected future cash flows 
at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time 
value of money and, where appropriate, the risks specific to the 
liability. Where discounting is used, the increase in the provision due to 
the passage of time is recognised as a finance charge.

A provision for restructuring is recognised when the Group has 
approved a detailed and formal restructuring plan and the 
restructuring either has commenced or has been announced 
publicly. Future operating losses are not provided for.

Share-based payments 
Certain employees of the Group receive part of their remuneration in 
the form of share-based payment transactions, whereby employees 
render services in exchange for shares or rights over shares. The cost 
of equity-settled transactions with employees is measured at fair 
value at the date at which they are granted. The fair value of share 
awards with market-related vesting conditions is determined by an 
external consultant and the fair value at the grant date is expensed 
on a straight-line basis over the vesting period based on the Group’s 
estimate of shares that will eventually vest. The estimate of the 
number of awards likely to vest is reviewed at each balance sheet 
reporting date up to the vesting date, at which point the estimate is 

128 

Notes to the financial statements ContinuedFinancial statements ContinuedAscential plc Annual Report 2020adjusted to reflect the actual outcome of awards which have vested. 
No adjustment is made to the fair value after the vesting date even 
if the awards are forfeited or not exercised.

Shares held by the Employee Benefit Trust
The Employee Benefit Trust (“EBT”) provides for the issue of shares to 
Group employees under share incentive schemes. The Company 
controls the EBT and accounts for the EBT as an extension to the 
Company in the consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, 
shares in the Company held by the EBT are included in the 
consolidated balance sheet at cost as a deduction from equity.

Leases
Definition of a lease
Under IFRS 16 a contract is, or contains, a lease if the contract 
conveys a right to control the use of an identified asset for a period 
of time in exchange for consideration.

As a lessee 
The Group leases commercial office space and photocopiers. The 
Group has elected not to recognise right of use assets and lease 
liabilities for some leases of low-value assets (including 
photocopiers). The Group recognises the lease payments associated 
with these leases as an expense on a straight-line basis over the 
lease term. The Group presents right of use assets that do not meet 
the definition of investment property as a separate line item on the 
statement of financial position. 

The Group recognises a right of use asset and lease liability at the lease 
commencement date. The right of use asset is initially measured at 
cost, and subsequently at cost less any accumulated depreciation and 
impairment losses and adjusted for certain remeasurements of the 
lease liability. Right of use assets are impaired when there is no 
expected future economic benefit from its continued use due to the 
property being vacant, or where the anticipated sublease income is 
less than the contractual lease payments. The lease liability is initially 
measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid 
at the commencement date, discounted using the Group’s incremental 
borrowing rate. The lease liability is subsequently increased by the 
interest cost on the lease liability and decreased by lease payments 
made. It is remeasured when there is a change in future lease 
payments arising from a change in an index or rate, a change in the 
estimate of the amount expected to be payable under a residual value 
guarantee, or as appropriate, changes in the assessment of whether a 
purchase or extension option is reasonably certain to be exercised or a 
termination option is reasonably certain not to be exercised. 

The Group has applied judgement to determine the lease term for 
some lease contracts that include renewal options. The assessment 
of whether the Group is reasonably certain to exercise such options 
impacts the lease term, which significantly affects the amount of 
lease liabilities and right of use assets recognised. 

The Group has applied the exemption not to recognise right of use 
assets and liabilities for leases with less than twelve months of 
lease term. 

As a lessor 
The Group sub-leases some of its properties. The right of use assets 
recognised from the head lease are presented in investment 
property and measured at fair value. The sub-lease contracts are 
classified as operating leases under IFRS 16. No depreciation is 
recognised for the right of use assets that meet the definition of 
investment property.

New and amended accounting standards effective during the year
The following amended standards and interpretations were also 

effective during the year, however, they have not had a significant 
impact on our consolidated financial statements. 

• Amendments to References to Conceptual Framework in 

IFRS Standards

• Definition of a Business (Amendment to IFRS 3)

• Definition of Material (Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8)

• Interest Rate Benchmark Reform (Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 

and IFRS 7)

New and amended accounting standards that have been issued 
but are not yet effective 
The following new or amended standards and interpretations are 
applicable in future periods but are not expected to have a 
significant impact on the consolidated financial statements. 

• Onerous Contracts – Cost of Fulfilling a Contract (Amendments to 

IAS 37)

• Interest Rate Benchmark Reform Phase 2 (Amendments to IFRS 9, 

IAS 39 and IFRS 7)

• Covid-19 Related Rent Concessions (Amendments to IFRS 16)

• Property, Plant and Equipment: Proceeds before Intended Use 

(Amendments to IAS 16)

• Reference to Conceptual Framework (Amendments to IFRS 3)

• Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current (Amendments 

to IAS 1)

• IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts and amendments to IFRS 17 Insurance 

Contracts

• Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its 

Associate or Joint Venture (Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28)

• IFRS 14 Regulatory Deferral Accounts

2.  Critical accounting judgements and estimates
The preparation of these financial statements requires management 
to exercise judgement in applying the Group’s accounting policies. It 
also requires the use of estimates and assumptions that affect the 
reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. The 
actual future outcomes may differ from these estimates and give rise 
to material adjustments to the reported results and financial 
position of the Group. Estimates and underlying assumptions are 
reviewed on an ongoing basis, with revisions recognised in the year 
in which the estimates are revised and in any future periods affected. 

The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity and 
assumptions or estimation are set out below and in more detail in 
the related notes. Significant updates to these judgements and 
estimations, in particular in light of Covid-19, are detailed where 
relevant in the related notes and in Note 1 above on going concern. 

Critical accounting judgements
Alternative Performance Measures 
The Group uses alternative performance measures which are not 
defined or specified under IFRS and removes adjusting items to present 
an adjusted result. Adjusting items include amortisation and 
impairment of acquired intangibles, share-based payments, one-off 
financing costs and exceptional items. The classification of exceptional 
items requires significant management judgement to determine the 
nature and presentation of such transactions. Exceptional items are 
those which are considered significant by virtue of their nature, size or 
incidence. These items are presented as a separate column on the face 
of the income statement but within their relevant income statement 
caption. The Board view this as a relevant analysis to assist the reader 

129

Strategic reportGovernance reportAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Financial statementsDeferred tax (Note 9)
Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that their utilisation 
is probable. The utilisation of deferred tax assets will depend on the 
judgement whether it is more likely than not that the Group will 
generate sufficient and suitable taxable income of the correct type 
and jurisdiction in the future, taking into account any restrictions on 
the length of the loss-carry forward period. Various factors are used 
to assess the probability of the future utilisation of deferred tax 
assets, including past operating results, operational plans, including 
the potential impact Covid-19 may have on future profitability, and 
loss-carry forward periods. 

Goodwill and acquired intangibles recoverable amount (Note 13)
Recoverable amount is the higher of value-in-use or fair value less 
costs of disposal. Determination of these amounts is based upon 
multiple estimates, including a forecast of future cash flows and 
judgements surrounding the appropriate discount rates to apply 
and terminal growth rates.

3.  Operating Segments
The Group’s reportable segments changed during the year to reflect 
the growing importance of Digital Commerce to the Group’s strategy 
and operations and to provide greater focus on brand customers 
and synergy. The Sales segment disclosed in the 2019 Annual Report 
has been split into two new separate reporting segments: Digital 
Commerce and Retail & Financial Services. The Retail and Financial 
Services segment comprises Money20/20 and RWRC as well as the 
Alternative Data team (previously reported in the Product Design 
segment) who solely serve Financial Services clients. Additionally, the 
retail clients of our Digital Commerce business will now be managed 
and reported as part of the Retail and Financial Services segment 
allowing our Digital Commerce team to focus exclusively on brand 
customers.

The Group has five reportable segments that are used to present 
information to the Board (Chief Operating Decision Maker) on a 
monthly basis. End market risks and opportunities vary and capital 
allocation decisions are made on the basis of five reportable 
segments. The five reportable segments are Digital Commerce, 
Product Design, Marketing, Retail & Financial Services and Built 
Environment & Policy, which is now treated as a discontinued 
operation. The reportable segments offer different products and 
services and are managed separately as a result of different 
capabilities, technology, marketing strategies and end market risks 
and opportunities. The following summary describes the continuing 
operations in each of the Group’s reportable segments:

• Digital Commerce: measurement, optimisation and execution for 

digital commerce growth

• Product Design: consumer product trend forecasting, data and 

insight to create world-class products and experiences

• Marketing: services and tools to measure and optimise marketing 

creativity, media and platform effectiveness and efficiency 

• Retail & Financial Services: events, data and tools to improve 

performance and drive innovation in retail and financial services 

2.  Critical accounting judgements and estimates Continued

in their understanding of the underlying performance and financial 
results of the Group. Note 5 provides an analysis of exceptional items. 

Operating segments
In September 2020, a comprehensive reorganisation of Ascential 
into five new divisions was announced which resulted in a change in 
the way the operating results were regularly reviewed by the Group’s 
Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”). Accordingly, the business 
now presents five operating segments for which judgement was 
required to ensure that the new operating segments are appropriate 
and that the component parts presented historically are consistent 
with the future structure (see Note 3 for further details).

Cash Generating Units (“CGUs”) for impairment testing
A cash generating unit is defined as the smallest identifiable group 
of assets that generates cash inflows that are largely independent of 
the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets. A CGU is 
identified consistently from period to period for the same asset or 
types of assets, unless a change is justified. In September 2020 there 
was a comprehensive reorganisation of Ascential into five operating 
segments which required a review of CGUs and the allocation of 
goodwill. Management judged that the level at which goodwill 
historically relating to the business units in the Digital Commerce 
segment is now monitored at a segment level. Accordingly, the 
goodwill was allocated to the groups of CGUs within Digital 
Commerce (see Note 13 for future details).

Trade investments
The Group has made a series of investments where it holds less than 
20% of the voting rights. Even though these rights are below the 
level at which significant influence is presumed to exist, management 
have reviewed all relevant interactions and judged that these 
investments should not be accounted for as associates as the Group 
does not have the power to participate in the financial and 
operating policy decisions of the business and so does not have 
significant influence (see Note 15 for further details).

Key sources of estimation 
Valuation of contingent consideration and acquisition-related 
employment costs (Note 20)
Where a business combination agreement provides for an 
adjustment to the consideration, contingent on future performance 
over the contractual earn-out period, the Group accrues the fair 
value, based on the estimated additional consideration payable as 
a liability at acquisition date. To the extent that deferred contingent 
consideration is payable as part of the acquisition cost and is 
payable after one year from the acquisition date, the deferred 
consideration is discounted at an appropriate discount rate and 
carried at net present value in the consolidated balance sheet. The 
liability is measured against the contractually agreed performance 
targets at each subsequent reporting date with any adjustments 
recognised in the consolidated income statement.

Acquisition-related employment costs are contingent on both the 
future performance of the acquired business and also linked to 
continued employment of the founders over the contractual agreed 
period. They are treated as an expense and recognised as such in 
the consolidated income statement. 

The estimation of the likely liability requires the Group to make 
judgements concerning the future performance of related business 
over both the deferred contingent consideration period and the 
period of employment.

130 

Notes to the financial statements ContinuedFinancial statements ContinuedAscential plc Annual Report 2020Information regarding the results of each continuing reportable segment is included below and restated for prior periods to enhance 
comparability. The results of the Built Environment & Policy segment are presented within discontinued operations (refer to Note 10). 
Reportable segment profits are measured at an Adjusted operating profit level, representing reportable segment Adjusted EBITDA, less 
depreciation costs and amortisation in respect of software intangibles, without allocation of Corporate costs as reported in the internal 
management reports that are reviewed by the Board. Reportable segment Adjusted EBITDA and reportable segment Adjusted operating 
profit are used to measure performance as management believes that such information is the most relevant in evaluating the results of the 
reportable segments relative to other comparable entities. Total assets and liabilities for each reportable segment are not disclosed because 
they are not provided to the Board on a regular basis. Total assets and liabilities are internally reviewed on a Group basis.

Year ended 31 December 2020

(£ million)
Revenue
Adjusted EBITDA
Depreciation and software amortisation 

Adjusted operating profit / (loss)
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets
Exceptional items
Share-based payments

Operating loss 
Share of net profit in  
equity-accounted investee
Finance costs
Finance income

Loss before tax

Year ended 31 December 2019 (Restated*)

(£ million)
Revenue
Adjusted EBITDA
Depreciation and software amortisation 

Adjusted operating profit
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets
Exceptional items
Share-based payments

Operating profit 
Share of net profit in  
equity-accounted investee
Finance costs
Finance income

Profit before tax

Digital 
Commerce
103.1 
22.9 
(6.3)
16.6 

Product 
Design Marketing
54.3 
(0.8)
(6.1)
(6.9)

88.1 
38.0 
(4.7)
33.3 

Retail & 
Financial 
Services
18.2 
(14.3)
(2.3)
(16.6)

Corporate 
costs
–
(17.3)
(3.1)
(20.4)

Continuing 
operations 
total
263.7 
28.5 
(22.5)
6.0 
(33.7)
(140.4)
1.6 
(166.5)

Discontinued 
operations
37.4 
21.5 
(0.9)
20.6 
(0.2)
(3.0)
–
17.4 

(0.2)
(19.5)
1.9 
(184.3)

–
–
–
17.4 

Digital 
Commerce
78.1
12.3
(4.0)

Product 
Design Marketing
135.9
50.7
(7.5)

85.7
38.2
(4.0)

Retail & 
Financial 
Services
81.1
25.1
(2.8)

Corporate
 costs**
(0.5)
(17.3)
(3.5)

Continuing 
operations
total
380.3 
109.0 
(21.8)

Discontinued 
operations
35.9 
19.5 
(0.9)

8.3

34.2

43.2

22.3

(20.8)

87.2 
(35.6)
(41.4)
(8.4)

1.8 

0.6 
(14.8)
4.5 

(7.9)

18.6 
(0.2)
(0.2)
(0.1)

18.1 

–
–
–

18.1 

Total
301.1 
50.0 
(23.4)
26.6 
(33.9)
(143.4)
1.6 
(149.1)

(0.2)
(19.5)
1.9 
(166.9)

Total
416.2
128.5
(22.7)

105.8
(35.8)
(41.6)
(8.5)

19.9

0.6
(14.8)
4.5

10.2

*  Restated for new operating segments and discontinued operations (see Note 10).
**  Corporate costs include a £0.5m elimination for intercompany trading.

Exceptional items within continuing operations of £140.4m (2019: £41.4m) include £98.5m (Restated* 2019: £37.3), £1.2m (2019: £nil), £4.9m 
(Restated* 2019: £3.5m), £29.3m (Restated* 2019: £nil) and £6.5m (2019: £0.6m) which are attributable to Digital Commerce, Product Design, 
Marketing, Retail & Financial Services and Corporate costs respectively. Finance costs, finance income, share of net profit in equity accounted 
investees and share-based payments are not allocated to segments, as these types of activity are driven by the Group corporate function.

131

Strategic reportGovernance reportAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Financial statements3.  Operating Segments Continued

Revenue and non-current assets by location
The revenue analysis is based on the location of customers. Non-current assets analysis (excluding deferred tax and financial instruments) is 
based on geographical location of the business. 

The Group does not have any customers from whom revenue exceeds 10% of total revenue. Included in revenue is barter revenue arising 
from the exchange of goods or services of £0.3m for the year ended 31 December 2020 (2019: £2.6m).

Revenue

Non-current assets**

(£ million)
United Kingdom
Other Europe
United States and Canada
Asia Pacific 
Middle East and Africa
Latin America
Total 

2020
33.1
39.5
143.8
33.5
5.2
8.6
263.7

Restated*
2019
55.6
64.5
191.6
44.3
8.8
15.5
380.3

*  Restated for discontinued operations (see Note 10).
**  Non-current assets exclude deferred tax assets of £55.0m (2019: £42.7m). 

Additional segmental information on revenue
The Group’s revenue is derived from contracts with customers.

Disaggregation of revenue
The following table shows revenue disaggregated by major service lines, and the timing of revenue recognition:

(£ million)
Digital Subscriptions & Platforms
Advisory

Digital Commerce
Digital Subscriptions & Platforms
Advisory

Product Design
Digital Subscriptions & Platforms
Advisory
Benchmarking Awards
Events

Marketing
Digital Subscriptions & Platforms
Advisory
Events

Retail & Financial Services
Intercompany sales

Revenue from continuing operations 

*  Restated for new operating segments and discontinued operations (see Note 10).

Timing of revenue recognition
Over time
Over time

Over time
Over time

Over time
Over time
Point in time
Point in time

Over time
Over time
Point in time

2020
344.4
88.5
265.1
29.3
–
1.6
728.9

2020
95.6
7.5
103.1
81.3
6.8
88.1
17.0
35.0
1.0
1.3
54.3
14.3
2.2
1.7
18.2
–
263.7

2019
413.9
95.9
320.8
27.9
–
2.2
860.7

Restated*
2019
72.0
6.1

78.1
78.4
7.3

85.7
15.8
49.8
29.2
41.1

135.9
14.8
2.2
64.1

81.1
(0.5)

380.3

Contract balances
The following table provides information about receivables, contract assets and contract liabilities from contracts with customers: 

(£ million)
Receivables, which are included in trade and other receivables
Receivables, which are included in assets held for sale
Contract assets – accrued income
Contract liabilities – deferred income
Contract liabilities, which are included in liabilities held for sale 

Note
17

17

10

2020
70.5
9.3
6.2
91.8
8.0

2019
74.3
–
4.7
99.2
–

Out of the amount of the £99.2m included in Contract liabilities at 31 December 2019, £81.5m has been recognised as revenue in 2020.

132 

Notes to the financial statements ContinuedFinancial statements ContinuedAscential plc Annual Report 20204.  Operating profit 
Amounts charged in arriving at continuing operating profit include:

(£ million)
Employee costs
Depreciation and software amortisation
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets
Impairment losses on trade receivables and contract assets 

*  Restated for discontinued operations (see Note 10). 

Fees paid to the auditor were as follows:

(£ million)
Fees paid to auditor for audit of the consolidated financial statements 
Fees paid to auditor for audit of the Group’s subsidiaries
Fees paid to auditor for audit-related assurance services*

Total

Note
6
13, 14, 27
13
17

2020
168.7
22.5
33.7
5.5

2020
0.6
0.2
0.1
0.9

Restated*
2019
166.4
21.8
35.6
4.6

2019
0.6
0.1
–
0.7

*  Audit-related assurance services relate to the review of the half-year interim statements £87,620 (2019: £39,620) and covenant reviews £nil (2019: £5,200). 

Details of the Company’s policy on the use of the auditor for non-audit related services, the reason why the auditor was used and how the 
auditor’s independence was safeguarded are set out on page 86. 

5.  Adjusting items
Adjusting items are those which are considered significant by virtue of their nature, size or incidence and are presented separately in the 
consolidated statement of profit and loss to enable a full understanding of the Group’s financial performance. Adjusting items is not a 
defined term under IFRS and include share-based payment charges, amortisation of intangibles acquired through business combinations 
and exceptional items such as costs incurred for acquisitions and disposals, integration, non-recurring business restructuring and capital 
restructuring. The tax effect of Adjusting items is also included within Adjusting items (see Note 9). 

Adjusting items included in operating profit / (loss) are:

(£ million)
Revaluation of contingent consideration
Acquisition–related employment costs accrued in the period
Total deferred consideration costs
Impairment of Retail & Financial Services assets
Restructuring costs
Property impairments and onerous contracts
Acquisition transaction and integration costs
Exceptional items 
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets
Share-based payments
Adjusting items in operating profit / (loss)
Finance costs
Share of the (profit) / loss of joint ventures

Adjusting items in profit / (loss) before tax from continuing operations

*  Restated for discontinued operations (see Note 10). 

Note
20
20

13
7

8
15

2020
64.1
33.5
97.6
28.4
7.0
4.8
2.6
140.4
33.7
(1.6)
172.5
1.9
–
174.4

Restated*
2019
13.0
20.1
33.1
–
–
–
8.3
41.4
35.6
8.4
85.4
–
0.3
85.7

The revaluation of contingent consideration in the year reflects the significant outperformance of Flywheel Digital in 2020 and its expected 
outperformance 2021 driven in part by consumer purchasing trends moving further towards eCommerce channels as a result of the Covid-19 
pandemic. This significant outperformance results in a material increase in deferred consideration payable over the next 2 years and 
Flywheel Digital accounts for £88.2m of the total charge of which £26.5m is attributable to a founder service condition and therefore 
disclosed as employment costs in the year. 

133

Strategic reportGovernance reportAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Financial statements5.  Adjusting items Continued

Acquisition-related employment costs incurred in the year include £26.5m, £3.8m and £1.8m, relating primarily to that element of the 
purchase consideration the acquisitions of Flywheel Digital, Yimian and MediaLink which, absent the link to continued employment, would 
have been treated as consideration. Under the sale and purchase agreements, between 25% and 50% of deferred payments are contingent 
on not only the results of the business in the post-acquisition period but also the continued employment of the founders. 

Impairment of Retail & Financial Services assets of £28.4m relates to impairments of assets in the Retail Week & WRC and RFS Price & 
Promotion cash generating units as a result of global restrictions arising from the Covid-19 pandemic which have exacerbated long-standing 
issues faced by the wider retail industry (see Note 13 for further details).

Restructuring costs of £7.0m represent the one-off material expenses of a redundancy programme, eliminating approximately 200 roles, in 
order to right-size our cost base in light of the post-Covid-19 economic outlook. 

Property impairments and onerous contracts of £4.8m (2019: £nil) reflect impairments of right of use assets and leasehold improvements and 
the creation of provisions for operating expenses that are now onerous following a reassessment of the Group’s property requirements. 

As part of the overall strategy of managing the Group’s portfolio, we consider the costs incurred as part of the acquisition and integration of 
acquired businesses to be Adjusting items. Acquisition transaction costs include directly linked transaction costs such as legal and diligence 
fees as well as stamp duty where applicable. Integration spend is in relation to transferring acquired businesses onto the Group’s IT and 
revenue platforms, merging of products and rebranding. 

The share-based payments credit of £1.6m (2019: charge £8.4m) reflects revised expectations on the vesting of Performance Share Plan 
awards due to the expected performance of the Group versus the target performance conditions (see Note 7). 

Finance costs of £1.9m relate to the write-off of unamortised arrangement fees upon early refinancing of the previous debt facility and 
subsequent covenant amendments (see Note 8). 

6.  Employee information and Directors’ remuneration
(a)  Employee costs including Directors

(£ million)
Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Defined contribution pension cost
Redundancy costs
Share-based payments and associated employment taxes 

Total

*  Restated for discontinued operations.

Note

7

2020
151.4
14.6
4.4
8.5
(1.6)
177.3

Restated* 
2019
147.1
14.2
4.1
1.1
8.5
175.0

The total employee costs for continuing operations amounted to £168.7m (2019: £166.4m). Average employee costs per employee including 
discontinued operations is £81,847 (2019: £87,645).

Included within redundancy costs of £8.5m (2019: £1.1m) are £7.1m (2019: nil) of costs that have been treated as exceptional, of which £7.0m 
relates to continuing operations (see Note 5).

(b)  Retirement benefits 
The Group operates a defined contribution pension scheme in the United Kingdom and in certain other countries. The assets of the scheme 
are held by independent custodians and are kept entirely separate from the assets of the Group. The pension charge represents 
contributions due from the employer. During 2020 the total Group charge amounted to £4.4m (2019: £4.1m). At 31 December 2020 there were 
£0.8m of contributions outstanding (2019: £0.9m). 

(c)  Average monthly number of employees including Directors
(i)  By geographical region

2020

2020
Continuing Discontinued
176
–
–
–
176

856
618
279
238
1,991

United Kingdom
United States and Canada
Asia Pacific
Rest of the world

Total 

134 

2019

2019
Continuing Discontinued
179
–
–
–
179

837
615
145
221
1,818

Notes to the financial statements ContinuedFinancial statements ContinuedAscential plc Annual Report 2020(ii)  By job function 

Cost of sales
Sales and marketing
Other administrative functions

Total 

2020

2020
Continuing Discontinued
97
65
14
176

1,121
483
387
1,991

2019

2019
Continuing Discontinued
95
73
11
179

990
474
354
1,818

(d)  Remuneration of Directors and key management personnel 
Further details of the Directors’ remuneration and share options are set out in the Remuneration Report on pages 100 to 106. Key 
management personnel comprised the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Non-Executive Directors of the Group. The 
aggregate emoluments for key management are set out below:

(£ million) 
Salaries, bonus and other short-term employee benefits
Share-based payments

Total

2020
1.3
0.2
1.5

2019
1.8
2.4
4.2

During the years ended 31 December 2020 and 2019, no Directors were members of the Group’s defined contribution pension scheme. 
Retirement benefits were not accrued for any Director at 31 December 2020 or 2019.

The total gains on the exercise of share options by the Directors amounted to £2.1m (2019: nil).

7.  Share-based payments
Analysis of (credit) / charge to the consolidated income statement

(£ million)
Share Incentive Plans (“SIP”)
Deferred Annual Bonus Plan (“DABP”)
Performance Share Plans (“PSP”)
Sharesave Scheme (“Sharesave”) 

Total (credit) / charge from continuing operations

*  Restated for discontinued operations (see Note 10).

2020
0.1
0.2
(2.4)
0.5
(1.6)

Restated* 
2019
0.2
0.2
7.6
0.4
8.4

The total share-based payment credit including discontinued operations was £1.6m (2019: £8.5m charge) including a £0.2m credit for 
employment taxes (2019: £0.8m charge). As a result, the amount reversed from equity was £1.4m (2019: £7.7m credited to equity).

The number and weighted average exercise price of outstanding and exercisable share options and share awards are detailed below:

Outstanding at 1 January 
Granted
Options exercised or shares vested
Surrendered or expired

At 31 December 

Weighted average fair value per share / option granted during the year (£)

2020
Number of 
shares / 
options 
000s
11,457
5,091
(2,039)
(2,379)
12,130

Weighted 
average 
exercise price 
£
0.52
0.62
0.31
1.40
0.47

2019
Number of 
shares / 
options 
000s
8,998
4,909
(1,744)
(706)
11,457

Weighted 
average 
exercise price 
£
0.57
0.61
0.71
1.31
0.52

2020
2.37

2019
2.79

At 31 December 2020 and 31 December 2019, all of the outstanding share awards and options had either no exercise cost or an exercise price 
which was below the market price. At 31 December 2020 the market price was £3.84 (2019: £3.92) and the average share price for 2020 was 
£3.03 (2019: £3.67). For the Sharesave, the range of exercise prices for shares and options outstanding at 31 December 2020 was £2.30 to 
£3.44 (2019: £2.04 to £3.58). For the DABP and the PSP, all share options and share awards outstanding at 31 December 2020 had an exercise 
price of £nil (2019: £nil) or were conditional share awards which do not require payment from the participant to vest. The free shares awarded 
under the SIP do not require payment from the participant to vest. 

For share awards and options outstanding at 31 December 2020, the weighted average remaining contractual life was 1.59 years 
(2019: 1.45 years).

135

Strategic reportGovernance reportAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Financial statements7.  Share-based paymentss Continued

Measurement of fair values
The SIP, PSP, Sharesave and DABP are equity-settled plans, the fair value of which is determined at the date of grant and is not subsequently 
remeasured unless conditions on which the award was granted are modified.

The fair values of the SIP and Sharesave awards have been measured using the Black-Scholes model, while the PSP has been measured using 
Monte Carlo simulations. Non-market performance conditions were not taken into account in measuring fair values. Expected volatility is 
usually calculated over the period of time commensurate with the remainder of the performance period immediately prior to the date of the 
grant. The principal assumptions required by these methodologies for 2020 awards were: 

Expected life
Risk free interest rate
Expected volatility 
Expected dividend yield 

SIP
3 years
n/a
n/a
0%

PSP 
3 years
(0.09%)
38.7%
0%

Sharesave
3 years
(0.11%) 
38.7%
0%

Sharesave 
(US)
2 years
(0.06%)
38.7%
0%

 Share Incentive Plan

Additional information about share-based payments
a) 
In 2016, the Group established the Employee Share Incentive Plan and International Employee Free Share Plan (collectively known as the 
“SIP”) which enables employees to acquire shares of the Company, subject to service conditions. Free shares awarded to UK employees are 
held by an Employee Benefit Trust for the maturity period of three years. Conditional awards and cash equivalent awards granted to 
international employees also have a three year maturity period. 

In 2020, the Group made no conditional awards (2019: 25,480) under the SIP. 

b)  Performance Share Plan
In 2016, the Group established the Executive Performance Share Plan (“PSP”), under which key management personnel and other senior 
employees are granted conditional awards, share options or a cash alternative. Awards can be granted with or without performance 
conditions. Where performance conditions have been set, they are either subject to a Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”) market performance 
condition only or a combination of a TSR market performance condition and a profit related market performance condition. Executive 
Directors are required to hold their shares for a further two year period (net of taxes) after vesting. 

During the year ended 31 December 2020, the Group granted conditional share awards over 3,695,602 (2019: 3,402,442) shares under the PSP. 
Of the share awards granted during the year, 606,856 are subject to a TSR market performance condition at 100%. The remaining share 
awards of 3,088,746 are not subject to additional performance criteria beyond service conditions (2019: 470,298). During the year ended 
31 December 2019 2,932,144 were subject to a TSR market performance condition and an Earnings Per Share non-market performance 
condition at a weighting of 25% and 75% respectively.

 Sharesave scheme

c) 
In 2016, the Group established the Employee Savings Related Share Option Plan, the International Savings Related Share Option Plan and 
the US Stock Purchase Plan (collectively known as the “Sharesave”) under which employees enter into a savings contract and are granted 
options to acquire shares of the Company, subject to service conditions.

In 2020, the Group granted 1,312,804 (2019: 968,456) options under the Sharesave to qualifying employees. Under the UK and International 
plans, the options vest after three years and are exercisable within a six-month period. Under the US plan, they vest after two years and are 
exercisable for a three-month period.

d)  Deferred Annual Bonus Plan (“DABP”)
Under the DABP a portion of Executive Directors’ annual bonus earned is deferred mandatorily into a share award, vesting after a three-year 
period. Awards are structured either as a nil-cost option or a conditional share award. During the year ended 31 December 2020, the Group 
granted conditional share awards over 82,118 (2019: 32,733) shares under the DABP.

136 

Notes to the financial statements ContinuedFinancial statements ContinuedAscential plc Annual Report 20208.  Finance costs and finance income 

(£ million)
Interest on bank deposits 
Remeasurement of trade investments to fair value
Foreign exchange gain 

Finance income
Interest payable on external borrowings
Amortisation of arrangement fees
Fair value loss on derivative financial instruments
Discount unwind on contingent and deferred consideration
Discount unwind of lease liability
Discount unwind of property provisions

Adjusted finance costs 
Adjusting items in relation to refinancing 

Net finance costs from continuing operations

Note

20

22

21

2020
0.3
1.4
0.2
1.9
(7.4)
(0.8)
(0.3)
(7.9)
(1.1)
(0.1)
(17.6)
(1.9)
(17.6)

2019
0.9
1.6
2.0
4.5
(6.8)
(1.1)
–
(5.5)
(1.3)
(0.1)
(14.8)
–
(10.3)

9.  Taxation
The tax credit has been calculated by applying the full year rate to the results for the year, with specific tax adjustments for Adjusting items 
(amortisation of acquired intangible assets, share-based payments and exceptional items). The tax charge for the year comprises: 

(£ million)
Current tax
UK current tax (credit) / charge on income for the year at 19.0%
Overseas current tax charge on income for the year
Adjustments in respect of prior years

Total current tax (credit) / charge
Deferred tax
Current year
Adjustments in respect of prior years
Impact of rate changes on opening balances

Total deferred tax credit
Total tax credit from continuing operations
Total effective tax rate

2020

2019

(3.8)
0.7
(0.9)
(4.0)

(32.1)
0.2
0.5
(31.4)
(35.4)
19.0%

3.2
2.3
(2.6)
2.9

(3.2)
(1.1)
–
(4.3)
(1.4)
17.7%

The effective tax rate on adjusted profit before tax for the year ended 31 December 2020 was 19% (2019: 18%). A tax credit of £33.9m is 
recorded in relation to Adjusting items for the year ended 31 December 2020 (2019: £18.5m). 

During 2020 the following was recognised in equity relating to share-based payments:

(£ million)
Current tax credit 
Deferred tax credit / (charge)

Total credit recognised in equity

2020
–
0.9
0.9

2019
0.5
(0.2)
0.3

137

Strategic reportGovernance reportAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Financial statements9.  Taxation Continued

The difference between the tax as credited in the consolidated income statement and tax at the UK standard rate is reconciled below:

 (£ million)
(Loss) / profit before tax
Expected tax (credit) / charge at the UK standard rate of 19.0%
Principal differences due to:
Impact of higher overseas tax rates
Trading losses not recognised for deferred tax purposes
Non-deductible impairment to goodwill
Non-deductible legal, professional and M&A costs
Non-deductible share-based payments expense
Non-taxable / deductible exchange (gains) / losses
Impact of rates changes
Adjustments in respect of prior years

Total tax (credit) / charge for the year 
Effective tax rate

*   Tax on discontinued operations is set out in Note 10.

2020

2019

Adjusted 
profit / tax
(9.9)
(1.9)

 Adjusting 
items / tax
(174.4)
(33.1)

Total profit 
/ tax from 
continuing
 operations* 
(184.3)
(35.0)

Adjusted 
profit / tax
77.8
14.8

Adjusting 
items / tax

(85.7) 
(16.3)

Total profit 
/ tax from 
continuing
 operations*
(7.9)
(1.5)

1.6
0.6
–
0.5
–
–
(1.3)
(1.0)
(1.5)
(15.2%)

(7.0)
–
2.8
1.5
(0.3)
–
1.8
0.4
(33.9)
19.4%

(5.4)
0.6
2.8
2.0
(0.3)
–
0.5
(0.6)
(35.4)
19.2%

3.4
5.2
–
–
0.1
(2.7)
–
(3.7)
17.1
22.0%

(3.2)
–
–
0.3
0.7
–
–
–
(18.5)
21.6%

0.2
5.2
–
0.3
0.8
(2.7)
–
(3.7)
(1.4)
17.7%

The Group’s effective tax rate is higher than the UK’s statutory tax rate mainly due to its mix of profits coming from the US. 

The Group is subject to many different forms of taxation including, but not limited to, income and corporation tax, withholding tax and value 
added and sales taxes. The Group has operations in 15 countries and multiple states in the US and sells its products and services into more 
than 100 countries. Furthermore, the Group renders and receives cross-border supplies and services in respect of affiliated entities which 
exposes the Group to tax risk due to transfer pricing rules that apply in many jurisdictions.

Tax law and administration is complex and often requires subjective determinations. In addition, tax audits by their nature, can take a 
significant period of time to be agreed with the tax authorities. Therefore, management is required to apply judgement to determine the 
level of provisions required in respect of its tax liabilities. The Directors’ estimates of the level of risk arising from tax audit may change in the 
next year as a result of changes in legislation or tax authority practice or correspondence with tax authorities during specific tax audits. It is 
not possible to quantify the impact that such future developments may have on the Group’s tax positions. Actual outcomes and settlements 
may differ from the estimates recorded in these consolidated financial statements. The Group currently anticipates that the outcome of these 
uncertainties will only be resolved after more than one year. However even where uncertainties may not be resolved within one year, material 
adjustments may arise as a result of a reappraisal of the assets or liabilities within the next year. 

The deferred tax balances shown in the consolidated balance sheet are analysed as follows:

(£ million)
Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities 

Total

2020
55.0
(4.6)
50.4

2019
42.7
(22.9)
19.8

138 

Notes to the financial statements ContinuedFinancial statements ContinuedAscential plc Annual Report 2020The major deferred tax assets and liabilities recognised by the Group, and the movements in the year, are set out below:

Non-
deductible 
intangible 
assets
(24.8)

US 
deductible 
intangible 
assets
11.0

Share-
based 
payments
2.1

Property, 
plant and 
equipment
7.2

Tax losses
21.4

Other
1.4

(£ million)
At 1 January 2019
Credit / (charge) to the consolidated income statement  
for the year
Credit to equity
Adjustments in respect of prior years
Acquisitions 
Foreign exchange movements

At 1 January 2020
Credit / (charge) to the consolidated income statement  
for the year
Credit / (charge) to equity
Impact of rate changes
Adjustments in respect of prior years
Transfer to balance sheet
Foreign exchange movements
Discontinued operations

At 31 December 2020

3.0
–
–
(1.2)
0.1

6.6
–
–
–
(0.3)

(22.9)

17.3

5.4
–
(2.1)
–
–
0.1
–
(19.5)

12.3
–
–
(0.5)
–
(0.5)
–
28.6

0.5
(0.2)
–
–
(0.1)

2.3

(1.1)
0.9
0.3
–
–
–
(0.1)
2.3

(0.6)
–
(0.1)
–
–

6.5

(0.2)
–
0.7
–
–
–
(0.4)
6.6

(7.0)
–
0.4
–
(0.5)

14.3

14.0
–
0.6
0.3
–
(0.3)
–
28.9

The above deferred tax balances are expected to reverse as follows:

(£ million)
Within 12 months
After 12 months

Total

Non-
deductible 
intangible 
assets
(2.9)
(16.6)

US 
deductible 
intangible 
assets
2.0
26.6

Share-
based 
payments
(0.4)
2.7

Property 
plant and 
equipment
1.7
4.9

Tax losses
6.9
22.0

(19.5)

28.6

2.3

6.6

28.9

Total
18.3

3.2
(0.5)
1.1
(1.2)
(1.1)

19.8

32.2
0.9
(0.5)
(0.2)
(0.4)
(0.9)
(0.5)
50.4

Total
7.3
43.1

50.4

0.7
(0.3)
0.8
–
(0.3)

2.3

1.8
–
–
–
(0.4)
(0.2)
–
3.5

Other
–
3.5

3.5

In presenting its deferred tax balances, the Group does not offset assets and liabilities as the Group has no legally enforceable right to set off 
the arising current tax liabilities and assets when those deferred tax balances reverse. 

No deferred tax liability has been recognised in respect of temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries and joint 
ventures as, where tax would arise on the realisation of those temporary differences, the Group is in a position to control the timing of their 
reversal and it is probably that such differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

The UK Government enacted changes to the UK tax rate this year, resulting in the rate remaining at 19% (instead of the previously intended 
reduction from 19% to 17% from 1 April 2020). We have revalued our UK deferred tax assets and liabilities accordingly. This has resulted in a 
charge to P&L of £0.5m, comprising an increase in the value of the deferred tax liability on consolidated intangibles of £2.1m offset by a 
reduction in the value of deferred tax assets of £1.6m.

Following the inauguration of a new US president, it is possible we may see an increase in Federal tax rates above the current 21% rate. 
Whilst there is no proposed legislation at this time, it is possible that the rate could be increased to as high as 28%, although a more modest 
increase is more likely. Any increase in the US Federal rate could have a material impact on our US deferred tax balances. Each 1% increase in 
the rate of Federal tax would increase our US deferred tax assets by £2.1m.

In his UK Budget speech on 3 March 2021, the Chancellor announced his intention to raise the UK corporation tax rate to 25% from 1 April 
2023. As this change has not yet been substantively enacted, the above deferred tax assets and liabilities remain valued using the enacted 
rate of 19%. If these assets were revalued to 25%, for amounts which will unwind after 1 April 2023, this would increase the net asset by 
approximately £1.2m.

Non-deductible intangibles represent the value of the deferred tax liability which arises on the fair value of acquired intangibles which are 
not deductible for tax purposes. The liability is valued at the tax rate applicable to the jurisdiction where the intangibles are located.

US deductible intangible assets represent the value of deferred tax assets on US tax deductible intangibles and deferred consideration. 
These deferred tax assets are recognised at a US Federal and State tax rate averaging 26%.

Deferred tax assets have been recognised on the basis that sufficient taxable profits are forecast to be available in the future to enable them 
to be utilised.

139

Strategic reportGovernance reportAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Financial statements9.  Taxation Continued

At 31 December 2020, the Group has the following tax losses:

(£ million)
US net operating losses
UK non-trading losses
Irish trading losses 
UK capital losses
Other Rest of World losses

Total

Recognised 
2020
95.5
30.0
–
–
–
125.5

Recognised 
2019
49.9
22.7
–
–
–
72.6

Unrecognised 
2020
53.4
–
46.6
114.9
9.5
224.4

Unrecognised 
2019
102.5
–
44.5
114.9
6.2
268.1

Total 2020
148.9
30.0
46.6
114.9
9.5
349.9

Total 2019
152.4
22.7
44.5
114.9
6.2
340.7

The above losses represent the following value at tax rates applicable at the balance sheet date:

(£ million)
US net operating losses
UK non-trading losses
Irish trading losses 
UK capital losses
Other Rest of World losses

Total

Recognised 
2020
23.3
5.7
–
–
–
29.0

Recognised 
2019
10.5
3.7
–
–
–
14.2

Unrecognised 
2020
11.2
–
5.8
21.8
2.6
41.4

Unrecognised 
2019
25.6
–
5.6
19.5
–
50.7

Total 2020
34.5
5.7
5.8
21.8
2.6
70.4

Total 2019
36.1
3.7
5.6
19.5
–
64.9

The Group has tax losses in the US totalling £148.9m (2019: £152.4m). These comprise £50.7m losses arising in the current year and £98.2m of 
losses brought forward from earlier years. The movement on brought forward losses from prior year arises as a result of expiry of losses which 
can be carried forward for only 20 years. It has been agreed with the US tax authorities that these brought forward losses are available to 
offset against taxable profits subject to a restriction following the change of ownership that was deemed to have occurred upon listing of 
Ascential plc in 2016. In line with the US tax rules, the restriction of losses is, to a large extent, based on the valuation of the US group at the 
change of control date and this will be agreed with the US tax authorities in due course. In prior years, our forecasting of the future available 
losses, and so value of the associated deferred tax asset, had been driven by this limitation and so the valuation was a key source of 
estimation. Following additional earnout payments in the US, and a change to mix of profits, this is no longer the case. Our ability to utilise 
losses in future years is now driven by the level of taxable profits arising in the US as the increased earnout payments give rise to tax 
deductions which displace the loss utilisation. As a result, we have revised downwards our estimate of future utilised losses which accounts for 
£0.7m (2019: £2.6m) of the prior year adjustment to the deferred tax asset in respect of losses.

10. Discontinued operations and assets held for sale
As part of its growth strategy to focus resources and investment on its strategic priorities, the Group’s non-core segment of Built Environment 
& Policy has been classified as held for sale in accordance with IFRS 5 as at 31 December 2020. This follows the Group’s announcement that it 
had entered into an agreement to sell Glenigan on 15 December 2020 and its intention to sell the remaining segment businesses within the 
next twelve months from the balance sheet date. The sales of Groundsure and DeHavilland were subsequently confirmed on 20 January 
2020 and 12 February 2021 respectively (see Note 30).

For operations that are classified as held for sale, management are required to determine whether the carrying value of the disposal groups 
can be supported by the fair value less costs to sell. For each of the transactions which have been agreed or completed, the selling price 
agreed with the purchasers exceeds the carrying value of the assets. 

140 

Notes to the financial statements ContinuedFinancial statements ContinuedAscential plc Annual Report 2020At 31 December 2020, the disposal group was stated at carrying amount and comprised of the following assets and liabilities:

(£ million)
Goodwill
Intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Right of use assets
Deferred tax assets
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets held for sale
Trade and other payables 
Deferred income
Deferred and contingent consideration
Lease liabilities

Total liabilities held for sale

2020
24.9
2.2
0.4
0.4
0.5
9.8
2.0
40.2
4.5
8.0
0.3
0.5
13.3

The results of the Built Environment & Policy segment have been presented as discontinued operations within the consolidated income statement. 

(£ million)
Revenue
Cost of sales
Sales, marketing and administrative expenses

Adjusted 
results
37.4
(9.3)
(7.5)

2020

Adjusting 
items
–
–
(3.2)

Adjusted 
results
35.9
(8.6)
(8.7)

2019

Adjusting 
items
–
–
(0.5)

Total
37.4
(9.3)
(10.7)

Total
35.9
(8.6)
(9.2)

Operating profit / (loss)

20.6

(3.2)

17.4

18.6

(0.5)

18.1

Adjusted EBITDA
Depreciation and amortisation
Exceptional items

Share-based payments
Operating profit / (loss)

Finance costs
Finance income

Profit / (loss) from discontinued operations
Taxation

21.5
(0.9)
–
–
20.6

–
–

20.6
(3.9)

–
(0.2)
(3.0)
–
(3.2)

–
–

(3.2)
–

21.5
(1.1)
(3.0)
–
17.4

 –
–

17.4
(3.9)

19.5
(0.9)
–
–
18.6

–
–

18.6
(3.5)

–
(0.2)
(0.2)
(0.1)
(0.5)

–
–

(0.5)
–

19.5
(1.1)
(0.2)
(0.1)
18.1

 –
 – 

18.1
(3.5)

Profit from discontinued operations, net of tax

16.7

(3.2)

13.5

15.1

(0.5)

14.6

Earning per share (pence)
– Basic
– Diluted

4.2
4.2

(0.9)
(0.9)

3.3
3.3

3.7
3.7

(0.1)
(0.1)

3.6
3.6

Exceptional items in discontinued operations include costs of disposal totalling £3.0m. These include financial and commercial diligence and 
legal costs.

During the year discontinued operations generated cash of £19.8m (2019: £19.0m) in respect of operating activities, used £2.6m (2019: £0.9m) 
in respect of investing activities, primarily the acqusition of Mining Searches UK (see Note 12), and used £0.2m (2019: £0.2m) in respect of 
financing activities.

141

Strategic reportGovernance reportAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Financial statements11.  Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the net profit or loss for the year attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted 
average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing the net profit or loss for 
the year attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year plus the 
weighted average number of ordinary shares that would be issued on the conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares into ordinary 
shares. Earnings per share has been calculated with respect to total net profit or loss for the year for the Group, continuing operations and 
discontinued operations (see Note 10).

The weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year, excluding those held by Employee Benefit Trusts, was 400.8m 
(2019: 401.4m). There is no dilutive impact from potentially ordinary shares as potentially ordinary shares can only be considered dilutive 
when their inclusion would decrease earnings or increase loss per share. 

Profit / (loss) for the year attributable to owners  
of the Company (£ million)
Profit / (loss) for the year – continuing operations
Profit / (loss) for the year – discontinued operations

Profit / (loss) for the year
Share number (million)
Basic weighted average number of shares
Diluted weighted average number of shares
Earnings per share (pence)
Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share
Continuing operations
Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share 
Discontinued operations
Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share

* Restated for discontinued operations (see Note 10)

2020

Restated*
2019

Adjusted 
results

Adjusting 
items

Total

Adjusted 
results

Adjusting 
items

(9.1)
16.7
7.6

(140.5)
(3.2)
(143.7)

(149.6)
13.5
(136.1)

400.8
400.8

400.8
400.8

400.8
400.8

1.9
1.9

(2.3)
(2.3)

4.2
4.2

(35.9)
(35.9)

(35.0)
(35.0)

(0.9)
(0.9)

(34.0)
(34.0)

(37.3)
(37.3)

3.3
3.3

60.5
15.1
75.6

401.4
401.4

18.8
18.8

15.1
15.1

3.7
3.7

(67.2)
(0.5)
(67.7)

401.4
401.4

(16.8)
(16.8)

(16.7)
(16.7)

(0.1)
(0.1)

Total

(6.7)
14.6
7.9

401.4
401.4

2.0
2.0

(1.6)
(1.6)

3.6
3.6

142 

Notes to the financial statements ContinuedFinancial statements ContinuedAscential plc Annual Report 202012.  Business combinations 
Mining Searches UK
On 2 January 2020 the Group acquired 100% of Cornwall Mining Services Limited (“Mining Searches UK”), a specialist data provider in the 
mining industry. The Group paid cash consideration of £1.7m upfront and consolidated £0.5m of cash on acquisition, resulting in a net £1.2m 
cash outflow on acquisition. There is, in addition, deferred consideration of £0.9m, of which £0.6m has been paid in 2020 with the remaining 
£0.3m due to be paid in 2022. Mining Searches UK is part of the Built Environment & Policy segment and is presented within the disposal 
group held for sale at 31 December 2020. At the time of acquisition, the business was not intended to be held with a view to resale.

Indigitous
On 28 February 2020, the Group purchased 100% of Indigitous, LLC (“Indigitous”) for initial cash consideration of £1.5m. Indigitous is an 
Amazon-focused managed service provider based in Seattle specialising in the active lifestyle category. Indigitous has been integrated into 
Flywheel Digital in our Digital Commerce Segment. Earn out consideration is contingent on the performance of the business for the financial 
years 2020 to 2022, payable in cash in 2021 to 2023, with a minimum consideration of £0.2m per year and with total consideration capped at 
£7.7m. Half of the earn out is additionally linked to the ongoing employment of the founders and therefore recognised in the income 
statement over the life of the earn out. This acquisition-related employment cost is being accrued over the period in which the related 
services are being received, recorded as exceptional costs. To determine the estimated contingent consideration and the acquisition-related 
employment cost figures, the Directors are required to make an estimate regarding the future results. Any subsequent revaluations to 
contingent consideration as a result of changes in such estimations are recognised in the consolidated income statement and disclosed in 
Note 20.

The fair values of the identifiable assets purchased and liabilities assumed of the two acquired companies as at the date of acquisition were 
as follows:

(£ million)
Customer relationships, database costs and other intangibles
Other net assets acquired
Cash

Total identifiable net assets at fair value
Initial cash consideration
Contingent consideration payable in 2021 – 2023

Total consideration
Goodwill on acquisition
Acquisition of businesses (net of cash acquired)

Total 
1.8
0.8
0.5

3.1
3.2
1.6

4.8
1.7
2.7

Of the £1.7m (2019: £16.0m) of goodwill acquired during the period, £0.2m of goodwill (2019: £nil) is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

The goodwill of £1.7m arising on acquisitions is attributable to workforce in place and know-how within the business.

From the date of acquisition, Mining Searches UK contributed £2.8m of revenue and £1.3m of Adjusted EBITDA. The results of Mining 
Searches UK are presented within discontinued operations. From the date of acquisition, Indigitous contributed £3.1m of revenue and would 
have contributed £3.5m of revenue if the acquisition had taken place at the beginning of the year. Indigitous has been fully integrated into 
the Group during 2020 and so it is not possible to determine its standalone profit performance for the year.

Since the year end, Ascential has completed further acquisitions as disclosed in Note 30. Due to the proximity of these acquisitions to the year 
end, no review of the purchase price allocation per IFRS 3 has yet been completed, as the information for such disclosure is not yet available 
and therefore not required. The details of the prior year acquisitions are set out in the 2019 Annual Report.

143

Strategic reportGovernance reportAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Financial statements13.  Intangible assets and goodwill 

(£ million)
Cost
At 1 January 2019
Additions
Acquisitions of businesses
Disposals 
Effect of movements in exchange rates

At 1 January 2020
Additions 
Acquisitions of businesses
Disposals 
Reclassification to assets held for sale
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

At 31 December 2020

Accumulated amortisation & impairment
At 1 January 2019
Disposals
Amortisation
Effect of movements in exchange rates

At 1 January 2020
Disposals
Amortisation
Impairment
Reclassification to assets held for sale
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

At 31 December 2020
Net book value
At 31 December 2020
At 31 December 2019

Goodwill

Brands

Customer 
relationships

Content Technology

Software

Total

Acquired Intangibles

744.1
–
16.0
–
(8.2)
751.9
–
1.7
–
(38.1)
(7.4)
708.1

(239.0)
–
–
–
(239.0)
–
–
(14.9)
13.2
–
(240.7)

169.7
–
–
–
(2.1)
167.6
–
–
–
(26.0)
(2.4)
139.2

(44.1)
–
(14.9)
0.9
(58.1)
–
(13.6)
(5.0)
25.6
1.7
(49.4)

467.4
512.9

89.8
109.5

132.0
–
2.8
–
(3.2)
131.6
–
1.3
–
–
(2.7)
130.2

(33.9)
–
(11.0)
0.7
(44.2)
–
(12.1)
(4.0)
–
1.1
(59.2)

71.0
87.4

60.8
–
–
–
(0.9)
59.9
–
–
–
–
(0.9)
59.0

(45.2)
–
(5.7)
0.9
(50.0)
–
(3.8)
–
–
0.9
(52.9)

6.1
9.9

40.8
–
2.2
–
(0.8)
42.2
–
–
–
–
(3.0)
39.2

(20.6)
–
(4.2)
0.4
(24.4)
–
(4.4)
(3.6)
–
2.9
(29.5)

9.7
17.8

74.3
12.7
–
(18.9)
(1.2)
66.9
20.6
0.5
(4.9)
(4.8)
0.5
78.8

(52.9)
20.2
(11.6)
0.6
(43.7)
4.4
(11.4)
(0.9)
3.0
(0.1)
(48.7)

30.1
23.2

1,221.7
12.7
21.0
(18.9)
(16.4)
1,220.1
20.6
3.5
(4.9)
(68.9)
(15.9)
1,154.5

(435.7)
20.2
(47.4)
3.5
(459.4)
4.4
(45.3)
(28.4)
41.8
6.5
(480.4)

674.1
760.7

Included within software intangible assets at 31 December 2020 is £13.6m (2019: £10.9m) of assets under construction which were not being 
amortised at 31 December 2020.

Goodwill and acquired intangibles
At 31 December 2020, the Group had £644.0m of goodwill and intangible assets acquired through acquisitions (2019: £737.5m). The goodwill 
attributed to each of the Group’s cash generating units (CGUs) is assessed for impairment annually and more frequently where there are 
indicators of impairment. In assessing for impairment, an estimate of the CGU’s recoverable amount is determined. The recoverable amount 
is the higher of value-in-use and fair value less costs of disposal. 

Impairment of CGUs
Impairment losses of £28.4m have been recognised for the below CGUs for the year ended 31 December 2020 (2019: £nil). 

(£ million)
Retail Week & WRC
RFS Price & Promotion

Total

2020
(9.6)
(18.8)
(28.4)

Covid-19
Global restrictions arising from the Covid-19 pandemic have exacerbated long-standing issues faced by the wider retail industry.  
This has led to impairments for certain cash generating units in the Retail & Financial Service segment, namely Retail Week & WRC and 
RFS Price & Promotion.

For the other CGUs, it is expected that the adverse impact of Covid-19 will not be long-term and they have the platforms and capabilities to 
bounce back strongly. Moreover for Cannes Lions and Money20/20, intangibles are a small multiple of normal annual profits. Furthermore, 
whilst Covid-19 has impacted significant elements of the world’s economy, it has accelerated the Group’s strategically important Digital 
Commerce business.

144 

Notes to the financial statements ContinuedFinancial statements ContinuedAscential plc Annual Report 2020CGUs
The Group’s CGUs have been assessed based on largely independently managed cash flows. Due to the growing interdependencies of the 
business units within Digital Commerce, goodwill previously attributable to the individual CGUs has been allocated as a whole to the group 
of CGUs that form Digital Commerce and are assessed for impairment at that level. This represents the lowest level at which management 
monitor goodwill for internal management purposes. In addition to this, prior to 31 December 2020, the Built Environment & Policy CGU was 
classified as held for sale and therefore does not fall within the scope of IAS36. Nevertheless the value has been supported by the sale of 
these businesses units at a profit post year end. 

Upon the restructure of the previous Edge CGU, £10.8m of goodwill and £7.7m of acquired intangibles assets have been allocated to the new 
RFS Price & Promotion CGU. The allocation of these assets has been based on the relative fair values. Management believe this is the most 
appropriate method of allocating these assets given the nature of these goodwill and acquired intangible assets.

At the point of the allocating goodwill to the Digital Commerce group of CGUs, management assessed that no impairments would be 
recorded in any of the affected CGUs under the former structure.

The below table sets out the CGUs year on year and how they align to reportable segments:

2019 CGU
Product Design
Built Environment & Policy
Edge
Flywheel
Yimian
Money20/20
Retail Week & WRC

Lions
WARC
MediaLink

2020 CGU
Product Design
N/A
Edge
Flywheel
Yimian
Money20/20
Retail Week & WRC
RFS Price & Promotion
Lions
WARC
MediaLink

2020 Reportable segment
Product Design
N/A

Digital Commerce

Retail & Financial Services

Marketing

When testing for impairment, recoverable amounts for all of the Group’s CGUs are measured at their value-in-use by discounting the future 
expected cash flows from the assets in the CGUs. These calculations use cash flow projections based on Board-approved budgets and 
approved plans. Fair value less costs of disposal (FVLCD) is also considered as an alternative measure of recoverable amount based on 
revenue or EBITDA multiples compared to recent market transactions. This is a Level 3 measurement, based on inputs which are normally 
unobservable to market participants. Costs of disposal have been assumed to be 10% of expected disposal proceeds. 

The key assumptions and estimates used for value-in-use calculations are as follows:

Future expected cash flows
Cash flow forecasts over a five-year horizon have been prepared after considering the current economic environment in the relevant markets 
and the length and shape of the end market recovery from Covid-19. Cash flow forecasts were derived from the most recent Board approved 
plans, which have been prepared after considering the current economic environment in each of our markets. In calculating the terminal 
value, cash flows beyond the plan period were extrapolated using a long-term growth rate of 3% for Digital Commerce and 2.5% across 
remaining CGUs (2019: 3% for Digital Commerce and 2.5% across remaining CGUs). This is in line with the IMF World Economic Outlook 
published in October 2020, which represents the long-term rates of inflation expected in the economies in which we operate and the 
Company’s best estimate of cash flow growth beyond the relevant plan period. The estimates of future cash flows are consistent with 
experience adjusted for the Group’s estimate of future performance.

145

Strategic reportGovernance reportAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Financial statements13.  Intangible assets and goodwill Continued

Discount rates
Inputs include risk-adjusted, pre-tax discount rates, calculated by reference to the weighted average cost of capital for each CGU, weighted 
to the country, or countries, in which the CGU operates. Movements in the pre-tax discount rates for CGUs since the year ended 31 December 
2019 are driven by changes in market-based inputs and the company specific risk which is assessed based on economic outlook. Any 
unsystematic risk relating to the impact of Covid-19 on the CGUs has been inherently built in to the cash flows of each of the CGUs and 
therefore no additional element of risk has been included in the discount rates used at 31 December 2020.

The pre-tax discount rates applied to the risk-adjusted cash flow forecasts and the carrying values of goodwill and other acquired intangible 
assets allocated to the CGUs tested for impairment at 31 December 2020 are set out below:

CGU
Product Design 
Marketing
Lions
WARC
MediaLink

Digital Commerce

Edge
Yimian
Flywheel

Retail & Financial Services

Money20/20
Retail Week &WRC
RFS Price & Promotion

Built Environment & Policy
Total

2020

2019

Pre-tax 
discount rate 
%
9.5

Goodwill
151.2

Acquired 
Intangibles
2.5

Pre-tax 
discount rate 
%
9.5

Goodwill
152.8

Acquired 
Intangibles
2.8

9.5
9.6
11.5
9.7
n/a
n/a
n/a

11.1
9.2
8.9
n/a

81.1
10.6
32.4
156.9
–
–
–

35.2
–
–
n/a
467.4

60.7
13.3
16.4
–
45.6
4.5
26.5

7.2
–
–
n/a
176.7

9.9
10.2
12.5
n/a
11.0
n/a
11.7

10.9
6.4
n/a
9.9

81.1
10.6
33.4
n/a
118.4
16.1
36.6

36.3
4.0
n/a
23.6
512.9

64.0
16.5
19.8
n/a
69.6
5.0
31.3

9.5
5.4
n/a
0.7
224.6

Sensitivity to changes in assumptions 
The calculation of value in use is most sensitive to the discount rate and long-term growth rates used. The Group has performed sensitivity 
analyses across all CGUs which have goodwill and acquired intangible assets, using reasonably possible changes in the already conservative 
long-term growth rates and pre-tax discount rates arising from reasonably possible trading and economic scenarios. 

The Product Design CGU and Digital Commerce group of CGUs make up over 64% of the Group’s total carrying value of goodwill. The 
estimated recoverable amount of the units exceeds their carrying amount by approximately £289.9m and £574.3m respectively. Given both 
units have significant headroom, there is no realistic change of assumption that would cause the units carrying amount to exceed its 
recoverable amount.

The carrying amount of the Retail Week & WRC and the RFS Price & Promotion CGUs were reduced to nil from impairment. Management has 
identified that a reasonable possible change of 11% forecast Adjusted EBITDA growth rate each year within the RFS Price & Promotion CGU 
would result in a reversal of impairment. A stronger than expected recovery in end markets of the Retail Week & WRC CGU could also result in 
an impairment reversal.

146 

Notes to the financial statements ContinuedFinancial statements ContinuedAscential plc Annual Report 202014. Property, plant and equipment 

(£ million)
Cost
At 1 January 2019
Additions
Acquisitions of businesses
Disposals 
Effect of movements in exchange rates

At 1 January 2020
Additions
Acquisitions of businesses
Disposals 

Reclassification to assets held for sale
Effect of movements in exchange rates

At 31 December 2020
Depreciation
At 1 January 2019
Depreciation
Disposals
Effect of movements in exchange rates

At 1 January 2020
Depreciation
Disposals
Reclassification to assets held for sale
Impairment
Effect of movements in exchange rates

At 31 December 2020
Net book value 
At 31 December 2020
At 31 December 2019

Note

Fixtures & 
fittings

Office 
equipment

10.2
2.4
–
(1.3)
(0.1)
11.2
1.6
0.3
(2.2)

(1.0)
0.1
10.0

(5.1)
(1.5)
(0.4)
0.1
(6.9)
(2.1)
2.1
0.7
(0.9)
(0.3)
(7.4)

2.6
4.3

14.2
2.8
0.2
(3.8)
(0.3)
13.1
1.5
–
(2.2)

(0.7)
–
11.7

(10.1)
(2.3)
3.1
0.3
(9.0)
(2.3)
2.1
0.6
–
(0.2)
(8.8)

2.9
4.1

10

10

Total

24.4
5.2
0.2
(5.1)
(0.4)
24.3
3.1
0.3
(4.4)

(1.7)
0.1
21.7

(15.2)
(3.8)
2.7
0.4
(15.9)
(4.4)
4.2
1.3
(0.9)
(0.5)
(16.2)

5.5
8.4

147

Strategic reportGovernance reportAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Financial statements15.  Investments

(£ million) 
At 1 January
Acquisition of investments 
Remeasurement of trade investments to fair value
Share of the profit / (loss) of joint ventures and associates
Transaction costs capitalised
Dividends received from joint ventures
Disposal of investments
Effect of movements in exchange rates

At 31 December

Investments as at 31 December 2020 were made up as follows:

(£ million)
Trade investments measured at fair value through profit or loss 
Associates and joint ventures accounted for using the equity method
Convertible loan*

At 31 December 2020

2020
67.9
16.8
1.4
(0.2)
–
–
(56.7)
3.2
32.4

2020
28.5
3.9
–
32.4

2019
6.1
64.8
1.6
0.6
1.8
(0.5)
(1.6)
(4.9)
67.9

2019
12.6
53.3
2.0
67.9

* 

 The option to convert the loan into equity in a new associated company was exercised in part in the second half of 2019. The remaining balance of the loan was exercised in the first 
half of 2020.

On 30 August 2019, the Group acquired a 35% ownership interest in Jumpshot Inc., the former marketing analytics subsidiary of Avast plc. 
On 30 January 2020, the Group sold that 35% ownership interest in Jumpshot back to Avast plc for cash consideration equivalent to the cost 
of investment and ceased to hold an option to take up a majority ownership in Jumpshot.

The Group also made a further £14.6m investment in Hudson MX. £0.5m was invested in equity and £14.1m was advanced as convertible loans.

16.  Inventories

(£ million)
Deferred event costs
Physical stock

Total

17.  Trade and other receivables 

(£ million)
Current
Trade receivables, net of the allowance for doubtful debts
Prepayments
Contract assets
Other receivables

Total

2020
0.3
1.8
2.1

2019
2.1
2.0
4.1

2020

2019

70.5
11.7
6.2
109.5
197.9

74.3
12.4
4.7
50.0
141.4

The carrying amounts of trade and other receivables are denominated primarily in pounds sterling and US dollars. The Directors consider 
that the carrying amount of receivables and prepayments approximates their fair value.

Other receivables include amounts due from customers for pass-through costs of £105.3m (2019: £43.3m). Pass-through costs comprise 
amounts paid to external suppliers principally in relation to the purchase of media which are charged directly to clients. The amounts due to 
external suppliers in these relationships are recognised in other payables (see Note 19).

Trade receivables are non-interest bearing, generally on 30 day terms and shown net of an allowance for doubtful debts. As at 31 December 
2020, the allowance for doubtful debts was £6.5m (2019: £5.0m). Movements in the allowance for doubtful debts were as follows:

(£ million)
At 1 January 
Provided in the year 
Released in the year
Utilised in the year
Reclassification to assets held for sale

At 31 December

148 

2020
5.0
6.1
(0.3)
(3.9)
(0.4)
6.5

2019
3.5
5.1
–
(3.5)
(0.1)
5.0

Notes to the financial statements ContinuedFinancial statements ContinuedAscential plc Annual Report 2020Trade receivables and contract assets of the continuing operations, net of the allowance for doubtful debts, are aged as follows:

2020 (£ million)
Current (not past due)
1 – 30 days past due 
31 – 90 days overdue
More than 90 days past due 

At 31 December

2019 (£ million)
Current (not past due)
1 – 30 days past due 
31 – 90 days overdue
More than 90 days past due 

At 31 December

Loss 
Allowance
(0.2)
(0.1)
(0.7)
(5.5)
(6.5)

Credit note 
allowance
(0.6)
–
–
–
(0.6)

Loss 
Allowance
(0.1)
(0.1)
(0.6)
(4.2)

Credit note 
allowance
(0.2)
–
–
–

Net trade 
receivables 
and 
contract 
assets
57.5
8.5
5.4
5.3
76.7

Net trade 
receivables 
and 
contract 
assets
58.0
12.1
5.6
3.3

(5.0)

(0.2)

79.0

Gross 
carrying 
amount
58.3
8.6
6.1
10.8
83.8

Gross 
carrying 
amount
58.3
12.2
6.2
7.5

84.2

Loss rate
0.4%
1.0%
11.9%
50.4%

Loss rate
0.2%
0.9%
10.3%
55.8%

Loss rates are calculated based on actual credit losses over the past three years and adjusted to reflect differences between the historical 
credit losses and the Group’s view of the economic conditions over the expected lives of the receivables. In addition to the loss allowance, 
there is a credit note allowance of £0.6m (2019: £0.2m) in the net trade receivables balance.

The maximum exposure to credit risk for trade receivables and contract assets by geographical region was:

(£ million)
United Kingdom
Other Europe
United States and Canada
Asia Pacific 
Middle East and Africa
Latin America

Total

Other receivables of the continuing operations, net of the allowance for doubtful debts, are aged as follows:

(£ million)
Current (not past due)
1 – 30 days past due 
31 – 90 days overdue
More than 90 days past due 

Total

2020
9.2
11.1
42.5
9.8
1.0
3.1
76.7

2020
97.1
9.0
1.7
1.7
109.5

2019
18.4
12.6
34.7
7.2
2.5
3.6

79.0

2019
43.4
1.4
1.4
3.8

50.0 

There are no material expected credit losses for other receivables.

18.  Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December 2020 of £78.2m (2019: £111.7m) relate to bank balances, including short-term deposits with an 
original maturity date of less than three months and cash in transit.

149

Strategic reportGovernance reportAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Financial statements19.  Trade and other payables
(£ million)
Current
Trade payables
Other payables
Accruals
Interest accruals
Taxes and social security costs 

Total

2020

2019

6.9
98.7
24.3
0.2
7.2
137.3

10.6
42.8
24.2
0.4
7.7
85.7

Other payables include amounts due to external suppliers in relation to pass-through costs of £93.4m (2019: £38.9m). Pass-through costs 
comprise amounts paid to external suppliers which are charged directly to clients. The amounts due from customers in these relationships are 
recognised in other receivables (see Note 17).

20. Deferred and contingent consideration
The Group has liabilities in respect of deferred and contingent consideration payments under various business acquisition contracts as set 
out in the table below:

(£ million)
At 1 January 2019
Additions
Acquisition–related employment costs accrued in the year
Revaluation of contingent consideration recognised in the consolidated income statement 
Discount unwind on contingent and deferred consideration
Acquisition–related employment cash paid in year
Deferred and contingent consideration cash paid in the year
Effect of movements in exchange rates

At 1 January 2020
Additions
Acquisition–related employment costs accrued in the year
Revaluation of contingent consideration recognised in the consolidated income statement 
Discount unwind on contingent and deferred consideration
Acquisition–related employment cash paid in year
Deferred and contingent consideration cash paid in the year
Effect of movements in exchange rates
Transfer to liabilities held for sale

At 31 December 2020

* Restated to reclassify £4.0m of revaluation of contingent consideration as level 3.

(£ million)
Current
Non-current
Total 

Note

5
5
8

12
5
5
8

Total
96.7
3.3
20.1
13.0
5.5
(11.5)
(20.3)
(3.6)

103.2
1.6
33.5
64.1
7.9
(23.1)
(46.0)
(4.7)
(0.3)
136.2

2020
113.5
22.7
136.2

Restated*
Level 3
59.7
3.3
–
16.8
5.5
–
(10.6)
(2.3)

72.4
0.7
–
64.1
7.9
–
(44.8)
(3.8)
–
96.5

2019
63.1
40.1
103.2

The total deferred and contingent consideration balance of £136.2m (2019: £103.2m) includes £96.5m (2019: £72.4m) which is categorised as 
Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy of financial instruments. Covid-19 has increased the level of uncertainty in the Group’s projections with a 
consequent impact on the potential range of these Level 3 valuations. However, the majority of this balance relates to payments contingent 
on results of 2020 due to be paid out in 2021, for which there is much a greater degree of certainty. 

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurements are the determined weighted average cost of capital and the 
forecast future profits, billings or revenue of the acquired businesses. The Group plan used to forecast future profits is approved by the board 
and assessed against market consensus on a regular basis. For details of deferred and contingent consideration on current and comparative 
year acquisitions within the year refer to Note 12. 

The Directors consider that the carrying amount of deferred and contingent consideration of £136.2m (2019: £103.2m) approximates its fair value. 

Both contingent consideration and acquisition-related employment costs are based on the future performance of the acquired business to which 
they relate. Performance is assessed using forecast profits and the current five-year plan which is updated annually. Forecasts are inherently 
a source of management estimation, resulting in a range of outcomes. The Flywheel Digital earnout is the largest payment and therefore most 
relevant when considering the sensitivity to fluctuations in performance. The payment due in 2021 is based on 2020 results and hence is no longer 
subject to such uncertainty, and a 10% increase in results in 2021 would result in an additional payment of around £8.8m in 2022 for the final 
Flywheel Digital payment.

150 

Notes to the financial statements ContinuedFinancial statements ContinuedAscential plc Annual Report 202021.  Borrowings 
In January 2020, the Group entered into a new 5-year multi-currency revolving credit facility (“RCF”) of £450m plus an accordion to raise 
further debt amounts, at the option of the lenders, of up to the greater of £120m or 150% of EBITDA. The maturity of the facility may be 
extended for a further one or two year term on the second anniversary of the facility, subject to individual lender approval. At 31 December 
2020 the borrowings were subject to interest at a margin of 2.50% over LIBOR.

The facility covenants include a maximum net leverage of 3.25x with the benefit of additional 0.5x leverage spikes for relevant acquisitions 
and a minimum interest cover of 3.00x and are tested semi-annually. To address the uncertain business environment and ensure maximum 
flexibility in the medium term, across a broad range of business planning scenarios, the Group agreed the following covenant amendments 
with its banking group (subject to minimum liquidity of £100m at December 2020 and £125m thereafter):

•  At the December 2020 testing point – a full waiver of the leverage and interest cover covenants.

•  At the June 2021 testing point – the leverage covenant ratio limit has been relaxed to 4.75x.

•  At the December 2021 testing point – the leverage covenant ratio limit has been relaxed to between 3.50x and 4.50x depending on the 
scale of profits from live events in 2021.

•  At the June 2022 testing point – if either Money20/20 Europe or USA do not take place in 2021, the leverage covenant limit at June 2022 
will be 3.75x.

At the December 2020 testing point, the minimum liquidity requirements have been met with £217.5m of available liquidity. 

The maturity profile of the Group’s borrowings, consisting entirely of drawdowns from the RCF for the year ended 31 December 2020, was as 
follows:

(£ million)
Non-current
Two to five years

Total borrowings

2020

2019

309.5
309.5

282.6
282.6

Borrowings are shown net of unamortised issue costs of £3.2m (2019: £1.2m). The carrying amounts of borrowings approximate their fair 
value. The Group’s borrowings at 31 December 2020 were £82.5m, $117.0m and €161.0m.

Reconciliation of movement in net debt

(£ million)
At 1 January 2019
Exchange differences
Non-cash movements
Net cash movement

At 1 January 2020
Exchange differences
Term loan debt repayment
Net RCF debt cash flow drawdown
Fair value movement
Write off, capitalisation and amortisation of debt arrangement fees
Net cash movement

At 31 December 2020

Includes £2.0m of cash classified as held for sale as at 31 December 2020.

* 
**  Refer to the Glossary of Alternative Performance Measures for the definition of Net Debt.

Cash*
49.4
1.7
–
27.9

79.0
(1.8)
–
–
–
–
(26.2)
51.0

Cash in 
transit
7.2
–
–
(6.0)

Short-term 
deposits
125.4
0.1
–
(94.0)

1.2
–
–
–
–
–
(0.7)
0.5

31.5
–
–
–
–
–
(2.8)
28.7

Interest rate 

cap Borrowings
(291.8)
10.4
(1.2)
–

–
–
0.3
–

0.3
–
–
–
(0.3)
–
–
–

(282.6)
(3.1)
285.8
(311.5)
–
1.9
–
(309.5)

Net debt**
(109.8)
12.2
(0.9)
(72.1)

(170.6)
(4.9)
285.8
(311.5)
(0.3)
1.9
(29.7)
(229.3)

In addition to the net debt amount of £229.3m above, the Group has lease liabilities of £20.4m (2019: £26.8m) with movements comprising 
cash payments of £10.4m (2019: £9.0m), derecognition of leases of £1.2m (2019: £0.9m), additions of £5.7m (2019: £6.8m) and reclassification 
to liabilities held for sale of £0.5m (2019: £nil).

151

Strategic reportGovernance reportAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Financial statements22. Provisions

(£ million)
At 1 January 2019
Provided in the year
Released in the year
Utilised in the year
Discounting of provisions
Effect of movements in exchange rates

At 1 January 2020
Transfer to liabilities held for sale
Provided in the year
Released in the year
Utilised in the year
Discounting of provisions
Effect of movements in exchange rates

At 31 December 2020

Provisions have been analysed between current and non-current as follows:

2020 (£ million)
Current
Non-current

Total

2019 (£ million)
Current
Non-current

Total

Property 
provisions
1.7
–
(0.3)
–
0.1
–

1.5
(0.1)
3.4
0.2
–
0.1
–
5.1

Property 
provisions
3.5
1.6
5.1

Property 
provisions
–
1.5

1.5

Other
4.3
0.5
(1.7)
(1.1)
–
(0.1)

1.9
–
2.7
(0.2)
(0.5)
–
–
3.9

Other
3.9
–
3.9

Other
1.0
0.9

1.9

Total 
provisions
6.0
0.5
(2.0)
(1.1)
0.1
(0.1)

3.4
(0.1)
6.1
–
(0.5)
0.1
–
9.0

Total 
provisions
7.4
1.6
9.0

Total 
provisions
1.0
2.4

3.4

The property provisions relate to dilapidation costs on properties in the United Kingdom and onerous property costs in the United Kingdom 
and United States. The weighted average maturity of these obligations is approximately five years. Other provisions relate to onerous 
contracts and warranty costs relating to businesses disposed of, legal provisions, and redundancy provisions. The average weighted maturity 
of these obligations is approximately one year.

23. Share capital and reserves

Share capital 

 (£ million)
 402,794,150 Ordinary shares of £0.01 each (2019: 403,274,977)

Total

2020
4.0
4.0

2019
4.0
4.0

During the year, 1,738,939 (2019: 1,876,652) and 283,526 (2019: 579,730) ordinary £0.01 shares were issued to employees under the PSP and 
Sharesave schemes respectively, for which cash proceeds of £0.7m (2019: £1.2m) were received. In addition, cash proceeds of £0.6m were 
received for the sale of SIP shares. This results in an increase in share premium by £1.3m (2019: £1.2m).

During the year ended 31 December 2020, 3.0m ordinary shares (2019: nil) were repurchased for cash consideration of £9.2m (2019: £nil) and 
subsequently cancelled.

Treasury share reserve 
Free shares awarded under the Share Incentive Plan are held by an Employee Benefit Trust (“EBT”) on behalf of UK employees for a holding 
period of three years. As at 31 December 2020, 129,760 shares (2019: 368,634) were held in the EBT at a cost of £0.1m (2019: £0.1m). The market 
value of these shares was £0.5m (2019: £1.4m).

Other reserves
The share premium account comprises the premium on allotment of shares. The group restructure reserve arose from the IPO restructure of the 
Group between 8 and 12 February 2016. A merger reserve was recognised, reflecting the difference between the share capital and share 
premium of the Company on 8 February 2016, and the share capital, share premium and non-distributable reserves of the previous Parent of the 
Group at the same date. The translation reserve arises on the translation into pounds sterling of the net assets of the Group’s foreign operations. 

152 

Notes to the financial statements ContinuedFinancial statements ContinuedAscential plc Annual Report 202024. Dividends
Amounts recognised and paid as distributions to ordinary shareholders in the year comprise:

Amounts recognised as distributions to equity shareholders
Final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2018 
Interim dividend for the year ended 31 December 2019 

Dividend paid 

2020

2019

£ million

Pence per 
share

£ million

Pence per 
share

–
–
–

–
–
–

15.7
7.2
22.9

3.9
1.8
5.7

In March 2020, as part of Covid-19 related cash preservation measures, the Board decided not to declare the final dividend for the year 
ended 31 December 2019 of 4.0 pence per share that it had previously announced. Having considered its capital allocation priorities and the 
uncertain economic environment, the Board has decided not to pay a dividend in respect of 2020. The Board will keep shareholder cash 
returns continually under review.

25. Subsidiary and related undertakings
Full details of the subsidiaries and joint ventures of Ascential plc at 31 December 2020 are set out in Note 6 to the parent financial statements.

26. Related party transactions
The aggregate value of transactions and outstanding balances with related party entities are as follows:

(£ million)
Asian Advertising Festival (Spikes Asia) Pte Limited

Dividends received
Recharged costs
Profit share
Cash received on its behalf

Motivate Publishing FZ LLC

Profit share
Recharged costs

Huajia Textile Product Development (Shanghai) Co Ltd

Convertible loan

CTIC WGSN China Limited*
Dividends received
Profit share

Shanghai Coloro Technology Co. Limited

Share of losses

Jumpshot Inc

Share of losses
Licencing revenue
Purchases of data

*  CTIC WGSN China Limited became a subsidiary of the Group in 2019. Accordingly, no related party transactions are disclosed in 2020 as they are eliminated on consolidation.

Other than the compensation of key management personnel, set out in Note 6, there are no other related party transactions requiring 
disclosure under IAS 24 Related Party Disclosures.

Transaction value

Balance outstanding  
at 31 December

2020

2019

2020

2019

–
–
–
0.1

(0.1)
0.2

(2.0)

–
–

(0.2)

0.1
–
–

0.5
0.1
0.1
–

0.1
–

(2.1)

0.5
0.4

(0.2)

(0.5)
0.8
(0.2)

–
–
–
0.1

(0.1)
0.2

–

–
–

–

–
–
–

–
–
0.1
–

0.1
–

2.0

–
–

–

–
–
–

153

Strategic reportGovernance reportAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Financial statements 
27. Leases 

Leases as lessee 
The Group leases commercial office space and photocopiers. 

Right of use assets
Right of use assets are presented as a separate line item on the statement of financial position and tabulated below.

(£ million)
Cost
At 1 January 2019
Additions
De-recognition of right of use assets
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

At 1 January 2020
Additions
De-recognition of right of use assets
Impairment
Reclassification to assets held for sale
Effect of movements in exchange rates

At 31 December 2020

Depreciation
At 1 January 2019
Depreciation
De-recognition of right of use assets
Effect of movements in exchange rates

At 1 January 2020
Depreciation
De-recognition of right of use assets
Reclassification to assets held for sale
Effect of movements in exchange rates

At 31 December 2020
Net book value 
At 31 December 2020
At 31 December 2019

Right of use 
assets

43.1
6.8
(0.9)
(1.0)

48.0
5.8
(3.9)
(2.6)
(1.3)
(0.5)
45.5

(19.9)
(7.3)
0.3
0.5

(26.4)
(7.6)
2.4
0.9
0.6
(30.1)

15.4
21.6

Extension options
Some property leases contain extension options after the non-cancellable contract period. The Group assesses at lease commencement date 
whether it is reasonably certain to exercise these options, and if so, the optional period is included within the lease term and therefore the 
calculation of the lease liability. The Group reassesses whether is it reasonably certain to exercise the options if there is a significant event or 
significant changes in circumstances within its control. The Group has estimated that the potential future lease payments, should it exercise 
all the extension options, would result in an increase in lease liability of £5.1m (2019: £5.0m).

Leases as lessor
The Group recognises the net investment in the sub-lease within investment property. The following table sets out a maturity analysis of the 
lease receivables, showing the undiscounted lease payments to be received after the reporting date:

(£ million)
Less than one year 
One to two years

Two to three years
Total undiscounted leases receivable 
Unearned finance income

Net investment in the leases

154 

2020
0.8
0.1
–
0.9
(0.1)
0.8

2019
1.1
1.0
0.2
2.3
(0.2)
2.1

Notes to the financial statements ContinuedFinancial statements ContinuedAscential plc Annual Report 2020The net investment in the lease is presented within Investment property in the statement of financial position. The following presents the 
reconciliation of the investment property:

(£ million)
Balance at 1 January
Payments
Interest

Balance at 31 December 

2020
2.1
(1.4)
0.1
0.8

2019
2.7
(0.7)
0.1
2.1

28. Commitments and contingencies 
Contracted commitments for assets under construction including software at 31 December 2020 totalled £0.9m (2019: £0.4m).

29. Financial instruments and financial risk management
Information about the Group’s objectives, policies and processes for measuring and managing risk, the Group’s exposure to the risks arising 
from financial instruments, and the Group’s management of capital is disclosed below.

A.  Market risk

a)  Foreign exchange risk
The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with respect 
to the US dollar and the euro. Foreign exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions to which the Group is already committed, 
recognised assets and liabilities and net investments in foreign operations.

Foreign currency movements impact on the consolidated income statement together with its cash flow profile and leverage ratio position. 
The impact depends on whether there is a surplus or deficit in each currency from operating activities together with the interest and finance 
charge in those currencies. The Group’s policy is to protect its cash flow and leverage ratio position by maintaining a proportion of currency 
debt in proportion to its currency earnings to obtain natural offsets. 

Net debt by currency was as follows:

Pounds sterling
US dollars
Euros
Other currencies

Total

Interest 
rate caps
–
–
–
–
–

2020
Cash and 
borrowings
(64.0)
(44.7)
(135.3)
14.7
(229.3)

Interest 
rate caps
–
0.2
0.1
–
0.3

2019
Cash and 
borrowings
(45.8)
(38.2)
(97.7)
10.8
(170.9)

Total
(64.0)
(44.7)
(135.3)
14.7
(229.3)

Total
(45.8)
(38.0)
(97.6)
10.8
(170.6)

For each 1% movement in the euro to pounds sterling exchange rate has a circa £1.5m (2019: £1.5m) impact on the carrying value of 
borrowings. Each 1% movement in the US dollar to pounds sterling exchange rate has a circa £0.9m (2019: £0.7m) impact on the carrying 
value of borrowings.

For illustrative purposes, the table below provides details of the impact on revenue and Adjusted EBITDA if the actual reported results were 
restated for sterling weakening by 1% against the US dollar and euro rates in isolation:

(£ million)
Increase in revenue / Adjusted EBITDA if:
Sterling weakens by 1% against US dollar in isolation
Sterling weakens by 1% against euro in isolation

2020 
Revenue

2020 
Adjusted 
EBITDA

2019 
Revenue

2019 
Adjusted 
EBITDA

1.6
0.3

0.5
0.2

1.9
1.2

0.8
0.8

b)  Cash flow and interest rate risk
Interest rate risk arises from medium and long-term borrowings to the extent that the underlying debt instruments are not at fixed rates of interest. 

The Group has entered into interest rate caps to convert a portion of its bank borrowings from fully floating to capped rates to mitigate 
this risk. As at 31 December 2020, the total notional amount of outstanding interest rate caps to which the Group is committed is £207.8m 
(2019: £165.2m). The fair value of the interest rate caps as at 31 December 2020 was £nil (2019: £0.3m).

These interest rate caps are measured at fair value through profit or loss and are Level 2 financial instruments. These derivative instruments 
were not traded in an active market and the fair value is determined by using third party valuations based on forward yield curves. This 
technique maximises the use of observable market data where it is available and relies as little as possible on entity specific estimates. 
All significant inputs required to fair value an instrument are observable.

In the year ended 31 December 2020, if interest rates had been 50 basis points higher or lower and all other variables were held constant, 
the Group’s finance costs for the year ended 31 December 2020 would have increased or decreased by £1.6m (2019: £1.4m).

The effective annual interest rate for year ended 31 December 2020 was 2.5% (2019: 1.9%).

155

Strategic reportGovernance reportAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Financial statements29. Financial instruments and financial risk management Continued

B. Credit risk
Credit risk is managed on a Group basis. Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents, derivative financial instruments and deposits with 
banks and financial institutions, as well as credit exposures to customers, including outstanding receivables and committed transactions. 
The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the fair value of the financial assets in the consolidated balance sheet as 
disclosed below.

a)  Treasury-related credit risk
The Group has treasury policies in place which manage the concentration of risk with individual bank counterparties. Each counterparty has 
an individual limit determined by their long-term and short-term ratings by Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s as well as their individual five 
year Credit Default Swap price. As at 31 December 2020, cash and cash equivalents totalled £78.2m (2019: £111.7m), of which 83% (2019: 87%) 
was held with banks or financial institutions with long-term ratings of A-/A3 or better or short-term ratings of A-1/P-1.

In accordance with the Group’s treasury policies and exposure management practices, counterparty credit exposure limits are monitored and 
no individual exposure is considered significant in the ordinary course of treasury management activity. The company does not expect any 
significant losses from non-performance by these counterparties. 

b)  Trading risk
Risk arises principally from payment default by customers. The general policy of the Group is not to risk assess all new customers and so retail 
credit risk information has not been included in these consolidated financial statements. The company does not, however, expect any 
significant losses in respect of receivables that have not been provided for as shown in Note 17.

C. Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Group’s approach to managing 
liquidity is to ensure, as far as possible, that it will always have sufficient liquidity in the form of sufficient cash or funding from adequate 
credit facilities to meet such liabilities under both normal and stressed conditions.

Following the refinancing detailed in Note 21, the Group’s major banking facilities in place as of 31 December 2020 consist entirely of the 
£450m 5-year multi-currency revolving credit facility and are detailed below:

 (£ million)
As at 31 December 2020
RCF – GBP tranche
RCF – EUR tranche
RCF – USD tranche

Total facilities 
As at 31 December 2019
Facility A
Facility B
Facility C
Revolving credit facility 

Total facilities 

Facility

Local 
currency

Drawn

Local 
currency

£

£

Final maturity

Interest

£450.0

450.0

£66.0
$96.0
€171.0
£95.0

450.0

66.0
72.7
145.1
95.0

378.8

£82.5
€161.0
$117.0

£66.0
$96.0
€171.0
–

82.5
144.4
85.8
312.7

66.0
72.7
145.1
–

283.8

Jan-25

LIBOR + 2.5%

Feb-21
Feb-21
Feb-21
Feb-21

LIBOR plus 1.50%
LIBOR plus 1.50%
LIBOR plus 1.50%
LIBOR plus 1.25%

The Group’s external borrowings presented in Note 21 of £309.5m (2019: £282.6m) are shown net of unamortised issue costs of £3.2m 
(2019: £1.2m). 

The Group’s undrawn borrowings total £137.3 million (2019: £95.0 million) and represent the unutilised balance on the revolving credit facility 
which matures in 2025.

The facility covenants include a maximum net leverage of 3.25x with the benefit of additional 0.5x leverage spikes for relevant acquisitions 
and a minimum interest cover of 3.00x and are tested semi-annually. To address the uncertain business environment and ensure maximum 
flexibility in the medium term, across a broad range of business planning scenarios, the Group agreed the following covenant amendments 
with its banking group (subject to minimum liquidity of £100m at December 2020 and £125m thereafter):

•  At the December 2020 testing point – a full waiver of the leverage and interest cover covenants.

•  At the June 2021 testing point – the leverage covenant ratio limit has been relaxed to 4.75x.

• 

• 

 At the December 2021 testing point – the leverage covenant ratio limit has been relaxed to between 3.50x and 4.50x depending on the 
scale of profits from live events in 2021.

 At the June 2022 testing point – if either Money20/20 Europe or USA do not take place in 2021, the leverage covenant limit at June 2022 
will be 3.75x.

At the December 2020 testing point, the minimum liquidity requirements have been met with £217.5m of available liquidity. 

156 

Notes to the financial statements ContinuedFinancial statements ContinuedAscential plc Annual Report 2020The following is an analysis of the contractual undiscounted cash flows from continuing operations payable under financial and 
derivative liabilities:

(£ million)
At 31 December 2020
Non-derivative financial liabilities 
Borrowings
Interest payments on borrowings
Trade payables, accruals and other payables
Lease liabilities
Deferred and contingent consideration

Derivative financial liabilities
Derivative contracts – receipts
Total 
At 31 December 2019
Non-derivative financial liabilities 
Borrowings
Interest payments on borrowings
Trade payables, accruals and other payables
Lease liabilities
Deferred and contingent consideration

Derivative financial liabilities
Derivative contracts – receipts

Total

Less than 
one month

Between 
one and 
three 
months

Between 
three and 
twelve 
months

In one to 
two years

In two to 
five years

In more 
than five 
years

–
1.0
137.3
0.2
0.1

–
138.6

–
0.5
77.6
0.5
0.1

–
78.7

–
3.2
–
1.5
114.5

–
119.2

–
0.9
–
2.2
22.1

–
25.2

–
11.5
–
5.4
5.1

–
22.0

–
4.0
–
7.4
44.2

(0.3)
55.3

–
12.2
–
6.2
21.9

–
40.3

283.8
0.8
–
7.3
36.6

–
328.5

312.7
19.8
–
6.7
4.4

–
343.6

–
–
–
9.4
11.1

–
20.5

–
–
–
5.9
–

–
5.9

–
–
–
6.3
–

6.3

Total

312.7
47.7
137.3
25.9
146.0

–
669.6

283.8
6.2
77.6
33.1
114.1

(0.3)
514.5

The financial and derivative liabilities are shown in the period in which they are due to be repaid. The interest payments on borrowings due in 
less than one month represents the actual interest due, while the interest due greater than one month is an estimate based on current 
interest rates and exchange rates. Cash flows in respect of borrowings represent contractual payments under the Group’s lending facilities in 
place as at 31 December 2020. Borrowings as disclosed in Note 21 are stated net of unamortised arrangement fees of £3.2m as at 31 
December 2020 (2019: £1.2m).

Both contingent consideration and acquisition-related employment costs are based on the future performance of the acquired business to 
which they relate. Performance is assessed using forecast profits and the current three-year plan which is updated annually. Forecasts are 
inherently a source of management estimation, resulting in a range of outcomes. The Flywheel Digital earnout is the largest payment and 
therefore most relevant when considering the sensitivity to fluctuations in performance. The payment due in 2021 is based on 2020 results 
and hence is no longer subject to such uncertainty, and a 10% increase in results in 2021 would result in an additional payment of around 
£8.8m in 2022 for the final Flywheel Digital payment.

Undiscounted future payments (£ million)
Contingent consideration 
Acquisition related employment costs to the extent to which they are accrued at 31 December
Deferred consideration which is not impacted by performance

Deferred and contingent consideration
Anticipated future payments on acquisition-related employment costs

Deferred and contingent consideration including anticipated future payments  
on acquisition-related employment costs

2020
107.7
38.1
0.2
146.0
6.6

2019
82.6
30.8
0.7
114.1
14.2

152.6

128.3

157

Strategic reportGovernance reportAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Financial statements29. Financial instruments and financial risk management Continued

D. Capital risk management
The Group manages its capital to ensure that entities in the Group will be able to continue as a going concern while maximising the return to 
shareholders through the optimisation of the debt to equity balance. The capital structure of the Group consists of debt, cash and cash 
equivalents and equity attributable to equity holders of the parent comprising capital, reserves and retained earnings. The Group’s policy is 
to borrow centrally to meet anticipated funding requirements. These borrowings, together with cash generated from the operations, are 
on-lent or contributed as equity to subsidiaries at market-based interest rates and on commercial terms and conditions. 

The Group took decisions during the year to cancel dividend payments, halt the share repurchase program and utilise its external debt from 
the Revolving Credit Facility it entered into in January 2020 for cash preservation measures in order to manage its capital effectively.

Financial instruments by measurement basis
The carrying amount of financial instruments by category is as follows:

 (£ million)
Financial assets
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 
Other investments, including derivatives
Interest in trade investments designated at fair value through profit or loss on initial recognition

Financial assets not measured at fair value
Trade receivables 
Other receivables
Contract assets
Cash and cash equivalents 
Total 
Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
Contingent consideration

Financial liabilities at amortised cost
Trade payables 
Accruals
Interest accruals
Other payables 
Deferred and contingent consideration
Lease liabilities
Borrowings

Total

Note

2020

2019

15

17
17
17
18

20

19
19
19
19
20
27
21

–
28.5

70.5
109.5
6.2
78.2
292.9

1.7
12.6

74.3
50.0
4.7
111.7
255.0

96.5

68.4

6.9
24.3
0.2
98.7
39.7
20.8
312.7
599.8

10.6
24.2
0.4
42.8
34.0
9.4
283.8
473.6

The fair value of each category of the Group’s financial instruments approximates their carrying value in the Group’s consolidated balance 
sheet. Financial instruments in the category “fair value through profit or loss” are measured in the consolidated balance sheet at fair value. 
Fair value measurements can be classified in the following hierarchy:

• quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1);

• inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly (Level 2); and

• inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is, unobservable inputs) (Level 3).

The following table presents the Group’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value at 31 December 2020:

(£ million)
Other investments, including derivatives 
Trade investments
Contingent consideration (Note 20)

Level 1
–
–
–

2020

Level 2
–
–
–

Level 3
–
28.5
96.5

Total
–
28.5
96.5

Level 1
–
–
–

2019

Level 2
1.7
–
–

Level 3
–
12.3
68.4

Total
1.7
12.3
68.4

There were no movements between different levels of the fair value hierarchy in the year.

158 

Notes to the financial statements ContinuedFinancial statements ContinuedAscential plc Annual Report 202030. Events after the reporting date

Acquisition of Digital Commerce businesses
On 15 December 2020, the Group entered into an agreement to acquire Hangzhou Duozhun Data Technology Co. Ltd. (“X Target”). X Target 
specialises in media trading execution and provides similar capabilities for China as our Flywheel brand does for Western eCommerce 
platforms. This acquisition is for an initial cash consideration of £11.9m, plus earn out payments payable over three years resulting in an 
estimated total consideration (including the initial consideration) of between £29m and £35m. The total consideration payable for the 
company, in the event that maximum targets are reached, is capped at £55m. 

Also in December 2020, the Group agreed to acquire Intellibrand, based in Brazil, which provides eCommerce analytics solutions for brands 
across Latin America. The acquisition is for an initial cash consideration of £4.6m with a further £2.4m of earn out payments payable over 
three years resulting in an estimated total consideration of £7m.

The acquisition of Intellibrand completed on 15 January 2021 and the acquisition of X Target completed on 26 February 2021. Due to 
insufficient time since the completion date, it has not been practical to prepare the additional disclosures required by IFRS 3 Business 
Combinations regarding the fair values of the identifiable assets purchased and liabilities assumed. 

Disposal of Built Environment & Policy businesses
On 15 December 2020, the Group entered into an agreement to sell Glenigan to Byggfakta Group for £72.9m in cash. Following regulatory 
clearance required by the buyer, the sale is expected to complete on 17 March 2021. On 20 January 2021, the Group sold Groundsure to a 
subsidiary of ATI Global Limited for a purchase price of £170m comprising an initial cash consideration of £140m (subject to customary 
closing adjustments) plus a £30m interest-bearing vendor loan note repayable on or prior to 31 December 2023. On 12 February 2021, the 
Group sold DeHavilland to the alternative asset management group Bridgepoint for £15m in cash.

The profit on the disposal of these subsidiaries will be determined on finalisation of the completion balance sheets.

Hudson
Subsequent to the year end and as part of an investment agreement signed in January, the Group invested a further £21.8m in Hudson MX. 
The Group has the option to invest further amounts in 2021.

159

Strategic reportGovernance reportAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Financial statementsParent company 
balance sheet

As at 31 December

(£ million)
Assets
Non-current assets 
Investments
Debtors – due after more than one year

Current assets
Debtors – due within one year

Liabilities 
Current liabilities 
Creditors – due within one year

Net assets
Equity
Called-up share capital 
Share premium
Group restructure reserve
Reserves

Total equity

Note

2020

2019

6
7

7

8

9

452.8
0.8
453.6

223.6
223.6

93.3
93.3
583.9

4.0
3.0
157.9
419.0
583.9

452.8
0.9
453.7

208.6
208.6

70.7
70.7
591.6

4.0
1.7
157.9
428.0
591.6

The accompanying notes on pages 162 to 165 are an integral part of these financial statements. The financial statements on pages 160 to 165 
were approved by the Board of Directors on 12 March 2021 and were signed on its behalf by Directors: Duncan Painter and Mandy Gradden.

160 

Financial statements ContinuedAscential plc Annual Report 2020Parent company statement 
of changes in equity

For the year ended 31 December 2020

(£ million)
At 1 January 2019
Profit for the year
Issue of new shares
Share-based payments
Taxation on share-based payments
Dividends

At 1 January 2020
Profit for the year
Issue of shares
Share repurchase
Treasury shares sold
Share-based payments
Taxation on share-based payments
Dividends

At 31 December 2020

Reserves

Share 
capital
4.0
–
–
–
–
–

Share 
premium
0.5
–
1.2
–
–
–

Group 
restructure 
reserve
157.9
–
–
–
–
–

Retained 
earnings Total equity
600.0
5.5
1.2
7.7
0.1
(22.9)

437.6
5.5
–
7.7
0.1
(22.9)

4.0
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
4.0

1.7
–
0.7
–
0.6
–
–
–
3.0

157.9
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
157.9

428.0
1.5
–
(9.2)
–
(1.4)
0.1
–
419.0

591.6
1.5
0.7
(9.2)
0.6
(1.4)
0.1
–
583.9

The accompanying notes on pages 162 to 165 are an integral part of these financial statements. 

161

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Financial statements Continued

Notes to the company  
financial statements

For the year ended 31 December 2020

1.  Corporate information
Ascential plc (the “Company”) is a company incorporated in the 
United Kingdom under the Companies Act 2006 and listed on the 
London Stock Exchange. The registered office is located at The Prow, 
1 Wilder Walk, London W1B 5AP. The registered company number is 
09934451. Ascential plc is the parent Company of the Ascential 
Group (the “Group”) and its principal activity is to act as the ultimate 
holding company of the Group.

2.  Company accounting policies

Basis of accounting
The Company meets the definition of a qualifying entity under 
Financial Reporting Standard 100 (“FRS 100”) issued by the Financial 
Reporting Council. The financial statements have therefore been 
prepared in accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 102 (“FRS 
102”), the Financial Reporting Standard applicable in the UK and 
Republic of Ireland as issued by the Financial Reporting Council.

The Company presents its financial statements under FRS 102 issued by 
the Financial Reporting Council. As permitted by FRS 102, the Company 
has taken advantage of the following disclosure exemptions:

• Presentation of a statement of cash flows;

• Disclosure of key management personnel compensation;

• Disclosure of related party transactions between wholly-owned 

subsidiaries and parents within a group;

• Disclosures required under IFRS 2 “Share-Based Payments” in 

respect of Group settled share-based payments;

• Disclosures required by IFRS 7 “Financial Instruments: Disclosures”;

• Certain disclosures required under IFRS 13 “Fair Value 

Measurement”; and

• Disclosure of information in relation to new standards not yet applied.

The financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost 
basis and on the going concern basis.

The Company’s financial statements are presented in pounds 
sterling being the Company’s functional currency.

Going Concern
A principal objective of the Group (of which the “Company” is the 
holding company), is to manage cash and debt to safeguard the 
Group’s ability to continue as a going concern for the foreseeable 
future. The Group retains sufficient resources to remain in compliance 
with the financial covenants of its bank facilities. The Directors have 
also assessed the Group’s prospects and viability over a three-year 
period. The Directors therefore consider it appropriate to adopt the 
going concern basis in preparing the financial statements. Refer to 
Note 1 of the consolidated financial statements.

3.  Income statement
The Company has taken advantage of the exemption offered by 
Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to present its income 
statement. The profit for the year ended 31 December 2020 was 
£1.5m (2019: £5.5m). 

Fees paid to the auditor during the year for the audit of the 
Company accounts were £20,000 (2019: £20,000). Fees paid by the 
Company to the auditor for other services was £nil (2019: £nil). 

4.  Principal accounting policies

Investments in subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are entities that are directly or indirectly controlled by 
the Company. Control exists where the Company has the power to 
govern the financial and operating policies of the entity so as to 
obtain benefits from its activities. The investment in the Company’s 
subsidiaries is recorded at cost less provisions for impairment. 
Carrying values are reviewed for impairment either annually, or more 
frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate a possible 
decline in carrying values. The Company uses forecast cash flow 
information and estimates of future growth to assess whether 
investments are impaired. If the results of operations in a future 
period are adverse to the estimates used for impairment testing, an 
impairment may be triggered at that point.

Taxation
Tax on the profit or loss for the year comprises current and deferred 
tax. Tax is recognised in the income statement except to the extent 
that it relates to items recognised directly in equity or other 
comprehensive income, in which case it is recognised directly in 
equity or other comprehensive income. 

Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable 
income or loss for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively 
enacted at the balance sheet date, and any adjustment to tax 
payable in respect of previous years.

Deferred tax is provided on timing differences which arise from the 
inclusion of income and expenses in tax assessments in periods 
different from those in which they are recognised in the financial 
statements. Timing differences are not provided for differences 
relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent that it is not 
probable that they will reverse in the foreseeable future and the 
reporting entity is able to control the reversal of the timing difference. 
Deferred tax is not recognised on permanent differences arising 
because certain types of income or expense are non-taxable or are 
disallowable for tax or because certain tax charges or allowances are 
greater or smaller than the corresponding income or expense. 

Deferred tax is measured at the tax rate that is expected to apply to 
the reversal of the related difference, using tax rates enacted or 
substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. Deferred tax 
balances are not discounted.

Unrelieved tax losses and other deferred tax assets are recognised only 
to the extent that is it probable that they will be recovered against the 
reversal of deferred tax liabilities or other future taxable profits.

Share-based payments 
Certain employees of the Company receive part of their remuneration 
in the form of share-based payment transactions, whereby employees 
render services in exchange for shares or rights over shares. The cost of 
equity-settled transactions with employees is measured at fair value 
at the date at which they are granted. The fair value of share awards 
with market-related vesting conditions is determined by an external 
consultant and the fair value at the grant date is expensed on a 
straight-line basis over the vesting period based on the Company’s 
estimate of shares that will eventually vest. The estimate of the 
number of awards likely to vest is reviewed at each balance sheet 
reporting date up to the vesting date, at which point the estimate is 
adjusted to reflect the actual outcome of awards which have vested. 
No adjustment is made to the fair value after the vesting date even if 
the awards are forfeited or not exercised.

162 

Ascential plc Annual Report 20204.  Principal accounting policies Continued

Where the Company grants options over its own shares to the 
employees of its subsidiaries, it recognises an increase in the cost of 
investment in its subsidiaries equivalent to the equity-settled 
share-based payment charge recognised in the subsidiary’s financial 
statements with the corresponding credit being recognised directly in 
equity. In cases where a subsidiary is recharged for the share-based 
payment expense, no such increase in investment is recognised.

Shares held by the Employee Benefit Trust (“EBT”)
The EBT provides for the issue of shares to Group employees under 
share incentive schemes. The Company has control of the EBT and 
accounts for the EBT as an extension to the Company in the financial 
statements. Accordingly, shares in the Company held by the EBT are 
included in the balance sheet at cost as a deduction from equity.

5.  Directors’ emoluments
The Company has two employees other than the Directors. Full 
details of the Directors’ remuneration and interests are set out in the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 100 to 106.

6.  Investments

(£ million) 
At 1 January and 31 December 2020

2020
452.8

2019
452.8

The Company’s subsidiaries and joint ventures are listed below. All 
subsidiaries are indirectly wholly owned by Ascential plc, with the 
exceptions of CITC WGSN China Limited which is indirectly 51% 
owned and Ascential Financing Limited which is directly owned.

Name
United Kingdom
4C Information Limited1
Ascential America (Holdings) Limited
Ascential Events (Europe) Limited
Ascential Financing Limited
Ascential Group Limited
Ascential Information Services Limited
Ascential Operations Limited
Ascential Prefco Limited1
Ascential Radio Financing Limited
Ascential UK Holdings Limited
Brandview Limited1
BEP Holdco Limited (formerly Plexus Network Limited)
Clavis Insight Limited1
CLR Code Limited
Cornwall Mining Services Limited2
De Havilland Information Services Limited7
Edge by Ascential Limited
ePossibilities USA Limited1
ePossibilities Global Holdings Limited1
Flywheel Digital Limited
Glenigan Limited3
Groundsure Limited4
Spotlight by Ascential Limited
Rembrandt Technology Limited
Siberia Europe Limited
The Gunn Report Limited1
WARC Limited

Key

UK1
UK1
UK1
UK1
UK1
UK1
UK1
UK1
UK1
UK1
UK1
UK1
UK1
UK1
UK1
UK1
UK1
UK1
UK1
UK1
UK1
UK1
UK1
UK1
UK1
UK1
UK1

Name
World Advertising Research Center Limited1
Worth Global Style Network Limited
WGSN Group Limited
WGSN Limited

United States
Ascential Inc.
CLR Code LLC
Edge by Ascential, LLC
Flywheel Digital, LLC
Flywheel Digital, LLC
HMX Merger Sub, Inc.
MediaLink, LLC
Siberia LLC

Brazil
Ascential Serviços de Informação Ltda
Era Serviços de Inteligência em Software S.A.5
Sistema Use Fashion Comércio de Informações Ltda

China
Ascential Events (Hangzhou) Company Limited
Clavis Information Technology (Shanghai) Limited
Hangzhou Duozhun Data Technology Co., Limited6
Hangzhou Yincang Danmu Data Technology Co., Limited6
Shenzhen Yimian Network Technology Co. Limited
Stylesight Information Technology (Shanghai) 
Company Limited
WGSN Business Information Consulting (Shanghai) 
Company Limited 
CTIC WGSN China Limited (51% owned)

France
Ascential Events France SAS

Germany
Planet Retail GmbH
WGSN GmbH

Hong Kong
Stylesight Limited
WGSN (Asia Pacific) Limited

Ireland
Clavis Technology Limited

India
Top Right Group India Knowledge Services Private Limited 

Jersey
Ascential Jersey Financing Limited

Singapore
Ascential (Singapore) Pte. Limited

South Africa
WGSN (Pty) Limited

Spain
WGSN Intelligence España SL

Turkey
WGSN Group Trend Forecasting Moda Danişmanlik 
Hizmetleri Limited Şirketi

Joint ventures
Shanghai Coloro Technology Co., Limited (30% owned)
Asian Advertising Festival (Spikes Asia) Pte Limited  
(50% owned)

Key
UK1
UK1
UK1
UK1

US1
US1
US1
US2
US3
US1
US4
US1

BR1
BR2
BR3

CH1
CH2
CH6
CH7
CH3

CH4

CH5
CH8

FR1

GE1
GE2

HK1
HK2

IR1

IN1

JE1

SG1

SA1

SP1

TR1

JV3

JV1

163

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Financial statements Continued

Notes to the company financial statements Continued

Key
UK1
US1

US2

US3

Address
The Prow, 1 Wilder Walk, London W1B 5AP, United Kingdom
251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, New Castle, Delaware, 
DE19808, United States
St. Paul Street, Suite 820, Baltimore, Maryland MD 21202, 
United States
300 Deschutes Way SW, Suite 304, Tumwater, Washington WA 
98501, United States

US4 2710 Gateway Oaks Drive, Suite 150N Sacramento, California, 

CA 95833, United States
Rua Tabapuã 841, Conjunto 15, 1º Andar, São Paulo, Brazil 04533-013

BR1
BR2 Alameda Jaú, 1754 – 10º andar – Jardim Paulista, São Paulo 

– SP, Brazil

BR3 Av. Unisomos, no. 950, Condomínio Padre Rick – 410, São João 
Batista, City of São Leopoldo, State of Rio Grande do Sul, 
93022-970, Brazil

CH1 Room 601, 603, 6/F, Building 2, Jiang Ning Tower, 27 Ningtai 

Road, Ningwei Town, Xiaoshan, Hangzhou, Zhejiang, People’s 
Republic of China

CH2 Room 3301, No. 10 Yu Tong Road, Jing An District, Shanghai, 

People’s Republic of China

CH3 47/F China Energy Storage Building, 3099 KeYuan South Road, 

Nanshan District, Shenzhen, Guangdong, People’s Republic of China

For the year ended 31 December 2020, the below companies were 
exempt from the requirement for audit of individual financial 
statements in accordance with section 479A of the Companies Act 
2006. Ascential plc has indirect holdings in these subsidiary 
undertakings, with the exception of Ascential Financing Limited 
which is directly owned:

• WGSN Group Limited, registration number 8256689

• Rembrandt Technology Limited, registration number 11120186

• Ascential UK Holdings Limited, registration number 537204

• BEP Holdco Limited, registration number 8256709

• Ascential Financing Limited, registration number 9938180

7.  Trade and other receivables 

(£ million)
Debtors – due within one year
Amounts due from Group undertakings
Prepayments

Debtors – due after more than one year
Deferred tax asset

2020

2019

223.4
0.2
223.6

0.8
0.8
224.4

208.4
0.2
208.6

0.9
0.9
209.5

CH4 Room 617, 28 Tan Jia Du Road, Putuo District, 

Shanghai,People’s Republic of China

Total

Amounts due from Group undertakings accrue interest at various 
rates, are unsecured and are repayable on demand. There are no 
material expected credit loss provisions.

Deferred tax asset

(£ million)
At 1 January 
Deferred tax credit in equity
Deferred tax credit in income statement for 
the year

At 31 December 

2020
0.9
0.1

(0.2)
0.8

2019
0.6
(0.1)

0.4
0.9

The Directors consider that it is more likely than not that there will be 
sufficient taxable profits in the Group in the future such as to realise 
the deferred tax asset of the Company and therefore the asset has 
been recognised in these financial statements.

8.  Creditors – due within one year

(£ million)
Amounts due to Group undertakings
Trade payables
Accruals
Other taxation and social security
Total 

2020
91.2
–
0.6
1.5
93.3

2019
67.6
0.2
0.5
2.4
70.7

Amounts due to Group undertakings accrue interest at various rates, 
are unsecured and are repayable on demand.

CH5 Unit 39 of 7/F, No.2, Building 2, 999 Middle Huaihai Road, 
Xuhui District, Shanghai, People’s Republic of China

CH6 Building 9, 998 Wenyi West Road, Wuchang Avenue, Yuhang District, 

Hangzhou, Zhejiang, People’s Republic of China

CH7 Building 6, 16 Zhuantang Science and Technology Economic Zone, 
Xihu District, Hangzhou, Zhejiang, People’s Republic of China

CH8 Floor 2-4, Building 4, 300 Dingyuan Road, Songjian District, 

Shanghai, People’s Republic of China
6 Place du Commandant Maria, Cannes 06400, France
Eschersheimer Landstraße 42, 60322 Frankfurt, Germany

FR1
GE1
GE2 Venloer Strasse 310-316, 50823 Cologne, Germany
HK1

23rd Floor, Lee Garden Six, 111 Leighton Road, Causeway Bay, 
Hong Kong
9th floor, O’Connell Bridge House, D’Olier Street, Dublin 2, Ireland

IR1
IN1 Options Primo, Unit No. 501/502, 5 Floor, Vijay Nagar Flyover 
Bridge Cross Road, No. 21 MIDC, Andheri (E) Mumbai-400093, 
Maharashtra, India
44 Esplanade, St Helier, Jersey, Channel Islands JE4 9WG
63 Market Street #09-01, The Bank of Singapore Centre, 
Singapore 048942

JE1
SG1

SA1 Workshop17, 32 Kloof Street Gardens, Cape Town 8000, 

South Africa
C/ San Elías 29-35, 5º, 08006 Barcelona, Spain
Cevdetpasa Caddesi, No. 31/7 Bebek, 34342 Istanbul, Turkey
Floor 5, Building 29, No.1 Lane 618, Dingyuan Road, Songjiang 
District, Shanghai, People’s Republic of China
182 Cecil Street, Level 17 Frasers Tower, Singapore 069547

SP1
TR1
JV1

JV2

1)  Application to dissolve the company has been submitted and is pending. 
2)   Cornwall Mining Services was acquired on 2 January 2020 and was sold on  

20 January 2021

3)   An agreement to dispose of Glenigan Limited was agreed on 15 December 2020 and is 
expected to complete on 17 March 2021. Refer to Note 30 of the consolidated financial 
statements.

4)  On 20 January 2021, the Group sold Groundsure Limited to a subsidiary of ATI Global Limited.
5)  Era Serviços de Inteligência em Software S.A was acquired on 15 January 2021.
6)   On 15 December 2020, the Group entered into an agreement to acquire Hangzhou 

Duozhun Data Technology Co. Ltd. (“X Target”).

7)   On 12 February 2021, the Group sold DeHavilland to the alternative asset management 

group Bridgepoint. Refer to Note 30 of  the consolidated financial statements. 

164 

Ascential plc Annual Report 20209.  Share capital
Refer to Note 23 of the consolidated Group financial statements. 

10. Dividends
Refer to Note 24 of the consolidated Group financial statements. 

11.  Related party transactions
The Company has taken advantage of the exemption under FRS 102 
and therefore has not disclosed related party transactions with 
wholly owned subsidiaries. The Company has no other related 
party transactions.

12.  Commitments and contingencies 
The Company is a guarantor to the facility described in Note 21.

During the year the Company was a member of the Group cash 
pooling arrangement. This allows the Group to combine the liquidity 
of companies within the Group in order to distribute such cash 
centrally as required.

The Company is registered with H.M. Revenue & Customs as a 
member of the Ascential Group Limited group for Value Added Tax 
and Pay As You Earn purposes and is therefore jointly and severally 
liable on a continuing basis for amounts owing by other members of 
the Group in respect of their value added tax, income tax and 
national insurance contributions liabilities. 

13.  Events after the reporting date
Refer to Note 30 of the consolidated Group financial statements, for 
details on non-adjusting reportable events since the year end of 
31 December 2020. There were no other reportable events after 
31 December 2020

165

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Notes

166 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020Notes

167

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsAscential plc Annual Report 2020 Notes

168 

Ascential plc Annual Report 2020Printed by Park Communications on FSC® certified paper.

Park works to the EMAS standard and its Environmental Management 
System is certified to ISO 14001. This publication has been 
manufactured using 100% offshore wind electricity sourced from UK 
wind. 100% of the inks used are HP Indigo ElectroInk which complies 
with RoHS legislation and meets the chemical requirements of the 
Nordic Ecolabel (Nordic Swan) for printing companies, 95% of press 
chemicals are recycled for further use and, on average 99% of any 
waste associated with this production will be recycled and the 
remaining 1% used to generate energy. 

This document is printed on GalerieArt Satin paper made of material 
from well-managed, FSC®-certified forests and other controlled 
sources. The pulp used in this product is bleached using an elemental 
chlorine free (ECF) process.

Designed and produced by SampsonMay 
Telephone: 020 7403 4099 
www.sampsonmay.com

Ascential plc 
The Prow 
1 Wilder Walk 
London W1B 5AP
UK

ascential.com